APARATE PT PROTECTIA CONSUMATORILOR
© Siemens AG 2008
Protection Equipment
5/2
5/4
5/6
5/10
5/11
5/12
5/13
5/14
5/15
5/16
5/17
5/21
5/24
5/26
5/30
5/33
5/38
5/46
5/50
5/52
5/56
Introduction
3RV Circuit Breakers/
Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
General data
For motor protection
For motor protection with overload relay
function
For starter combinations
For transformer protection
For fuse monitoring
For system protection according to
UL 489 / CSA C22.2 No. 5-02
For transformer protection according to
UL 489 / CSA C22.2 No.5-02
For distance protection
Accessories
Mountable accessories
Busbar accessories
Rotary operating mechanisms
Mounting accessories
Enclosures and front plates
Overload Relays
General data
3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays
3RB20, 3RB21 for standard
applications
3RB22, 3RB23 for high-feature
applications
Accessories
3RU1 Thermal Overload Relays
3RU11 for standard applications
Accessories
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
Protection Equipment
Introduction
■ Overview
Type
3RV10
3RV11
3RV13
3RV14
3RV16
3RV16
3RV17
3RV18
3RV1 circuit breakers/motor starter protectors up to 100 A
5
Applications
System protection
✓1)
✓1)
--
--
--
--
✓
✓
Motor protection
✓
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Motor protection with
overload relay function
--
✓
--
--
--
--
--
---
Starter combinations
--
--
✓
--
--
--
--
Transformer protection
--
--
--
✓
--
--
✓
✓
Fuse monitoring
--
--
--
--
✓
--
--
--
Voltage transformer
circuit breakers
for distance protection
--
--
--
--
--
✓
--
--
Size
S00, S0, S2, S3
S0, S2, S3
S0, S2, S3
S0, S2
S00
S00
S0, S3
S0
A
A
A
A
up to 12
up to 25
up to 50
up to 100
-up to 25
up to 50
up to 100
-up to 25
up to 50
up to 100
-up to 20
up to 40
--
up to 0.2
----
up to 3
----
-up to 22
-up to 70
-up to 20
---
Rated operational voltage V
Ue according to IEC
690 AC2)
690 AC2)
690 AC2)
690 AC2)
690 AC2)
400 AC
690 AC
690 AC
Rated current In
Size S00
Size S0
Size S2
Size S3
Rated frequency
Thermal
overload release
A
A
Electronic trip units
A multiple of the rated current
Short-circuit breaking
capacity Icu at 400 V AC
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
162/3 ... 60
50/60
50/60
CLASS 10
CLASS 20
CLASS 10
--
CLASS 10
--
--
--
--
0.11 ... 0.16
up to
80 ... 100
0.11 ... 0.16
up to
80 ... 100
none3)
0.11 ... 0.16
up to
28 ... 40
0.2
1.4 ... 3
0.16 ... 70
0.16 ... 20
non-adjustable non-adjustable
13 times
13 times
13 times
20 times
6 times
4 ... 7 times
13 times
20 times
50/100
50/100
50/100
100
50
4)
4)
Hz 50/60
Trip class
kA 50/100
Accessories
For sizes
S00 S0 S2 S3 S0 S2 S3
Auxiliary switches
✓
✓
✓
S0 S2 S3
S0 S2
S00
S00
S0, S3
S0
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓5)
✓5)
Signaling switches
--
✓
Undervoltage trip units
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓
--
--
--
--
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Shunt trip units
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Isolator modules
--
✓
✓
--
✓
✓
--
✓ ✓ --
✓ ✓
--
--
--
--
Insulated three-phase
busbar systems
✓
✓
✓
--
--
✓
--
✓ ✓ --
✓ ✓
✓
✓
--
--
Busbar adapters
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓
✓
✓
--
--
Door-coupling rotary operating -mechanisms
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓
--
--
✓
✓
Remote motorized operating
mechanisms
--
--
✓
✓
--
✓
✓
--
--
✓
--
--
--
--
Link modules
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓
✓
✓
--
--
Enclosures for surface
mounting
✓
✓
✓
--
✓
✓
--
✓ ✓ --
✓ ✓
✓
✓
--
--
Enclosures for flush
mounting
✓
✓
--
--
✓
--
--
✓ --
--
✓ --
✓
✓
--
--
Front plates
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓
✓
✓
--
--
Infeed systems
✓
✓
--
--
--
--
--
✓ --
✓ --
--
--
--
--
✓ ✓
--
1)
For symmetrical loading of the three phases.
5)
2)
500 V AC with molded-plastic enclosure.
3)
For overload protection of the motors, appropriate overload relays must be used.
✓ Has this function or can use this accessory
-- Does not have this function or cannot use this accessory
4)
According to UL 489 at AC 480 Y/277 V.: for size S0 50 kA, for size S3 65 kA.
5/2
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
Only lateral auxiliary switches.
© Siemens AG 2008
Protection Equipment
Introduction
Type
3RU11
3RB20
3RB21
3RB22/3RB23
System protection
✓1)
Motor protection
✓
✓1)
✓1)
✓1)
✓
✓
Alternating current, 3-phase
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Alternating current, 1-phase
✓
--
--
✓
DC current
✓
--
--
--
Size of contactor
S00, S0, S2, S3
S00 ... S12
S00 ... S12
S00 ... S12
} up to 25
Overload relays up to 630 A
Applications
Rated operational current Ie
A
A
up to 12
up to 25
up to 12
up to 25
up to 12
up to 25
Size S2
Size S3
A
A
up to 50
up to 100
up to 50
up to 100
up to 50
up to 100
} up to 100
Size S6
Size S10/S12,
Size 14 (3TF6)
A
A
---
up to 200
up to 630
up to 200
up to 630
up to 200
up to 630
Rated operational voltage Ue
V
690/1000 AC2)
690/1000 AC3)
690/1000 AC3)
690/1000 AC4)
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
CLASS 10
CLASS 10,
CLASS 20
CLASS 5, 10, 20, 30
adjustable
CLASS 5, 10, 20, 30
adjustable
--
--
--
A
0.11 ... 0.16
up to
80 ... 100
A
--
0.1 ... 0.4
up to
160 ... 630
0.1 ... 0.4
up to
160 ... 630
0.3 ... 3
up to
63 ... 630
0.04
up to
45
0.04 ... 0.09
up to
90 ... 450
0.04 ... 0.09
up to
90 ... 450
0.09 ... 1.1
up to
37 ... 450
Trip class
Thermal overload release
Solid-state
overload release
A
A
Rating for induction motor at
400 V AC
kW
kW
5
Size S00
Size S0
Accessories
For sizes
S00 S0
S2
S3
S00 S0
S2
S3
S6
S10/ S00 S0
S12
S2
S3
S6
S10/ S00 S0
S12
S2
S3
S6
S10/
S12
Terminal brackets for stand-alone
installation
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
5)
5)
5)
5)
✓
✓
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
Mechanical RESET
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
--
--
--
--
--
--
Cable releases for RESET
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
--
--
--
--
--
--
Electrical remote RESET
✓
✓
✓
✓
--
--
--
--
--
--
Integrated in the unit
Terminal covers
--
--
✓
✓
--
--
--
✓
✓
✓
--
--
--
✓
✓
✓
--
--
--
✓
✓
✓
Sealable covers for setting knobs
Integrated in the unit ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
1)
The units are responsible in the main circuit for overload protection of the
assigned electrical loads (e.g. motors), feeder cable and other switching
and protection devices in the respective load feeder.
2)
Size S3 up to 1000 V AC.
3)
Size S2 (only with straight-through transformer), S3, S6, S10, S12
up to 1000 V AC.
4)
With reference to the 3RB29 .6 current measuring modules.
5)
Stand-alone installation without accessories is possible.
Integrated in the unit
✓ Has this function or can use this accessory
-- Does not have this function or cannot use this accessory
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/3
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
General data
■ Overview
The following illustrations show our 3RV1 motor starter protectors
with the accessories which can be mounted for the various sizes,
see also "Introduction" --> "Overview".
S00 motor starter protectors with mountable accessories
4
2
1
6.1
3
5
5
Motor starter protectors, sizes S0, S2 or S3, with mountable accessories
8
2
4
7
1
5
Mountable accessories for all sizes S00 ... S3
1
2
3
4
5
Transverse auxiliary switch (can not be used with
3RV17 and 3RV18 circuit breakers)
Lateral auxiliary switch with 2 contacts
Lateral auxiliary switch with 4 contacts
Shunt release
Undervoltage release
For accessories, see page 5/17.
5/4
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
Mountable accessories
6.1
6.2
7
8
NSB0_01426a
6.2
3
for sizes
Undervoltage release with
leading auxiliary contacts
Undervoltage release with
leading auxiliary contacts
S00
Alarm switch
S0 ... S3
S0 and S2
Isolator module
S0 ... S3
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
General data
■ Application
Operating conditions
3RV1 motor starter protectors are suitable for use in any climate.
They are intended for use in enclosed rooms in which no severe
operating conditions (such as dust, caustic vapors, hazardous
gases) prevail. When installed in dusty and damp areas, suitable
enclosures must be provided.
3RV1 motor starter protectors can optionally be fed from the top
or from below.
The permissible ambient temperatures, the maximum switching
capacities, the tripping currents and other boundary conditions
can be found in the technical specifications and tripping
characteristics.
3RV1 motor starter protectors are suitable for operation in IT systems
(IT networks). In this case, the different short-circuit breaking
capacity in the IT system must be taken into account.
3RV1 motor starter protectors are compact, current limiting motor
starter protectors which are optimized for load feeders. The motor
starter protectors are used for switching and protecting three-phase
induction motors of up to 45 kW at 400 V AC and for other loads
with rated currents of up to 100 A.
Type of construction
The motor starter protectors are available in four sizes:
• Size S00 − width 45 mm,
max. rated current 12 A,
at 400 V AC suitable for induction motors up to 5.5 kW.
• Size S0 − width 45 mm,
max. rated current 25 A,
at 400 V AC suitable for induction motors up to 11 kW.
• Size S2 − width 55 mm,
max. rated current 50 A,
at 400 V AC suitable for induction motors up to 22 kW.
• Size S3 − width 70 mm,
max. rated current 100 A,
at 400 V AC suitable for induction motors up to 45 kW.
Note
The devices with screw terminals are indicated in the selection
and ordering data by green backgrounds.
Since operational currents, starting currents and current peaks
are different even for motors with identical power ratings due to
the inrush current, the motor ratings in the selection tables are
only guide values. The specific rated and start-up data of the
motor to be protected is always paramount to the choice of the
most suitable motor starter protector. This also applies to motor
starter protectors for transformer protection.
Possible uses
The 3RV1 motor starter protectors can be used:
• For short-circuit protection
• For motor protection (also with overload relay function)
• For system protection
• For short-circuit protection for starter combinations
• For transformer protection
• As main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches
• For fuse monitoring
• For use in IT systems (IT networks)
• For switching of DC currents
• As voltage transformer circuit breakers
• In areas subject to explosion hazard (ATEX)
5
Size S0 motor starter protectors
More information is available under "Configuration".
The devices with Cage Clamp terminals are indicated in the
selection and ordering data by orange backgrounds.
"Increased safety" type of protection EEx e according to
ATEX directive 94/9/EC
The 3RV10 motor starter protectors for motor protection are suitable
for the overload protection of explosion-proof motors with
"Increased Safety" type of protection EEx e;
See Chapter 20 "Appendix" --> "Standards and approvals" -->
"Type overview of approved devices for potentially explosive
areas (ATEX explosion protection)".
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/5
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
For motor protection
■ Selection and ordering data
CLASS 10, without auxiliary switches
Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
Instantaneous
electronic
trip unit
In
I
v
Rated Suitable
current for
induction
motors1)
with P
Short-circuit DT Screw terminals
breaking
capacity at
400 V AC
Order No.
Icu
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
A
kW
A
A
kA
0.16
0.2
0.25
0.32
0.04
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.11 ... 0.16
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
2.1
2.6
3.3
4.2
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 11-0AA10
3RV10 11-0BA10
3RV10 11-0CA10
3RV10 11-0DA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.230
0.231
0.233
0.233
0.4
0.5
0.63
0.8
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.8
5.2
6.5
8.2
10
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 11-0EA10
3RV10 11-0FA10
3RV10 11-0GA10
3RV10 11-0HA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.235
0.232
0.233
0.235
1
1.25
1.6
2
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
13
16
21
26
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 11-0JA10
3RV10 11-0KA10
3RV10 11-1AA10
3RV10 11-1BA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.233
0.279
0.281
0.280
2.5
3.2
4
5
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
33
42
52
65
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 11-1CA10
3RV10 11-1DA10
3RV10 11-1EA10
3RV10 11-1FA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.281
0.283
0.281
0.285
6.3
8
10
12
2.2
3
4
5.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12
82
104
130
156
100
50
50
50
}
}
}
}
3RV10 11-1GA10
3RV10 11-1HA10
3RV10 11-1JA10
3RV10 11-1KA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.288
0.289
0.284
0.280
0.16
0.2
0.25
0.32
0.04
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.11 ... 0.16
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
2.1
2.6
3.3
4.2
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 21-0AA10
3RV10 21-0BA10
3RV10 21-0CA10
3RV10 21-0DA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.286
0.288
0.287
0.286
0.4
0.5
0.63
0.8
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.8
5.2
6.5
8.2
10
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 21-0EA10
3RV10 21-0FA10
3RV10 21-0GA10
3RV10 21-0HA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.288
0.287
0.289
0.287
1
1.25
1.6
2
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
13
16
21
26
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 21-0JA10
3RV10 21-0KA10
3RV10 21-1AA10
3RV10 21-1BA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.350
0.353
0.357
0.356
2.5
3.2
4
5
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
33
42
52
65
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 21-1CA10
3RV10 21-1DA10
3RV10 21-1EA10
3RV10 21-1FA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.357
0.356
0.354
0.358
6.3
8
10
12.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
82
104
130
163
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 21-1GA10
3RV10 21-1HA10
3RV10 21-1JA10
3RV10 21-1KA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.357
0.356
0.361
0.358
16
20
22
25
7.5
7.5
11
11
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
17 ... 22
20 ... 25
208
260
286
325
50
50
50
50
}
}
}
}
3RV10 21-4AA10
3RV10 21-4BA10
3RV10 21-4CA10
3RV10 21-4DA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.366
0.363
0.361
0.364
5
Size S00
Size S0
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
Auxiliary switches can be ordered separately
(see "Mountable accessories").
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging,
see "Appendix" --> "Ordering notes".
5/6
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
For motor protection
CLASS 10, with auxiliary switches
Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
Instantaneous
electronic
trip unit
In
I
v
Rated Suitable
current for
induction
motors1)
with P
Short-circuit DT Screw terminals
breaking
capacity at
400 V AC
Order No.
Icu
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kW
A
A
kA
0.16
0.2
0.25
0.32
0.04
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.11 ... 0.16
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
2.1
2.6
3.3
4.2
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 11-0AA15
3RV10 11-0BA15
3RV10 11-0CA15
3RV10 11-0DA15
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.245
0.246
0.246
0.247
0.4
0.5
0.63
0.8
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.8
5.2
6.5
8.2
10
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 11-0EA15
3RV10 11-0FA15
3RV10 11-0GA15
3RV10 11-0HA15
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.250
0.247
0.249
0.250
1
1.25
1.6
2
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
13
16
21
26
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 11-0JA15
3RV10 11-0KA15
3RV10 11-1AA15
3RV10 11-1BA15
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.249
0.297
0.298
0.297
2.5
3.2
4
5
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
33
42
52
65
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 11-1CA15
3RV10 11-1DA15
3RV10 11-1EA15
3RV10 11-1FA15
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.298
0.299
0.296
0.301
6.3
8
10
12
2.2
3
4
5.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12
82
104
130
156
100
50
50
50
}
}
}
}
3RV10 11-1GA15
3RV10 11-1HA15
3RV10 11-1JA15
3RV10 11-1KA15
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.303
0.304
0.300
0.297
0.16
0.2
0.25
0.32
0.04
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.11 ... 0.16
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
2.1
2.6
3.3
4.2
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 21-0AA15
3RV10 21-0BA15
3RV10 21-0CA15
3RV10 21-0DA15
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.300
0.304
0.302
0.303
0.4
0.5
0.63
0.8
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.8
5.2
6.5
8.2
10
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 21-0EA15
3RV10 21-0FA15
3RV10 21-0GA15
3RV10 21-0HA15
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.303
0.304
0.305
0.370
1
1.25
1.6
2
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
13
16
21
26
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 21-0JA15
3RV10 21-0KA15
3RV10 21-1AA15
3RV10 21-1BA15
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.368
0.369
0.371
0.371
2.5
3.2
4
5
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
33
42
52
65
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 21-1CA15
3RV10 21-1DA15
3RV10 21-1EA15
3RV10 21-1FA15
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.372
0.375
0.370
0.376
6.3
8
10
12.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
82
104
130
163
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 21-1GA15
3RV10 21-1HA15
3RV10 21-1JA15
3RV10 21-1KA15
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.374
0.374
0.375
0.374
16
20
22
25
7.5
7.5
11
11
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
17 ... 22
20 ... 25
208
260
286
325
50
50
50
50
}
}
}
}
3RV10 21-4AA15
3RV10 21-4BA15
3RV10 21-4CA15
3RV10 21-4DA15
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.382
0.376
0.378
0.382
kg
Size S00
1)
5
Size S0
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
Auxiliary switches can be ordered separately
(see "Mountable accessories").
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging,
see "Appendix" --> "Ordering notes".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/7
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
For motor protection
CLASS 10, without auxiliary switches
Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
In
Instantaneous
electronic
trip unit
I
v
Rated Suitable
current forthreephase
induction
motors1)
with P
Short-circuit DT Cage Clamp terminals
breaking
capacity at
400 V AC
Order No.
Icu
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kW
A
A
kA
0.16
0.2
0.25
0.32
0.04
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.11 ... 0.16
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
2.1
2.6
3.3
4.2
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 11-0AA20
3RV10 11-0BA20
3RV10 11-0CA20
3RV10 11-0DA20
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.233
0.234
0.234
0.234
0.4
0.5
0.63
0.8
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.8
5.2
6.5
8.2
10
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 11-0EA20
3RV10 11-0FA20
3RV10 11-0GA20
3RV10 11-0HA20
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.236
0.232
0.234
0.237
1
1.25
1.6
2
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
13
16
21
26
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 11-0JA20
3RV10 11-0KA20
3RV10 11-1AA20
3RV10 11-1BA20
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.235
0.281
0.283
0.282
2.5
3.2
4
5
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
33
42
52
65
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 11-1CA20
3RV10 11-1DA20
3RV10 11-1EA20
3RV10 11-1FA20
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.284
0.285
0.284
0.286
6.3
8
10
12
2.2
3
4
5.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12
82
104
130
156
100
50
50
50
}
}
}
}
3RV10 11-1GA20
3RV10 11-1HA20
3RV10 11-1JA20
3RV10 11-1KA20
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.288
0.290
0.286
0.282
kg
1)
Auxiliary switches can be ordered separately
(see "Mountable accessories").
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging,
see "Appendix" -> "Ordering notes".
CLASS 10, with auxiliary switches
Rated Suitable
current for threephase
induction
motors1)
with P
Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
In
Instantaneous
electronic
trip unit
I
v
5
Size S00
Short-circuit DT Cage Clamp terminals
breaking
capacity at
400 V AC
Order No.
Icu
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
A
kW
A
A
kA
0.16
0.2
0.25
0.32
0.04
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.11 ... 0.16
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
2.1
2.6
3.3
4.2
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
3RV10 11-0AA25
3RV10 11-0BA25
3RV10 11-0CA25
3RV10 11-0DA25
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.245
0.245
0.246
0.246
0.4
0.5
0.63
0.8
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.8
5.2
6.5
8.2
10
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
3RV10 11-0EA25
3RV10 11-0FA25
3RV10 11-0GA25
3RV10 11-0HA25
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.250
0.247
0.252
0.250
1
1.25
1.6
2
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
13
16
21
26
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
3RV10 11-0JA25
3RV10 11-0KA25
3RV10 11-1AA25
3RV10 11-1BA25
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.249
0.297
0.298
0.297
2.5
3.2
4
5
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
33
42
52
65
100
100
100
100
B
B
B
B
3RV10 11-1CA25
3RV10 11-1DA25
3RV10 11-1EA25
3RV10 11-1FA25
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.298
0.300
0.298
0.303
6.3
8
10
12
2.2
3
4
5.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12
82
104
130
156
100
50
50
50
B
B
B
B
3RV10 11-1GA25
3RV10 11-1HA25
3RV10 11-1JA25
3RV10 11-1KA25
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.303
0.304
0.300
0.298
Size S00
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
Auxiliary switches can be ordered separately
(see "Mountable accessories").
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging,
see "Appendix" -> "Ordering notes".
5/8
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
For motor protection
CLASS 10, without auxiliary switches
Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
In
Instantaneous
electronic
trip unit
I
v
Rated Suitable
current for threephase
induction
motors1)
with P
Short-circuit DT Screw terminals
breaking
capacity at
400 V AC
Order No.
Icu
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kW
A
A
kA
16
20
25
32
7.5
7.5
11
15
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
18 ... 25
22 ... 32
208
260
325
416
50
50
50
50
}
}
}
}
3RV10 31-4AA10
3RV10 31-4BA10
3RV10 31-4DA10
3RV10 31-4EA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.046
1.043
1.031
1.028
40
45
50
18.5
22
22
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
40 ... 50
520
585
650
50
50
50
}
}
}
3RV10 31-4FA10
3RV10 31-4GA10
3RV10 31-4HA10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.047
1.039
1.027
40
50
63
18.5
22
30
28 ... 40
36 ... 50
45 ... 63
520
650
819
50
50
50
}
}
}
3RV10 41-4FA10
3RV10 41-4HA10
3RV10 41-4JA10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
2.219
2.240
2.247
75
90
100
37
45
45
57 ... 75
70 ... 90
80 ... 100
975
1170
1235
50
50
50
}
}
}
3RV10 41-4KA10
3RV10 41-4LA10
3RV10 41-4MA10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
2.253
2.280
2.295
kg
Size S2
5
Size S3
Size S3, with increased switching capacity
16
20
25
32
7.5
7.5
11
15
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
18 ... 25
22 ... 32
208
260
325
416
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV10 42-4AA10
3RV10 42-4BA10
3RV10 42-4DA10
3RV10 42-4EA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
2.174
2.185
2.211
2.222
40
50
63
18.5
22
30
28 ... 40
36 ... 50
45 ... 63
520
650
819
100
100
100
}
}
}
3RV10 42-4FA10
3RV10 42-4HA10
3RV10 42-4JA10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
2.203
2.230
2.255
75
90
100
37
45
45
57 ... 75
70 ... 90
80 ... 100
975
1170
1235
100
100
100
}
}
}
3RV10 42-4KA10
3RV10 42-4LA10
3RV10 42-4MA10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
2.266
2.268
2.275
CLASS 20, without auxiliary switches
Size S2
16
20
25
32
7.5
7.5
11
15
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
18 ... 25
22 ... 32
208
260
325
416
50
50
50
50
A
A
A
A
3RV10 31-4AB10
3RV10 31-4BB10
3RV10 31-4DB10
3RV10 31-4EB10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.067
1.071
1.054
1.067
40
45
50
18.5
22
22
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
40 ... 50
520
585
650
50
50
50
A
A
A
3RV10 31-4FB10
3RV10 31-4GB10
3RV10 31-4HB10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.076
1.073
1.071
Size S3, with increased switching capacity
1)
40
50
63
18.5
22
30
28 ... 40
36 ... 50
45 ... 63
520
650
819
100
100
100
A
A
A
3RV10 42-4FB10
3RV10 42-4HB10
3RV10 42-4JB10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
2.222
2.265
2.278
75
90
100
37
45
45
57 ... 75
70 ... 90
80 ... 100
975
1170
1235
100
100
100
A
A
A
3RV10 42-4KB10
3RV10 42-4LB10
3RV10 42-4MB10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
2.268
2.313
2.322
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered separately
(see "Mountable accessories").
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging,
see "Appendix" -> "Ordering notes".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/9
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
For motor protection with overload relay function
■ Selection and ordering data
CLASS 10, with overload relay function (automatic RESET), without auxiliary switches
Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
In
Instantaneous
electronic
trip unit
I
v
Rated Suitable
current for threephase
induction
motors1)
with P
ShortDT Screw terminals
circuit
breaking
capacity at
400 V AC
Order No.
Icu
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
A
kW
A
A
kA
0.16
0.2
0.25
0.32
0.04
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.11 ... 0.16
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
2.1
2.6
3.3
4.2
100
100
100
100
A
A
A
A
3RV11 21-0AA10
3RV11 21-0BA10
3RV11 21-0CA10
3RV11 21-0DA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.354
0.358
0.352
0.352
0.4
0.5
0.63
0.8
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.8
5.2
6.5
8.2
10
100
100
100
100
A
A
A
A
3RV11 21-0EA10
3RV11 21-0FA10
3RV11 21-0GA10
3RV11 21-0HA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.355
0.356
0.358
0.421
1
1.25
1.6
2
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
13
16
21
26
100
100
100
100
A
A
A
A
3RV11 21-0JA10
3RV11 21-0KA10
3RV11 21-1AA10
3RV11 21-1BA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.416
0.426
0.422
0.427
2.5
3.2
4
5
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
33
42
52
65
100
100
100
100
A
A
A
A
3RV11 21-1CA10
3RV11 21-1DA10
3RV11 21-1EA10
3RV11 21-1FA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.422
0.428
0.420
0.429
6.3
8
10
12.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
82
104
130
163
100
100
100
100
A
A
A
A
3RV11 21-1GA10
3RV11 21-1HA10
3RV11 21-1JA10
3RV11 21-1KA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.426
0.425
0.428
0.426
16
20
22
25
7.5
7.5
11
11
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
17 ... 22
20 ... 25
208
260
286
325
50
50
50
50
A
A
A
A
3RV11 21-4AA10
3RV11 21-4BA10
3RV11 21-4CA10
3RV11 21-4DA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.436
0.430
0.427
0.432
16
20
25
32
7.5
7.5
11
15
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
18 ... 25
22 ... 32
208
260
325
416
50
50
50
50
A
A
A
A
3RV11 31-4AA10
3RV11 31-4BA10
3RV11 31-4DA10
3RV11 31-4EA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.123
1.109
1.114
1.111
40
45
50
18.5
22
22
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
40 ... 50
520
585
650
50
50
50
A
A
A
3RV11 31-4FA10
3RV11 31-4GA10
3RV11 31-4HA10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.123
1.101
1.106
5
Size S02)
Size S22)
Size S3, with increased switching capacity2)
16
20
25
32
7.5
7.5
11
15
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
18 ... 25
22 ... 32
208
260
325
416
100
100
100
100
A
A
A
A
3RV11 42-4AA10
3RV11 42-4BA10
3RV11 42-4DA10
3RV11 42-4EA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
2.247
2.255
2.284
2.295
40
50
63
18.5
22
30
28 ... 40
36 ... 50
45 ... 63
520
650
819
100
100
100
A
A
A
3RV11 42-4FA10
3RV11 42-4HA10
3RV11 42-4JA10
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
2.288
2.320
2.333
75
90
100
37
45
45
57 ... 75
70 ... 90
80 ... 100
975
1170
1235
100
100
100
A
A
A
3RV11 42-4KA10
3RV11 42-4LA10
3RV11 42-4MA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
2.368
2.353
2.346
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
Accessories for mounting on the right (for sizes S0 to S3) and 3RV19 15
three-phase busbars (for size S0) cannot be used.
1
1
Auxiliary switches can be ordered separately
(see "Mountable accessories").
5/10
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
For starter combinations
■ Selection and ordering data
Without auxiliary switches
In
Instantaneous
electronic
trip unit
I
v
Rated Suitable Thermal overcurrent for three- load release2)
phase
induction
motors1)
with P
Short-circuit DT Screw terminals
breaking
capacity at
400 V AC
Order No.
Icu
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
A
kW
A
A
kA
0.16
0.2
0.25
0.32
0.04
0.06
0.06
0.09
None
None
None
None
2.1
2.6
3.3
4.2
100
100
100
100
A
A
A
A
3RV13 21-0AC10
3RV13 21-0BC10
3RV13 21-0CC10
3RV13 21-0DC10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.282
0.284
0.285
0.282
0.4
0.5
0.63
0.8
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
None
None
None
None
5.2
6.5
8.2
10
100
100
100
100
A
A
A
A
3RV13 21-0EC10
3RV13 21-0FC10
3RV13 21-0GC10
3RV13 21-0HC10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.286
0.283
0.348
0.283
1
1.25
1.6
2
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
None
None
None
None
13
16
21
26
100
100
100
100
A
A
A
A
3RV13 21-0JC10
3RV13 21-0KC10
3RV13 21-1AC10
3RV13 21-1BC10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.345
0.351
0.352
0.352
2.5
3.2
4
5
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
None
None
None
None
33
42
52
65
100
100
100
100
A
A
A
A
3RV13 21-1CC10
3RV13 21-1DC10
3RV13 21-1EC10
3RV13 21-1FC10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.352
0.353
0.349
0.354
6.3
8
10
12.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
None
None
None
None
82
104
130
163
100
100
100
100
A
A
A
A
3RV13 21-1GC10
3RV13 21-1HC10
3RV13 21-1JC10
3RV13 21-1KC10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.355
0.354
0.357
0.354
16
20
22
25
7.5
7.5
11
11
None
None
None
None
208
260
286
325
50
50
50
50
A
A
A
A
3RV13 21-4AC10
3RV13 21-4BC10
3RV13 21-4CC10
3RV13 21-4DC10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.362
0.357
0.358
0.359
16
20
25
32
7.5
7.5
11
15
None
None
None
None
208
260
325
416
50
50
50
50
A
A
A
A
3RV13 31-4AC10
3RV13 31-4BC10
3RV13 31-4DC10
3RV13 31-4EC10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.038
1.037
1.014
1.018
40
45
50
18.5
22
22
None
None
None
520
585
650
50
50
50
A
A
A
3RV13 31-4FC10
3RV13 31-4GC10
3RV13 31-4HC10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.033
1.040
1.019
40
50
63
18.5
22
30
None
None
None
520
650
819
50
50
50
A
A
A
3RV13 41-4FC10
3RV13 41-4HC10
3RV13 41-4JC10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
2.197
2.227
2.244
75
90
100
37
45
45
None
None
None
975
1170
1235
50
50
50
A
A
A
3RV13 41-4KC10
3RV13 41-4LC10
3RV13 41-4MC10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
2.247
2.269
2.292
Size S2
Size S3
Size S3, with increased switching capacity
16
20
25
32
7.5
7.5
11
15
None
None
None
None
208
260
325
416
100
100
100
100
A
A
A
A
3RV13 42-4AC10
3RV13 42-4BC10
3RV13 42-4DC10
3RV13 42-4EC10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
2.175
2.188
2.219
2.208
40
50
63
18.5
22
30
None
None
None
520
650
819
100
100
100
A
A
A
3RV13 42-4FC10
3RV13 42-4HC10
3RV13 42-4JC10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
2.218
2.218
2.248
75
90
100
37
45
45
None
None
None
975
1170
1235
100
100
100
A
A
A
3RV13 42-4KC10
3RV13 42-4LC10
3RV13 42-4MC10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
2.278
2.266
2.293
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
Auxiliary switches can be ordered separately
(see "Mountable accessories").
2)
For overload protection of the motors, appropriate overload relays must be
used.
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging,
see "Appendix" --> "Ordering notes".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/11
5
Size S0
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
For transformer protection
■ Selection and ordering data
CLASS 10, without auxiliary switches
Motor starter protectors for the protection of transformers with high inrush current
In
Instantaneous
electronic
trip unit
I
v
Rated current Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
Short-circuit
breaking
capacity at
400 V AC
DT Screw terminals
Order No.
Icu
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
A
A
kA
0.16
0.2
0.25
0.32
0.11 ... 0.16
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
3.3
4.2
5.2
6.5
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV14 21-0AA10
3RV14 21-0BA10
3RV14 21-0CA10
3RV14 21-0DA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.286
0.287
0.286
0.288
0.4
0.5
0.63
0.8
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.8
8.2
10
13
16
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV14 21-0EA10
3RV14 21-0FA10
3RV14 21-0GA10
3RV14 21-0HA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.287
0.286
0.290
0.290
1
1.25
1.6
2
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
21
26
33
42
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV14 21-0JA10
3RV14 21-0KA10
3RV14 21-1AA10
3RV14 21-1BA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.353
0.354
0.353
0.358
2.5
3.2
4
5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
52
65
82
104
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV14 21-1CA10
3RV14 21-1DA10
3RV14 21-1EA10
3RV14 21-1FA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.354
0.358
0.354
0.357
6.3
8
10
12.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
130
163
208
260
100
100
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RV14 21-1GA10
3RV14 21-1HA10
3RV14 21-1JA10
3RV14 21-1KA10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.356
0.358
0.362
0.360
16
20
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
286
325
50
50
}
}
3RV14 21-4AA10
3RV14 21-4BA10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.365
0.365
16
20
25
32
40
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
18 ... 25
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
325
416
520
660
836
50
50
50
50
50
}
}
}
}
}
3RV14 31-4AA10
3RV14 31-4BA10
3RV14 31-4DA10
3RV14 31-4EA10
3RV14 31-4FA10
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
1.029
1.034
1.038
1.029
1.039
kg
5
Size S0
Size S2
Auxiliary switches can be ordered separately
(see "Mountable accessories").
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging,
see "Appendix" --> "Ordering notes".
5/12
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
For fuse monitoring
■ Selection and ordering data
Without auxiliary switches
In
Instantaneous Short-circuit
breaking
electronic
trip unit
capacity at
400 V AC
I
DT Screw terminals
Order No.
Icu
v
Rated current Thermal
overload
release
A
A
A
kA
0.2
0.2
1.2
100
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Size S00
}
1
3RV16 11-0BD10
1 unit
101
0.289
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging,
see "Appendix" --> "Ordering notes".
Note:
The auxiliary switch required for signaling must be
ordered separately.
■ Accessories
Version
DT Screw terminals
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
5
Type
kg
Mountable auxiliary switches (essential accessories)
3RV19 01-1E
Transverse auxiliary switches
With screw terminals,
mountable on front
1 NO + 1 NC
}
3RV19 01-1E
1
1 unit
101
0.018
Lateral auxiliary switches
With screw terminals,
mountable on the left
1 NO + 1 NC
}
3RV19 01-1A
1
1 unit
101
0.045
3RV19 01-1A
Additional auxiliary switches and other accessories
see "Mountable accessories".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/13
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Circuit Breakers up to 100 A
For system protection
according to UL 489 / CSA C22.2 No. 5-02
■ Selection and ordering data
Without auxiliary switches
Circuit breakers for system protection and non-motor loads according to UL/CSA
Thermal
Instantaneous Short-circuit
DT
overload
electronic
breaking
releases
trip unit
capacity
(non-adjustat
able)
AC 480 Y/277 V1)
In
I
v
Rated
current
Order No.
Ibc
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
A
A
kA
0.16
0.2
0.25
0.32
0.16
0.2
0.25
0.32
2.1
2.6
3.3
4.2
50
50
50
50
B
B
B
B
3RV17 21-0AD10
3RV17 21-0BD10
3RV17 21-0CD10
3RV17 21-0DD10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.460
0.460
0.460
0.460
0.4
0.5
0.63
0.8
0.4
0.5
0.63
0.8
5.2
6.5
8.2
10
50
50
50
50
B
B
B
B
3RV17 21-0ED10
3RV17 21-0FD10
3RV17 21-0GD10
3RV17 21-0HD10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.460
0.460
0.460
0.530
1
1.25
1.6
2
1
1.25
1.6
2
13
16
21
26
50
50
50
50
B
B
B
B
3RV17 21-0JD10
3RV17 21-0KD10
3RV17 21-1AD10
3RV17 21-1BD10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.530
0.530
0.530
0.530
2.5
3.2
4
5
2.5
3.2
4
5
33
42
52
65
50
50
50
50
B
B
B
B
3RV17 21-1CD10
3RV17 21-1DD10
3RV17 21-1ED10
3RV17 21-1FD10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.530
0.530
0.530
0.530
6.3
8
10
12.5
6.3
8
10
12.5
82
104
130
163
50
50
50
50
B
B
B
B
3RV17 21-1GD10
3RV17 21-1HD10
3RV17 21-1JD10
3RV17 21-1KD10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.530
0.530
0.530
0.530
15
20
22
15
20
22
208
260
286
50
50
50
B
B
B
3RV17 21-4AD10
3RV17 21-4BD10
3RV17 21-4CD10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.530
0.530
0.530
10
15
10
15
150
225
65
65
B
B
3RV17 42-5AD10
3RV17 42-5BD10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.460
0.460
20
25
30
35
20
25
30
35
260
325
390
455
65
65
65
65
B
B
B
B
3RV17 42-5CD10
3RV17 42-5DD10
3RV17 42-5ED10
3RV17 42-5FD10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.460
0.460
0.460
0.460
40
45
50
40
45
50
520
585
650
65
65
65
B
B
B
3RV17 42-5GD10
3RV17 42-5HD10
3RV17 42-5JD10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.460
0.460
0.460
60
70
60
70
780
910
65
65
B
B
3RV17 42-5LD10
3RV17 42-5PD10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.460
0.460
kg
5
Size S0
Size S3
1)
For values for AC 600 Y/347 V, see Technical Information LV 1 T, Chapter 5,
"3RV Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers up to 100 A" --> "General
data" -->"Technical specifications" --> "Permissible rated data of devices
approved for North America (UL/CSA)" --> "3RV17 and 3RV18 motor starter
protectors as circuit breakers".
Transverse auxiliary switches must not be mounted,
lateral auxiliary switches can be ordered separately
(see "Mountable accessories").
5/14
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Circuit Breakers up to 100 A
For transformer protection
according to UL 489 / CSA C22.2 No. 5-02
■ Selection and ordering data
Without auxiliary switches
Circuit breakers for system and transformer protection according to UL/CSA,
specially designed for transformers with high inrush current
Thermal
overload
releases
(nonadjustable)
In
Instantaneous Short-circuit
DT
electronic
breaking
trip unit
capacity at
AC 480 Y/277 V1)
I
v
Rated
current
Order No.
Ibc
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
A
A
A
kA
0.16
0.2
0.25
0.32
0.16
0.2
0.25
0.32
3.3
4.2
5.2
6.5
50
50
50
50
B
B
B
B
3RV18 21-0AD10
3RV18 21-0BD10
3RV18 21-0CD10
3RV18 21-0DD10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.450
0.450
0.450
0.450
0.4
0.5
0.63
0.8
0.4
0.5
0.63
0.8
8.2
10
13
16
50
50
50
50
B
B
B
B
3RV18 21-0ED10
3RV18 21-0FD10
3RV18 21-0GD10
3RV18 21-0HD10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.450
0.450
0.450
0.450
1
1.25
1.6
2
1
1.25
1.6
2
21
26
33
42
50
50
50
50
B
B
B
B
3RV18 21-0JD10
3RV18 21-0KD10
3RV18 21-1AD10
3RV18 21-1BD10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.520
0.520
0.520
0.520
2.5
3.2
4
5
2.5
3.2
4
5
52
65
82
104
50
50
50
50
B
B
B
B
3RV18 21-1CD10
3RV18 21-1DD10
3RV18 21-1ED10
3RV18 21-1FD10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.520
0.520
0.520
0.520
6.3
8
10
12.5
6.3
8
10
12.5
130
163
208
260
50
50
50
50
B
B
B
B
3RV18 21-1GD10
3RV18 21-1HD10
3RV18 21-1JD10
3RV18 21-1KD10
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.520
0.520
0.520
0.520
15
20
15
20
286
325
50
50
B
B
3RV18 21-4AD10
3RV18 21-4BD10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.520
0.520
1)
For values for AC 600 Y/347 V, see Technical Information LV 1 T, Chapter 5,
"3RV Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers up to 100 A" --> "General
data" -->"Technical specifications" --> "Permissible rated data of devices
approved for North America (UL/CSA)" --> "3RV17 and 3RV18 motor starter
protectors as circuit breakers".
Transverse auxiliary switches must not be mounted,
lateral auxiliary switches can be ordered separately
(see "Mountable accessories").
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/15
5
Size S0
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
For distance protection
■ Selection and ordering data
Voltage transformer circuit breakers with auxiliary switches
In
Instantaneous Auxiliary
switch
electronic
integrated
trip unit
in the
circuit
breaker,
transverse
I
A
A
A
1.4
2.5
3
1.4
2.5
3
6
10.5
20
Short-circuit DT Screw terminals
breaking
capacity at
400 V AC
Order No.
Icu
v
Rated Thermal
current overload
release
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kA
kg
Size S00
1 CO
1 CO
1 CO
50
50
50
B
}
}
1
1
1
3RV16 11-1AG14
3RV16 11-1CG14
3RV16 11-1DG14
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.314
0.318
0.315
■ Accessories
Type
Version
DT Screw terminals
5
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Mountable auxiliary switches for other signaling purposes
Lateral auxiliary switches
With screw terminals,
mountable on the left
1 NO + 1 NC
}
1
3RV19 01-1A
1 unit
101
0.045
3RV19 01-1A
Additional auxiliary switches and other accessories
see "Mountable accessories".
■ More information
Conversion of 3VU13 to 3RV1 voltage transformer circuit breakers
The 3VU13 voltage transformer circuit breakers previously available
have been discontinued. The 3RV1 voltage transformer motor
starter protectors are offered as replacement types.
Previous type
Replacement type
3VU13 11-6HR00
3RV16 11-1CG14
3VU13 21-6HR00
3RV16 11-1CG14 + 3RV19 01-1A
3VU13 11-6JR00
3RV16 11-1DG14
5/16
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Mountable accessories
■ Overview
Mounting location and function
The 3RV1 motor starter protectors have three main contact
elements. In order to achieve maximum flexibility, auxiliary
switches, signaling switches, auxiliary trip units and isolator
modules can be supplied separately.
Front side
Transverse auxiliary switches
1 NO + 1 NC
• A maximum of 4 auxiliary contacts or
2 NO
with auxiliary switches can be
attached to each motor starter or
1 CO contact
protector.
Notes:
These components can be fitted as required on the motor starter
protectors without using tools.
For overview graphic, see "General data" --> "Overview".
An auxiliary switch block can be inserted transversely on the front. The overall width of
the motor starter protectors remains unchanged.
• Transverse auxiliary switches
must not be used for the 3RV17
and 3RV18 motor starter
protectors.
Left-hand side
Notes:
• A maximum of 4 auxiliary contacts
with auxiliary switches can be
attached to each motor starter
protector.
Lateral auxiliary switches
(2 contacts)
1 NO + 1 NC
or
2 NO
or
2 NC
• Auxiliary switches (2 contacts)
and signaling switches can be Lateral auxiliary switches
mounted separately or together. (4 contacts)
2 NO + 2 NC
One of the three auxiliary switches can be mounted laterally for each motor starter protector.
The contacts of the auxiliary switch close and open together with the main contacts of
the motor starter protector.
The overall width of the lateral auxiliary switch with 2 contacts is 9 mm.
One auxiliary switch can be mounted laterally for each motor starter protector. The contacts
of the auxiliary switch close and open together with the main contacts of the motor
starter protector.
One signaling switch can be mounted at the side of each motor starter protector with a
rotary operating mechanism.
Tripping 1 NO + 1 NC
Short-circuit 1 NO + 1 NC
The signaling switch has two contact systems.
One contact system always signals tripping irrespective of whether this was caused by
a short-circuit, an overload or an auxiliary trip unit. The other contact system only
switches in the event of a short-circuit. There is no signaling as a result of switching off
with the handle.
In order to be able to switch on the motor starter protector again after a short-circuit, the
signaling switch must be reset manually after the error cause has been eliminated.
The overall width of the signaling switch is 18 mm.
Right-hand side
Shunt trip units
Notes:
• One auxiliary trip unit can be
mounted per motor starter
protector.
For remote-controlled tripping of the motor starter protector. The release coil should
only be energized for short periods (see schematics).
or
Undervoltage releases
• Accessories cannot be mounted
at the right-hand side of the
3RV11 motor starter protectors
with overload relay function.
Trips the motor starter protector when the voltage is interrupted and prevents the motor
from being restarted accidentally when the voltage is restored. Used for remote-controlled
tripping of the motor starter protector.
Particularly suitable for EMERGENCY-STOP disconnection by way of the corresponding
EMERGENCY-STOP pushbutton according to DIN VDE 0113.
or
(2 NO)
Function and use as for the undervoltage trip unit without leading auxiliary contacts,
but with the following additional function: the auxiliary contacts will open in switch
position OFF to deenergize the coil of the undervoltage trip unit, thus interrupting energy
consumption. In the "tripped" position of the breaker, these auxiliary contacts are not
guaranteed to open. The leading contacts permit the motor starter protector to reclose.
Isolator modules for
sizes S0 and S2
Isolator modules can be mounted to the upper terminal end of motor starter protectors
of sizes S0 and S2.
Undervoltage trip unit with
leading auxiliary contacts
The overall width of the auxiliary trip unit is 18 mm.
Top
Note:
The isolator module covers the
terminal screws of the transverse
auxiliary switch. If the isolator
module is used, we therefore
recommend that either the lateral
auxiliary switches be fitted or
that the isolator module not be
mounted until the auxiliary
switch has been wired.
The supply cable is connected to the motor starter protector through the isolator module.
The plug can only be unplugged when the motor starter protector is open and isolates
all 3 poles of the motor starter protector from the network. The shock-protected isolation
point is clearly visible and secured with a padlock to prevent reinsertion of the plug.
For a complete overview of which accessories can
be used for the various motor starter protectors see
"Introduction" --> "Overview" --> "Motor starter protectors".
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/17
5
The overall width of the lateral auxiliary switch with 4 contacts is 18 mm.
Signaling switches for
sizes S0, S2 and S3
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Mountable accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Type
Version
For motor starter DT Screw terminals
protectors
Size
Order No.
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Auxiliary switches1)
3RV19 01-1E
3RV19 01-1G
Transverse auxiliary switches 1 CO
With screw terminals,
1 NO + 1 NC
mountable on front
2 NO2)
S00, S0, S2, S3 }
}
}
3RV19 01-1D
3RV19 01-1E
3RV19 01-1F
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.015
0.018
0.018
Solid-state transverse
auxiliary switches
With screw terminals,
front mountable,
for operation in dusty
atmosphere and
in solid-state circuits with
low operating currents
1 CO
S00, S0, S2, S3 A
3RV19 01-1G
1
1 unit
101
0.016
Covers for transverse
auxiliary switches
--
S00, S0, S2, S3 }
3RV19 01-0H
1 10 units
101
0.006
Lateral auxiliary switches
With screw terminals,
mountable on the left
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NO
2 NC
2 NO + 2 NC
S00, S0, S2, S3 }
}
}
A
3RV19 01-1A
3RV19 01-1B
3RV19 01-1C
3RV19 01-1J
1
1
1
1
101
101
101
101
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.083
5
3RV19 01-0H
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
3RV19 01-1A
3RV19 01-1J
1)
Each motor starter protector can be fitted with one transverse and one lateral
auxiliary switch. The lateral auxiliary switch with 2 NO + 2 NC is used without
a transverse auxiliary switch. Transverse auxiliary switches must not be
used for the 3RV17 and 3RV18 motor starter protectors.
Type
Version
2)
Compatible with the following motor starter protectors:
3RV1. 1 (size S00) as of product version E01
3RV1. 2 (size S0) as of product version E04
3RV1. 3 (size S2) as of product version E04
3RV1. 4 (size S3) as of product version E04
For motor starter DT Cage Clamp terminals
protectors
Size
Order No.
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Auxiliary switches1)
3RV19 01-2E
Transverse auxiliary switches 1 NO + 1 NC
With Cage Clamp terminals, 2 NO
mountable on front
S00, S0, S2, S3 }
}
3RV19 01-2E
3RV19 01-2F
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.017
0.018
Lateral auxiliary switches 1 NO + 1 NC
With Cage Clamp terminals, 2 NO
mountable on left
2 NC
S00, S0, S2, S3 }
}
}
3RV19 01-2A
3RV19 01-2B
3RV19 01-2C
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.040
0.040
0.040
3RV19 01-2A
1)
Each motor starter protector can be fitted with one transverse and one lateral
auxiliary switch. Transverse auxiliary switches must not be used for the
3RV17 and 3RV18 motor starter protectors.
5/18
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Mountable accessories
Type
Version
For motor starter DT Screw terminals
protectors
Size
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Signaling switches
3RV19 21-1M
Signaling
Separate tripped and
switches
short-circuit alarms,
One signaling 1 NO + 1 NC each
switch can be
mounted on the
left per motor
starter
protector.
S0, S2, S3
}
3RV19 21-1M
1
1 unit
101
0.094
}
3RV19 28-1A
1
1 unit
101
0.157
}
3RV19 38-1A
1
1 unit
101
0.324
Isolator modules
Isolator modules Visible isolating distance S0
for isolating individual
S2
motor starter protectors
from the network,
lockable in disconnected
position.
5
3RV19 38-1A
with padlock
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/19
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Mountable accessories
Rated control supply voltage Us
AC
50
Hz
AC
60
Hz
AC
50/60 Hz
100% ON
period1)
AC/DC
50/60 Hz,
DC
5 s ON
period2)
DC
For motor starter DT Screw terminals
protectors
Size
Order No.
V
V
V
V
V
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Auxiliary trip units3)
Undervoltage trip units
3RV19 02-1DP0
-24
110
--
--120
208
-----
-----
24
----
S00, S0, S2, S3
S00, S0, S2, S3
S00, S0, S2, S3
S00, S0, S2, S3
A
A
A
A
3RV19 02-1AB4
3RV19 02-1AB0
3RV19 02-1AF0
3RV19 02-1AM1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.138
0.134
0.134
0.128
230
400
415
500
240
440
480
575
-----
-----
-----
S00, S0, S2, S3
S00, S0, S2, S3
S00, S0, S2, S3
S00, S0, S2, S3
}
}
A
A
3RV19 02-1AP0
3RV19 02-1AV0
3RV19 02-1AV1
3RV19 02-1AS0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.131
0.127
0.129
0.127
Undervoltage trip units with
leading auxiliary contacts 2 NO
3RV19 12-1CP0
230
400
415
240
-480
----
----
----
S00
S00
S00
A
A
A
3RV19 12-1CP0
3RV19 12-1CV0
3RV19 12-1CV1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.140
0.137
0.139
230
400
415
240
-480
----
----
----
S0, S2, S3
S0, S2, S3
S0, S2, S3
A
A
A
3RV19 22-1CP0
3RV19 22-1CV0
3RV19 22-1CV1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.139
0.136
0.138
20 ... 70
70 ... 190
190 ... 330
330 ... 500
500
------
S00, S0, S2, S3
S00, S0, S2, S3
S00, S0, S2, S3
S00, S0, S2, S3
S00, S0, S2, S3
}
A
}
A
A
3RV19 02-1DB0
3RV19 02-1DF0
3RV19 02-1DP0
3RV19 02-1DV0
3RV19 02-1DS0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
0.133
0.135
0.130
0.129
0.126
Shunt trip units
5
------
------
20 ... 24
90 ... 110
210 ... 240
350 ... 415
500
1)
The voltage range is valid for 100% (infinite) ON period. The response voltage
is at 0.9 the lower limit of the voltage range.
2)
The voltage range is valid for 5 s ON period at AC 50 Hz/60 Hz and DC.
The response voltage is at 0.85 the lower limit of the voltage range.
3)
One auxiliary trip unit can be mounted on the right per motor starter
protector.
5/20
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Busbar accessories
■ Overview
Three-phase busbar systems provide an easy, time-saving and
clearly arranged means of feeding 3RV1 circuit breakers/ motor
starter protectors with screw terminals. Different versions are
available for sizes S00, S0 and S2 and can be used for the various
different types of circuit breakers/ motor starter protectors. The
only exceptions are the 3RV19 15 three-phase busbar systems,
which are not suitable for the 3RV11 motor starter protectors with
overload relay
function.
The busbars are suitable for between 2 and 5 circuit breakers/ motor
starter protectors. However, any kind of extension is possible by
clamping the tags of an additional busbar (rotated by 180°) underneath the terminals of the respective last circuit breaker/ motor starter protector.
A combination of circuit breakers/ motor starter protectors of different sizes is possible only with sizes S00 and S0. Connectors
are available for this purpose. The motor starter protectors are
supplied by appropriate feeder terminals.
3RV19 15-5A
3RV19 15-1CB
The three-phase busbar systems can also be used to construct
"Type E Starters“ of size S0 or S2 according to UL/CSA.
Special feeder terminals must be used for this purpose, however
(see "Selection and ordering data").
Busbar adapters for 40 mm and 60 mm systems
The motor starter protectors are mounted directly with the aid of
busbar adapters on busbar systems with 40 mm and 60 mm
center-to-center clearance in order to save space and to reduce
infeed times and costs.
Busbar adapters for busbar systems with 40 mm center-to-center
clearance are suitable for copper busbars with a width of 12 mm
to 15 mm, while those with 60 mm center-to-center clearance
are suitable for copper busbars with a width of 12 mm to 30 mm.
The busbars can be 4 to 5 mm or 10 mm thick.
The circuit breakers/ motor starter protectors are snapped onto
the adapter and connected on the line side. This prepared unit
is then plugged directly onto the busbar system, and is thus connected both
mechanically and electrically at the same time.
Further busbar adapters for snap-mounting direct-on-line starters
and reversing starters as well as additional accessories such as
line terminals and outgoing terminals, flat copper profile, etc., can
be found under "Distribution/Busbar Systems and Switchgear".
NSB0_01073c
rotated
through
180°
The three-phase busbar systems are finger-safe. They are designed
for any short-circuit stress which can occur at the output side of
connected motor starter protectors.
3RV19 15-5B
3RV19 15-6AB
3-phase busbar system, size S00
3RV19 35-5A
3RV19 35-1C
3RV19 35-1A
NSB01074a
SIRIUS motor starter protectors and load feeders with busbar adapters
snapped onto busbars
3RV19 35-6A
3-phase busbar system, size S2
3RV19 25-5AB
3RV19 15-5DB
3RV19 15-1CB
NSB01075a
3RV19 15-1AB
SIRIUS 3RV19 infeed system with three 3RV10 11 motor starter
protectors, two 3RV10 21 motor starter protectors, three
3RT10 16 contactors and two 3RT10 24 contactors
3RV19 15-6AB
The 3RV19 infeed system can be found under "Load Feeders,
Motor Starters and Soft Starters" --> "3RA Fuseless Load Feeders".
3-phase busbar system, with example for combining sizes S00 and S0
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/21
5
Insulated three-phase busbar systems
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Busbar accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Modular Number of motor starter
spacing protectors that can be
connected
Without
lateral
accessories
Incl.
lateral
auxiliary
switch
With
auxiliary trip
unit
mm
Rated
current
In at
690 V
For motor DT Order No.
starter
protectors
Size
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
A
kg
3-phase busbar systems
3RV19 15-1AB
3RV19 15-1BB
3RV19 15-1CB
5
3RV19 15-1DB
1)
For feeding several motor starter protectors with screw
terminals, mounted side by side on standard mounting
rails, insulated, with touch protection
45
2
3
4
5
--
--
63
S00, S01)
S00, S01)
S00, S01)
S00, S01)
}
}
}
}
3RV19 15-1AB
3RV19 15-1BB
3RV19 15-1CB
3RV19 15-1DB
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.044
0.071
0.099
0.124
55
--
2
3
4
5
--
63
S00, S01)
S00, S01)
S00, S01)
S00, S01)
}
}
}
}
3RV19 15-2AB
3RV19 15-2BB
3RV19 15-2CB
3RV19 15-2DB
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.048
0.079
0.111
0.140
63
--
--
2
4
63
S00, S01) }
S00, S01) }
3RV19 15-3AB
3RV19 15-3CB
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.052
0.120
55
2
3
4
--
--
108
S2
S2
S2
}
}
}
3RV19 35-1A
3RV19 35-1B
3RV19 35-1C
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.150
0.214
0.295
75
--
2
3
4
2
3
4
108
S22)
S22)
S22)
A
A
A
3RV19 35-3A
3RV19 35-3B
3RV19 35-3C
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.161
0.262
0.369
2)
Not suitable for 3RV11 motor starter protectors with overload relay function.
Common clamping of S00 and S0 motor starter protectors is not possible,
due to the different modular spacings and terminal heights. The 3RV19 15-DB
connector is available for connecting busbars from size S0 to size S00.
Version
Modular
spacing
For motor
starter
protectors
Size
Auxiliary trip units and lateral auxiliary switches cannot be used in combination.
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
mm
Connectors for 3-phase busbars
3RV19 15-5DB
For connecting three-phase 45
busbars for motor starter
protectors of size S0 (left)
to size S00 (right)
Conductor cross-section
Solid or
stranded
Finely
stranded
with end
sleeve
mm²
mm²
S00, S0
For motor
AWG cable, starter
protectors
solid or
Size
stranded
}
1
3RV19 15-5DB
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
1 unit
PS*
101
PG
0.042
Weight
per PU
approx.
AWG
kg
3-phase feeder terminals
Connection from top
2.5 ... 25
3RV19 25-5AB
4 ... 16
12-4
S00
}
3RV19 15-5A
1
1 unit
101
0.040
S0
}
3RV19 25-5AB
1
1 unit
101
0.041
12-4
S00, S0
}
3RV19 15-5B
1
1 unit
101
0.110
14-0
S2
}
3RV19 35-5A
1
1 unit
101
0.110
C
A
3RV19 25-5EB
3RV19 35-5E
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.055
0.100
Connection from below1)
2.5 ... 25
4 ... 16
Connection from top
2.5 ... 50
1.5 ... 35
3RV19 15-5B
3-phase feeder terminals for constructing "Type E Starters"
Connection from top
2.5 ... 25
10 ... 50
1)
4 ... 16
--
10-4
8-0
S0
S2
This terminal is connected in place of a switch, please take the space
requirement into account.
5/22
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Busbar accessories
Version
For motor starter DT Order No.
protectors
Size
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Covers for connection tags
Touch protection for empty positions S00, S0
S2
}
3RV19 15-6AB
1 10 units
101
0.003
}
3RV19 35-6A
1
101
0.006
5 units
3RV19 15-6AB
Busbar adapters
8US10 61-5DJ07
For motor starter
protectors
Size
8US12 51-5MD07
Rated
current
Connect- Adapter Adapter Rated
ing cable length
width
voltage
A
AWG
mm
mm
V
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Busbar adapters for 40 mm systems
S00, S0
S00, S0 + lateral
auxiliary switch
S2
S3
S3
5
For flat copper profiles according to DIN 46433
Width: 12 mm and 15 mm
Thickness: 5 mm and 10 mm
25
25
12
12
121
121
45
55
690
690
}
}
8US10 51-5DJ07
8US10 61-5DJ07
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
0.106
0.119
56
100
100
8
4
4
139
182
182
55
70
72
690
4001)
415 ... 6902)
}
}
}
8US10 61-5FK08
8US11 11-4SM00
8US10 11-4TM00
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
0.231
0.541
0.478
45
55
70
72
690
690
4001)
415 ... 6902)
}
}
}
A
8US12 51-5DM07
8US12 61-5FM08
8US11 11-4SM00
8US12 11-4TM00
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
143
0.183
0.263
0.541
0.498
Busbar adapters for 60 mm systems
For flat copper profiles according to DIN 46433
Width: 12 mm and 30 mm
Thickness: 5 mm and 10 mm
also for T and double-T special profiles
S00, S0
S2
S3
S3
25
56
100
100
12
8
4
4
182
1)
Up to 460 V AC with max. short-circuit breaking capacity 25 kA.
2)
Short-circuit breaking capacity 415/500/525 V AC:
- up to In = 25 A: max. 30 kA
- up to In = 90 A: max. 16 kA
- up to In = 100 A: max. 6 kA;
Short-circuit breaking capacity 690 V AC:
- max. 12 kA.
For more busbar adapters, see "SIVACON Power Distribution
Boards, Busway and Cubicle Systems" --> "Components for
8US, 8UC, 4NC distribution systems", "8US busbar systems".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/23
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Rotary operating mechanisms
■ Overview
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
Remote motorized operating mechanisms
Motor starter protectors with a rotary operating mechanism can
be mounted in a control cabinet and operated externally by means
of a door-coupling rotary operating mechanism. When the cabinet
door with motor starter protector is closed, the operating mechanism
is coupled. When the motor starter protector closes, the coupling
is locked which prevents the door from being opened unintentionally. This interlock can be defeated by the maintenance
personnel. In the open position, the rotary operating mechanism
can be secured against reclosing with up to 3 padlocks. Inadvertent
opening of the door is not possible in this case either.
3RV1 motor starter protectors are manually operated controls.
They automatically trip in case of an overload or short-circuit.
Intentional remote-controlled tripping is possible by means of a
shunt trip unit or an undervoltage trip unit. Reclosing is only
possible directly at the motor starter protector.
The remote motorized operating mechanism allows the motor
starter protectors to be opened and closed by electrical commands.
This enables a load or an installation to be isolated from the network
or reconnected to it from an operator panel.
NSB01078
If the motor starter protector is tripped as a result of overload or
short-circuit, it will be in tripped position. For reclosing, the remote
motorized operating mechanism must first be set manually or
electrically to the 0 position (electrically by means of the
Open command). Then it can be reclosed.
The remote motorized operating mechanism is available for
motor starter protectors of size S2 (In max = 50 A) and S3
(In max =100 A) that are designed for control voltages of
230 V AC and 24 V DC. The motor starter protector is fitted into
the remote motorized operating mechanism as shown in the
drawing.
5
In the "MANUAL" position, the motor starter protector in the remote
motorized operating mechanism can continue to be switched
manually on site. In the "AUTOMATIC" position, the motor starter
protector is switched by means of electrical commands. The
switching command must be applied for a minimum of 100 ms.
The remote motorized operating mechanism closes the motor
starter protector after a maximum of 1 second. On voltage failure
during the switching operation it is ensured that the motor starter
protector remains in the OPEN or CLOSED position.
3RV19 26-0K door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
RESET function
NSB00007
NSB01079
The RESET button on the motorized operating mechanism serves
to reset any 3RV19 21-1M signaling switch that might be installed.
3RV19 26-2B door-coupling rotary operating mechanism for arduous
conditions
3RV19 .6-3A.. remote motorized operating mechanism
5/24
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Rotary operating mechanisms
■ Selection and ordering data
Type
Color of
knob
Version of For motor DT Order No.
extension starter
protectors
shaft
Size
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
mm
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
The door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms consist of a knob, a coupling driver and an extension shaft of 130/330 mm in
length (5 mm x 5 mm). The door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms are designed to degree of protection IP65. The door locking
device prevents accidental opening of the control cabinet door in the ON position of the motor starter protector. The OFF position
can be locked with up to 3 padlocks.
3RV19 26-0B
Door-coupling Black
rotary
operating
mechanisms
130
330
S0, S2, S3 }
}
3RV19 26-0B
3RV19 26-0K
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.111
0.324
EMERGENCY- Red/
STOP door- Yellow
coupling
rotary
operating
mechanisms
130
330
S0, S2, S3 }
}
3RV19 26-0C
3RV19 26-0L
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.110
0.316
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms, for arduous conditions
3RV19 26-2C
Door-couGray
pling rotary
operating
mechanisms
300
S0
S2
S3
}
}
}
3RV19 26-2B
3RV19 36-2B
3RV19 46-2B
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.180
1.570
1.722
EMERGENCY- Red/
STOP door- Yellow
coupling
rotary
operating
mechanisms
300
S0
S2
S3
}
}
}
3RV19 26-2C
3RV19 36-2C
3RV19 46-2C
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.188
1.486
1.732
Type
Rated control
supply voltage Us
For motor DT Order No.
starter
protectors
Size
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Remote motorized operating mechanisms
Remote
50/60 Hz, 230 V AC
motorized
24 V DC
operating
50/60 Hz, 230 V AC
mechanisms 24 V DC
S2
S2
B
B
3RV19 36-3AP0
3RV19 36-3AB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
3.520
3.420
S3
S3
B
B
3RV19 46-3AP0
3RV19 46-3AB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
3.441
3.357
3RV19 .6-3A..
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/25
5
The door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms consist of a knob, a coupling driver, an extension shaft of 300 mm in length
(8 mm x 8 mm), a spacer and two metal brackets, into which the motor starter protector is inserted. The door-coupling rotary
operating mechanisms are designed to degree of protection IP65. The door interlocking reliably prevents opening of the control
cabinet door in the ON position of the motor starter protector. The OFF position can be locked with up to 3 padlocks. Laterally
mountable auxiliary trip units and two-pole auxiliary switches can be used. The door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms thus
meet the requirements for isolating functions according to IEC 60947-2.
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Mounting accessories
■ Overview
Solder pin connections
Terminals for "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers
(Type E)" according to UL 50
Solder pin connections are available for the main contacts and
transverse auxiliary switches of size S00 motor starter protectors.
The 3RV10 motor starter protectors size S0 and higher are
approved according to UL 508 as "Self-Protected Combination
Motor Controllers (Type E)".
The prepared terminal parts are clamped to the upper and lower
screw terminals of the motor starter protectors which allows
them to be soldered into printed circuit boards.
NSB0_01077a
This requires increased clearance and creepage distances
(1 inch and 2 inches respectively) at the input side of the device,
which are achieved by mounting terminal blocks.
• Size S0: The 3RV19 28-1H terminal block is simply screwed
onto the basic unit.
• Size S2: The basic unit is already compliant with the new clearance and creepage distance requirements.
• Size S3: The standard box terminal must be replaced by the
3RT19 46-4GA07 terminal block.
5
NSB01379a
NSB01380a
3RV19 18-5A
3RV19 28-1H (left), 3RT19 46-4GA07 (right)
According to CSA, the terminal blocks can be omitted when the
device is used as a "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controller"
(Type E).
Three-phase line-side terminals are required for constructing
"Type E Starters" with an insulated busbar system
(see "Busbar accessories").
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
For motor
starter
protectors
Size
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Covers
S2
S3
}
}
3RT19 36-4EA2
3RT19 46-4EA2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.020
0.025
S3
Terminal covers
For cable lug and busbar connection
For maintaining the required voltage
clearance and as touch protection if
box terminal is removed (2 units can
be mounted per motor starter protector)
}
3RT19 46-4EA1
1
1 unit
101
0.040
}
3RV19 08-0P
100 10 units
101
0.100
Terminal covers for box terminals
Additional touch protection to be
fitted at the box terminals
(2 units mountable per device)
3RV1 (size S3) with
3RT19 46-4EA1 (left)
3RV19 08-0P (right)
5/26
Scale covers
Sealable, for covering the
set current scale
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
S00, S0,
S2, S3
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Mounting accessories
Type
Version
For motor
starter
protectors
Size
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Fixing accessories
For screwing the motor S00, S0
starter protector onto
mounting plates.
For each motor starter
protector, 2 units are
required.
C
3RB19 00-0B
For main
contacts
For soldering the main S00
conductor cross-sections
of a motor starter
protector to a printed
circuit board (1 set =
2 units per motor
starter protector)
B
3RV19 18-5A
1
For main and
auxiliary
contacts
For soldering the main S00
conductor connections
and the auxiliary
conductor connections
of the transverse
auxiliary switch 1 NO +
1 NC of a motor starter
protector to a printed
circuit board
(1 set = 3 units per
motor starter protector)
B
3RV19 18-5B
1
Type
Version
DT Order No.
Push-in lugs
3RB19 00-0B
100 10 units
101
0.100
4 units
101
0.030
4 units
101
0.044
3RV19 18-5A
with motor starter
protector
For motor
starter
protectors
Size
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Terminals for "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers (Type E)"
according to UL 508
Note: UL 508 demands for "Combination Motor Controller Type E" 1-inch clearance and 2-inch creepage distance at line side. The following
terminal blocks must be used in 3RV10 motor starter protectors of sizes S0 and S3. The 3RV10 motor starter protector in size S2 conforms
with the required clearance and creepage distances without a terminal block. Terminal blocks are not required for use according to CSA.
With size S0, these terminal blocks cannot be used in combination with 3RV19 .5 three-phase busbars and with size S3, they cannot be
used with a transverse auxiliary switch.
For construction with 3-phase busbars, see "Busbar Accessories".
3RV19 28-1H
Terminal blocks For extended clearance S0
Type E
and creepage
S3
distances
(1 and 2 inches)
}
A
Type
DT Order No.
1
1
3RV19 28-1H
3RT19 46-4GA07
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.083
0.155
3RT19 46-4GA07
For motor
starter
protectors
Size
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Auxiliary terminals, 3-pole
For connection of auxiliary and
control cables to the main
conductor connections
(for one side)
S3
B
3RT19 46-4F
1
1 unit
101
0.035
3RT19 46-4F
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/27
5
Solder pin connections
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Mounting accessories
Version
Method of Size
operation Contactors
DT Screw terminals
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Motor
starter
protectors
Order No.
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Link modules, single-unit packaging
For mechanical
AC/DC
and electrical connection between
AC
contactor and
motor starter
protector with
DC
screw terminals
3RA19 11-1AA00
S00
S00
S00
S0
}
}
3RA19 11-1AA00
3RA19 21-1DA00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.027
0.028
S0
S2
S3
S0
S2
S3
}
}
}
3RA19 21-1AA00
3RA19 31-1AA00
3RA19 41-1AA00
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.037
0.042
0.090
S0
S2
S3
S0
S2
S3
}
}
}
3RA19 21-1BA00
3RA19 31-1BA00
3RA19 41-1BA00
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.039
0.043
0.089
S00
S00
S00
S0
}
}
3RA19 11-1A
3RA19 21-1D
1 10 units
1 10 units
101
101
0.019
0.021
S0
S2
S3
S0
S2
S3
}
}
}
3RA19 21-1A
3RA19 31-1A
3RA19 41-1A
1 10 units
1
5 units
1
5 units
101
101
101
0.028
0.033
0.072
S0
S2
S3
S0
S2
S3
}
}
}
3RA19 21-1B
3RA19 31-1B
3RA19 41-1B
1 10 units
1
5 units
1
5 units
101
101
101
0.030
0.034
0.073
Link modules, multi-unit packaging
For mechanical
AC/DC
and electrical connection between
AC
contactor and
motor starter
protector with
DC
screw terminals
3RA19 31-1A
Method of Size
operation Contactors
5
Version
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
Motor
starter
protectors
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Hybrid link modules, single-unit packaging
3RA19 11-2FA00
Electrical and
mechanical connection between
motor starter protector with screw
terminals and
contactor with
Cage Clamp
terminals
AC/DC
S00
S00
S00
S0
}
}
3RA19 11-2FA00
3RA19 21-2FA00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.038
0.028
S00
S00
S00
S0
}
}
3RA19 11-2F
3RA19 21-2F
1 10 units
1 10 units
101
101
0.031
0.030
Hybrid link modules, multi-unit packaging
3RA19 11-2F
5/28
Electrical and
mechanical connection between
motor starter
protector with
screw terminals
and contactor
with Cage Clamp
terminals
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
AC/DC
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Mounting accessories
Type
Version
DT Cage Clamp terminals
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Adapters and link modules for Cage Clamp terminals
}
3RA19 11-2A
1 10 units
101
0.016
Link modules, Cage Clamp
Size S00
with mechanical connections
Mechanical and electrical connection
between motor starter protector and
contactor
}
3RA19 11-2E
1 10 units
101
0.028
Standard mounting rail adapters
With 2 standard mounting rails
45 mm wide, one movable
Size S00
}
3RA19 22-1L
1
5 units
101
0.413
Busbar adapters
45 mm wide, 182 mm long,
adapted for Cage Clamp motor
starter protectors. An additional
standard mounting rail must be
mounted for an additional contactor.
40 mm busbar
system
}
8US10 51-5CM47
1
1 unit
143
0.193
60 mm busbar
system
}
8US12 51-5CM47
1
1 unit
143
0.190
35 mm standard mounting rails
Plastic, including fixing screws
--
A
8US19 98-7CA15
1 10 units
143
0.009
Type
Version
DT Cage Clamp terminals
5
3RA19 11-2A +
8US10 51-5CM47
Link modules, Cage Clamp
Size S00
Electrical connection between
motor starter protector and contactor
(busbar adapter not included in
scope of supply)
3RA19 11-2E
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Tools for opening Cage Clamp terminals
8WA2 803
Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with
Cage Clamp terminals up to
max. 2.5 mm² conductor
cross-section
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Length approx.
175 mm;
green, partially
insulated
A
8WA2 880
1
1 unit
041
0.034
Length approx.
175 mm;
green
A
8WA2 803
1
1 unit
041
0.024
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/29
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Enclosures and front plates
■ Overview
Enclosures
For stand-alone installation of motor starter protectors of sizes
S00 (In max = 12 A), S0 (In max = 25 A) and S2 (In max = 50 A),
molded-plastic enclosures for surface mounting and moldedplastic enclosures for flush mounting are available in various
dimensions.
A mushroom-shaped EMERGENCY-STOP knob can be fitted in
place of the locking device. If it is actuated abruptly, the motor
starter protector opens and the mushroom-shaped knob latches.
The knob can be unlatched again either by turning it or by using
a special key. The motor starter protector can subsequently be
switched on again.
When installed in a molded-plastic enclosure the motor starter
protectors have a rated operational voltage Ue of 500 V.
The molded-plastic enclosures of S0 and S2 motor starter protectors
with rotary operating mechanism are fitted with a rotary operating
mechanism as well.
The enclosures for surface mounting have the degree of protection
IP55; the enclosures for flush mounting also comply with the
degree of protection IP55 at the front (the flush-mounted section
complies with IP20).
The enclosures can be supplied with a black rotary operating
mechanism or with an EMERGENCY-STOP rotary operating
mechanism with a red/yellow knob.
All rotary operating mechanisms can be locked in the open position
with up to 3 padlocks.
Motor starter protectors are frequently required to be actuated in
any enclosure. Front plates equipped with an actuator diaphragm
for size S00 motor starter protectors, or rotary operating mechanism
for S0 to S3 motor starter protectors are available for this purpose.
The front plates for size S00 have a holder into which the motor
starter protectors can be snapped. A holder for size S0 motor
starter protectors is available for front plate sizes S0 to S3.
5
NSB0_01080a
Front plates
NSB0_01081a
NSB0_01082a
Enclosure for surface mounting
Front plate for size S00
Accessories for enclosures and front plates
Enclosure for flush mounting
3RV19 13-7F
3RV19 13-7D
All enclosures are equipped with N- and PE- terminals. There are
two knock-out cable entries for cable glands at the top and two
at the bottom; also on the rear corresponding cable entries are
scored. There is a knockout on the top of the enclosure for indicator lights that are available as accessories.
With S00 motor starter protectors, the switch rocker is operated
by means of the actuator diaphragm of the enclosure. A locking
device, capable of holding up to three padlocks, can be fitted
onto the actuator diaphragm to prevent the motor starter protector
from closing during maintenance work, for example.
5/30
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3RV19 13-6B
3RV19 13-7E
NSB0_01083a
The narrow enclosure can accommodate a motor starter protector
without accessories, with transverse and lateral auxiliary switch,
whereas wide enclosures and enclosures for S2 motor starter
protectors also provide space for a laterally mounted
auxiliary trip unit. There is no provision for installing a motor
starter protector with a signaling switch.
Accessories for size S00
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Enclosures and front plates
■ Selection and ordering data
Type
Degree Inte- Installation width
of pro- grated
tection terminals
For
DT Order No.
motor
starter
protectors
Size
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Molded-plastic enclosures for surface mounting
IP55
3RV19 13-1DA00
With rotary IP55
operating
mechanism,
Lockable in 0
position
}
3RV19 13-1CA00
1
1 unit
101
0.296
72 mm
S00
(for switch +
lateral auxiliary
switch +
auxiliary trip unit)
}
3RV19 13-1DA00
1
1 unit
101
0.342
S0
}
3RV19 23-1CA00
1
1 unit
101
0.332
72 mm
S0
(for switch +
lateral auxiliary
switch +
auxiliary trip unit)
}
3RV19 23-1DA00
1
1 unit
101
0.381
82 mm
S2
(for switch +
lateral auxiliary
switch +
auxiliary trip unit)
A
3RV19 33-1DA00
1
1 unit
101
1.134
S0
}
3RV19 23-1FA00
1
1 unit
101
0.329
72 mm
S0
(for switch +
lateral auxiliary
switch +
auxiliary trip unit)
}
3RV19 23-1GA00
1
1 unit
101
0.372
82 mm
S2
(for switch +
lateral auxiliary
switch +
auxiliary trip unit)
A
3RV19 33-1GA00
1
1 unit
101
1.136
N and 54 mm
PE
(for switch +
lateral auxiliary
switch)
3RV19 23-1CA00
With EMER- IP55
GENCYSTOP rotary
operating
mechanism,
Lockable in 0
position
S00
N and 54 mm
PE
(for switch +
lateral auxiliary
switch)
N and 54 mm
PE
(for switch +
lateral auxiliary
switch)
5
With
actuator
diaphragm
Cast aluminum enclosures for surface mounting
3RV19 23-1DA01
With rotary IP65
operating
mechanism,
lockable in 0
position
PE1)
72 mm
S0
(for switch +
lateral auxiliary
switch +
auxiliary trip unit)
}
3RV19 23-1DA01
1
1 unit
101
1.015
With EMER- IP65
GENCYSTOP rotary
operating
mechanism,
Lockable in 0
position
PE1)
72 mm
S0
(for switch +
lateral auxiliary
switch +
auxiliary trip unit)
A
3RV19 23-1GA01
1
1 unit
101
1.008
N and 72 mm
S00
PE
(for switch +
lateral auxiliary
switch +
auxiliary trip unit)
A
3RV19 13-2DA00
1
1 unit
101
0.416
With rotary IP55
(front
operating
mechanism, side)
Lockable in 0
position
N and 72 mm
S0
PE
(for switch +
lateral auxiliary
switch +
auxiliary trip unit)
A
3RV19 23-2DA00
1
1 unit
101
0.426
With EMER- IP55
(front
GENCYSTOP rotary side)
operating
mechanism,
Lockable in 0
position
N and 72 mm
S0
PE
(for switch +
lateral auxiliary
switch +
auxiliary trip unit)
A
3RV19 23-2GA00
1
1 unit
101
0.417
Molded-plastic enclosures for flush mounting
With
actuator
diaphragm
3RV19 13-2DA00
3RV19 23-2DA00
1)
IP55
(front
side)
If required, an additional N terminal can be mounted (e.g. 8WA1 011-1BG11).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/31
© Siemens AG 2008
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Enclosures and front plates
Type
Degree Version
of protection
For motor
starter
protectors
Size
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Front plates
For actuating S00
motor starter
protectors in
any enclosures,
includes holder
for motor starter
protector.
A
3RV19 13-4C
1
1 unit
101
0.216
Molded-plastic IP55
front plates with (front
rotary operating side)
mechanism
lockable in 0 pos.
For actuation S0, S2, S3
of 3RV1 motor
starter protectors in any
enclosure.
}
3RV19 23-4B
1
1 unit
101
0.124
Molded-plastic IP55
front plates with (front
EMERGENCYside)
STOP rotary
operating
mechanism
Red/Yellow,
lockable in 0 pos.
EMERGENCY- S0, S2, S3
STOP actuation
of 3RV1
motor starter
protectors in
any enclosure.
A
3RV19 23-4E
1
1 unit
101
0.124
Holders for
-front plates
For motor starter
protector
Size S0
S0
Holder is
mounted on
front plate, motor
starter protector
with and without
accessories is
snapped in.
}
3RV19 23-4G
1
1 unit
101
0.188
EMERGENCYIP55
STOP mushroom
buttons red/yellow
For 3RV19 13-...
enclosures and
front plates, cannot
be used in combination with
locking device
Latching
mushroom
buttons,
unlatch by
turning
S00
}
3RV19 13-7D
1
1 unit
101
0.108
EMERGENCYIP55
STOP mushroom buttons
red/yellow with
safety lock
For 3RV19 13-...
enclosures and
front plates, cannot
be used in
combination with
locking device
Latching
S00
mushroom
button, unlatch
with key,
RONIS safety
lock, lock
number SB 30,
supplied with
2 keys.
A
3RV19 13-7E
1
1 unit
101
0.144
Locking devices IP55
For 3RV19 13-...
enclosures and
front plates, cannot
be used in
combination with
EMERGENCYSTOP mushroom
button
For 3 padlocks S00
with max.
8 mm shackle
diameter.
}
3RV19 13-6B
1
1 unit
101
0.074
IP55
Diaphragm,
S00
includes holder
and screws
A
3RV19 13-7F
1
1 unit
101
0.023
Molded-plastic
front plates
with actuator
diaphragm
IP55
(front
side)
3RV19 13-4C
5
3RV19 23-4B +
3RV19 23-4G
Accessories for enclosures
Molded-plastic
enclosure for
surface mounting
with 3RV19 13-7D
Spare actuator
diaphragm
Type
Version
Rated control For motor
starter
supply
protectors
voltage Us
Size
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
V
kg
Indicator lights
Indicator
lights
For all
enclosures
and front
plates
With glow lamp
and colored
lenses red,
green, yellow,
orange and
clear
110 ... 120
220 ... 240
380 ... 415
480 ... 500
S00, S0, S2 C
C
C
C
3RV19 03-5B
3RV19 03-5C
3RV19 03-5E
3RV19 03-5G
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.027
0.026
0.026
0.027
3RV19 03-5B
5/32
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
General data
■ Overview
Features
Benefits
3RU11
3RB20/3RB21
3RB22/3RB23
S00 ... S12
S00 ... S12
0.1 ... 630 A
0.3 ... 630 A
( ... 820 A)1)
General data
Sizes
• Are coordinated with the dimensions, connections S00 ... S3
and technical characteristics of the other devices
in the SIRIUS modular system (contactors, soft
starters, ...)
• Permit the mounting of slim and compact load
feeders in widths of 45 mm (S00), 45 mm (S0),
55 mm (S2), 70 mm (S3), 120 mm (S6) and
145 mm (S10/S12)
• Simplify configuration
Seamless current range
• Allows easy and consistent configuration with one 0.11 ... 100 A
series of overload relays (for small to large loads)
Protection functions
• Provides optimum inverse-time delayed protection
of loads against excessive temperature rises due
to overload
✔
✔
✔
Tripping in the event of phase
unbalance
• Provides optimum inverse-time delayed protection
of loads against excessive temperature rises due
to phase unbalance
(✔)
✔
✔
Tripping in the event of phase failure
• Minimizes heating of induction motors during
phase failure
✔
✔
✔
5
Tripping in the event of overload
Protection of single-phase loads
• Enables the protection of single-phase loads
✔
--
✔
Tripping in the event of overheating
• Provides optimum temperature-dependent protection
of loads against excessive temperature rises, e.g.
for stator-critical motors or in the event of insufficient
coolant flow, contamination of the motor surface or
for long starting or braking operations
--2)
--2)
✔
--
✔
(only 3RB21)
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
(by means of
separate module)
✔
(only 3RB21
with 24 V DC)
✔
✔
by
Integrated thermistor motor
protection function
• Eliminates the need for additional special equipment
• Saves space in the control cabinet
• Reduces wiring outlay and costs
Tripping in the event of a ground fault • Provides optimum protection of loads against
high-resistance short-circuits or ground faults
by
due to moisture, condensed water, damage to
the insulation material, etc.
Internal ground fault detection
• Eliminates the need for additional special equipment.
(activatable)
• Saves space in the control cabinet
• Reduces wiring outlay and costs
Features
RESET function
• Allows manual or automatic resetting of the relay
Remote RESET function
• Allows the remote resetting of the relay
TEST function for auxiliary contacts
• Allows easy checking of the function and wiring
✔
✔
TEST function for electronics
• Allows checking of the electronics
--
✔
✔
Status displays
• Displays the current operating state
✔
✔
✔
Large current adjustment button
• Makes it easier to set the relay exactly to the
correct current value
✔
✔
✔
Integrated auxiliary contacts
(1 NO + 1 NC)
• Allows the load to be switched off if necessary
✔
✔
✔
(2 ×)
• Can be used for signal output
1)
Motor currents up to 820 A can be recorded and evaluated by a current
measuring module, e.g. 3RB29 06-2BG1 (0.3 ... 3 A) , in combination with
a 3UF18 68-3GA00 (820 A / 1 A) series transformer.
For 3UF18 transformers, see Chapter 7, section "SIMOCODE".
2)
The SIRIUS 3RN thermistor motor protection devices can be used to
provide additional protection temperature-dependent protection.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/33
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
General data
Features
Benefits
3RU11
3RB20/3RB21
3RB22/3RB23
Design of load feeders
Short-circuit strength up to 100 kA
• Provides optimum protection of the loads and
at 690 V
operating personnel in the event of short-circuits
(in conjunction with the corresponding
due to insulation faults or faulty switching operations
fuses or the corresponding motor starter
protector)
Electrical and mechanical matching
to 3RT1 contactors
• Simplifies configuration
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔1)
--
✔
(S2 ... S6)
✔
(S00 ... S6)
✔
(S00)
--
--
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
(✔)
✔
✔
--
✔
(1:4)
✔
(1:10)
• Reduces wiring outlay and costs
5
• Enables stand-alone installation as well as
space-saving direct mounting
Straight-through transformers for
main circuit2)
(in this case the cables are routed
through the feed-through openings
of the overload relay and connected
directly to the box terminals of the
contactor)
• Reduces the contact resistance
(only one point of contact)
Spring-loaded terminal connection
system for main circuit2)
• Enables fast connections
• Saves wiring costs
(easy, no need for tools, and fast).
• Saves material costs
• Reduces installation costs
• Permits vibration-resistant connections
• Enables maintenance-free connections
Spring-loaded terminal connection
system for auxiliary circuits2)
• Enables fast connections
• Permits vibration-resistant connections
• Enables maintenance-free connections
Other features
Temperature compensation
• Allows the use of the relays at high temperatures
without derating
• Prevents premature tripping
• Allows compact installation of the control cabinet
without distance between the units/load feeders
• Simplifies configuration
• Enables space to be saved in the control cabinet
Very high long-term stability
• Provides safe protection for the loads even after
years of use in severe operating conditions
Wide setting ranges
• Reduce the number of variants
• Minimize the engineering outlay and costs
• Reduce storage overhead, storage costs,
tied-up capital
Trip class CLASS 5
• Enables solutions for very fast starting motors
requiring special protection (e.g. Ex motors)
--
✔
(only 3RB21)
✔
Trip class > CLASS 10
• Enable heavy starting solutions
--
✔
✔
Low power loss
• Reduces power consumption and energy costs
(up 98% less power is used than for thermal
overload relays).
--
✔
✔
• Minimizes temperature rises of the contactor and
control cabinet – in some cases this may eliminate
the need for control cabinet cooling.
• Direct mounting to contactor saves space, even
for high motor currents (i.e. no heat decoupling is
required)
1)
Exception: up to size S3, only stand-alone installation is possible.
2)
Alternatively available for screw terminals.
5/34
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
General data
Features
Benefits
3RU11
3RB20/3RB21
3RB22/3RB23
Other features
Internal power supply
• Eliminates the need for configuration and connecting
an additional control circuit
Variable adjustment of the trip classes • Reduces the number of variants
--1)
✔
--
--
✔
(only 3RB21)
✔
--
--
✔
--
--
✔
(The required trip class can be adjusted • Minimizes the configuring outlay and costs
by means of a rotary switch depending • Minimizes storage overhead, storage costs,
on the current start-up condition.)
and tied-up capital
Overload warning
• Indicates imminent tripping of the relay directly on
the device due to overload, phase unbalance or
phase failure
• Allows the imminent tripping of the relay to be
signaled
• Allows measures to be taken in time in the event of
continuous inverse-time delayed overloads
• Eliminates the need for an additional device
5
• Saves space in the control cabinet
• Reduces wiring outlay and costs
Analog output
• Allows the output of an analog output signal for
actuating moving-coil instruments, feeding
programmable logic controllers or transfer to
bus systems
• Eliminates the need for an additional measuring
transformer and signal converter
• Saves space in the control cabinet
• Reduces wiring outlay and costs
1)
The SIRIUS 3RU11 thermal overload relays use a bimetal contactor and
therefore do not require a control supply voltage.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/35
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
General data
Overload relays Current
Current
measurement range
Type
Type
A
Contactors (type, size, rating in kW)
3RT10 1
3RT10 2
3RT10 3
3RT10 4
3RT10 5
3RT10 6
3RT10 7
3TF68/69
S00
S0
S2
S3
S6
S10
S12
Size 14
3/4/5.5
5.5/7.5/11 15/18.5/22 30/37/45
55/75/90
110/132/160 200/250
375/450
3RU11 thermal overload relays
3RU11 1
Integrated
0.11 … 12
✔
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
3RU11 2
Integrated
1.8 … 25
--
✔
--
--
--
--
--
--
3RU11 3
Integrated
5.5 … 50
--
--
✔
--
--
--
--
--
3RU11 4
Integrated
18 … 100
--
--
--
✔
--
--
--
--
3RB201) solid-state overload relays
3RB20 1
Integrated
0.1 … 12
✔
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
3RB20 2
integrated
0.1 … 25
--
✔
--
--
--
--
--
--
3RB20 3
Integrated
6 … 50
--
--
✔
--
--
--
--
--
3RB20 4
Integrated
12.5 … 100
--
--
--
✔
--
--
--
--
3RB20 5
Integrated
50 ... 200
--
--
--
--
✔
--
--
--
3RB20 6
Integrated
55 ... 630
--
--
--
--
--
✔
✔
✔
3RB20 1 +
3UF18
Integrated
630 ... 820
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
✔
5
3RB211) solid-state overload relays
3RB21 1
Integrated
0.1 … 12
✔
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
3RB21 2
Integrated
0.1 … 25
--
✔
--
--
--
--
--
--
3RB21 3
Integrated
6 … 50
--
--
✔
--
--
--
--
--
3RB21 4
Integrated
12.5 … 100
--
--
--
✔
--
--
--
--
3RB21 5
Integrated
50 ... 200
--
--
--
--
✔
--
--
--
3RB21 6
Integrated
55 ... 630
--
--
--
--
--
✔
✔
✔
3RB21 1 +
3UF18
Integrated
630 ... 820
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
✔
3RB29 0
0.3 … 25
✔
✔
--
--
--
--
--
--
3RB29 0
10 ... 100
--
--
✔
✔
--
--
--
--
3RB22/3RB23 + 3RB29 5
20 … 200
--
--
--
--
✔
--
--
--
3RB29 6
63 ... 630
--
--
--
--
--
✔
✔
✔
3RB29 0 +
3UF18
630 ... 820
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
✔
3RB22/3RB231) solid-state overload relays
1)
When using the overload relays with trip class ≥ CLASS 20, see "Technical
specifications", "Short-Circuit Protection with Fuses for Motor Feeders", and
the project planning aid "Configuring SIRIUS Fuseless Load Feeders".
Connection methods
The 3RB20/3RB21 relays are available with screw terminals
(box terminals) or spring-loaded terminals on the auxiliary
current side; the same applies for the evaluation modules of the
3RB22/3RB23 relays. The 3RU11 relays come with screw
terminals.
The devices with screw terminals are indicated in the selection
and ordering data by green backgrounds.
The devices with spring-loaded terminals are indicated in
the selection and ordering data by orange backgrounds.
5/36
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
General data
Conversion aid 3RB12 ––> 3RB22/3RB23
Previous types
Replacement types
Overload relays (complete units)
Current measuring module
Evaluation module
Function expansion
module
3RB22/3RB23
3RB29
3RB2 @ 83-4AA1
3RB29 85-2 @@@
3RB12
S00/S0
Setting range in A
3RB12 46-1P @ @@ 1.25 ... 6.3
3RB12 46-1Q @ @@ 6.3 ... 25
S2/S3
S6
S10/S12
3RB12 46-1E @ @@ 25 ... 100
3RB12 53-0F @ @@ 50 ... 205
3RB12 57-0K @ @@ 125 ... 500
3RB12 62-0L @ @@ 200 ... 820
110 ... 120 V AC
G
220 ... 240 V AC
M
24 V DC
B
3RB29
Setting range in A
3RB29 06-2BG11)
0.3 ... 3
3RB29 06-2DG11)
2.4 ... 25
1)
3RB29 06-2JG1
3RB29 56-2TG22)
3RB29 56-2TH22)
3RB29 66-2WH22)
10 ... 100
20 ... 200
63 ... 630 (820)3)
✔
✔
✔
Standard version with
ground-fault signaling
00
--
--
Standard version with
overload warning
10
2
✔
Version with internal
ground fault detection and
ground-fault signaling
20
2
CB1
Version with internal
ground fault detection and
overload warning
30
2
CA1
Version with
analog output
40
2
AA0
Bistable version with
ground-fault signaling
01
--
--
Bistable version with
overload warning
11
3
✔
1)
Use 3RB29 87-2B connecting cable.
✔ = Included in the evaluation module (no selection)
2)
Use 3RB29 87-2D connecting cable.
-- = Not available
3)
Motor currents up to 820 A can be recorded and evaluated by a current
measuring module, e.g. 3RB29 06-2BG1 (0.3 ... 3 A), in combination with a
3UF18 68-3GA00 (820 A / 1 A) series transformer.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/37
5
Size
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays
3RB20, 3RB21 for standard applications
■ Overview
5
The 3RB20 and 3RB21 solid-state overload relays up to 630 A
with internal power supply have been designed for inverse-time
delayed protection of loads with normal and heavy starting
(see Technical Information LV 1 T, "Function") against excessive
temperature rises due to overload, phase unbalance or phase
failure. An overload, phase unbalance or phase failure result in
an increase of the motor current beyond the set rated motor
current. This current rise is detected by the current transformers
integrated into the devices and evaluated by corresponding
solid-state circuits which then output a pulse to the auxiliary
contacts. The auxiliary contacts then switch off the load by
means of a contactor. The break time depends on the ratio
between the tripping current and set current Ie and is stored
in the form of a long-term stable tripping characteristic
(see Technical Information LV 1 T, "Characteristic Curves").
(1) Connection for mounting onto contactors:
Optimally adapted in electrical, mechanical and design terms to the
contactors and soft starters, these connecting pins can be used for
direct mounting of the overload relays. Stand-alone installation is
possible as an alternative (in some cases in conjunction with a
stand-alone installation module).
(2) Selector switch for manual/automatic RESET and RESET button:
With the slide switch you can choose between manual and automatic
RESET. A device set to manual RESET can be reset locally by pressing
the RESET button. On the 3RB21 a solid-state remote RESET is
integrated.
(3) Switch position indicator and TEST function of the wiring:
Indicates a trip and enables the wiring test.
(4) Solid-state test (device test):
Enables a test of all important device components and functions.
(5) Motor current setting:
Setting the device to the rated motor current is easy with the large
rotary knob.
(6) Trip class setting/internal ground-fault detection (only 3RB21):
Using the rotary switch you can set the required trip class and activate
the internal ground-fault detection dependent on the start-up conditions.
(7) Connecting terminals (removable terminal block for auxiliary circuits):
The generously sized terminals permit connection of two conductors
with different cross-sections for the main and auxiliary circuits.
The auxiliary circuit can be connected with screw connection and
alternatively with spring-type connection.
In addition to inverse-time delayed protection of loads against
excessive temperature rises due to overload, phase unbalance
and phase failure, the 3RB21 solid-state overload relays also allow
internal ground-fault detection (not possible in conjunction with
wye-delta assemblies). This provides protection of loads against
high-resistance short-circuits due to damage to the insulation
material, moisture, condensed water etc.
The "tripped" status is signaled by means of a switch position
indicator. Resetting takes place either manually or automatically
after the recovery time has elapsed (see Technical Information
LV 1 T, "Function").
The devices are manufactured in accordance with environmental
guidelines and contain environmentally friendly and reusable
materials. They comply with all important worldwide standards
and approvals.
"Increased safety" type of protection EEx e according to
ATEX directive 94/9/EC
The 3RB20/3RB21 solid-state overload relays are suitable for the
overload protection of explosion-proof motors with "increased
safety" type of protection EEx e. The relays meet the requirements
of EN 60079-7 (Electrical apparatus for areas subject to explosion
hazards – Increased safety "e");
See Chapter 20 "Appendix" --> "Standards and approvals" -->
"Type overview of approved devices for potentially explosive
areas (ATEX explosion protection)".
EC type test certificate for Group II, Category (2) G/D exists.
It has the number PTB 06 ATEX 3001.
■ Benefits
The most important features and benefits of the 3RB20/3RB21
solid-state overload relays are listed in the overview table
(see "Overload Relays" --> "General data"), page 5/33).
5/38
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays
3RB20, 3RB21 for standard applications
■ Application
■ Accessories
Industries
The 3RB20/3RB21 solid-state overload relays are suitable for
customers from all industries who want to guarantee optimum
inverse-time delayed protection of their electrical loads (e.g.
motors) under normal and heavy starting conditions (CLASS 5 to
CLASS 30), minimize project completion times, inventories and
power consumption, and optimize plant availability and maintenance
management.
Application
The 3RB20/3RB21 solid-state overload relays have been designed
for the protection of induction motors in sinusoidal 50/60 Hz voltage
networks. The relays are not suitable for the protection of single-phase
AC or DC loads.
The following accessories are available for the 3RB20/3RB21
solid-state overload relays:
• One terminal bracket each for the overload relays size S00
and S0 (sizes S2 to S12 can be installed as single units without
a terminal bracket)
• One mechanical remote RESET module for all sizes
• One cable release for resetting devices which are difficult to
access (for all sizes)
• One sealable cover for all sizes
• Box terminal blocks for sizes S6 and S10/S12
• Terminal covers for sizes S2 to S10/S12
The 3RU11 thermal overload relay or the 3RB22/3RB23 solid-state
overload relay can be used for single-phase AC loads.
For DC loads we recommend the 3RU11 thermal overload relay.
Ambient conditions
The devices are insensitive to external influences such as shocks,
corrosive environments, ageing and temperature fluctuation.
For the temperature range from –25 C to +60 °C, the
3RB20/3RB21 solid-state overload relays compensate
the temperature according to IEC 60947-4-1.
Type
Setting range
5
For the 3RB20/3RB21 solid-state overload relays with the sizes
S6, S10 and S12, the upper set value of the setting range must
be reduced for ambient temperatures > 50 °C by a certain factor
(see tables below).
Derating factor for the upper set
value for stand-alone installation
at ambient temperature
+50 °C
+60 °C
3RB20 56, 3RB21 56
50 ... 200 A
100 %
100 %
3RB20 66, 3RB21 66
55 ... 250 A
100 %
100 %
3RB20 66, 3RB21 66
160 ... 630 A
100 %
90 %
Type
Setting range
Derating factor for the upper set
value for mounting onto contactor
at ambient temperature
+50 °C
+60 °C
3RB20 56, 3RB21 56
50 ... 200 A
100 %
70 %
3RB20 66, 3RB21 66
55 ... 250 A
100 %
70 %
3RB20 66, 3RB21 66
160 ... 630 A
100 %
70 %
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/39
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays
3RB20, 3RB21 for standard applications
■ Selection and ordering data
3RB20 solid-state overload relays with screw terminals on auxiliary current side for direct mounting1)2) and stand-alone
installation2)3), CLASS 10
Features and technical specifications:
• Overload protection, phase failure protection and unbalance
protection
• Internal power supply
• Auxiliary contacts 1 NO + 1 NC
Size of
Rating for
contactor induction motor
4)
Rated value5)
kW
• Manual and automatic RESET
• Switch position indicator
• TEST function and self-monitoring
Set current value
of the inverse-time
delayed overload
release
Short-circuit DT Screw terminals
protection
(on auxiliary current side)
with fuse,
type of coorOrder No.
Price
dination 2,
per PU
gL/gG operational class6)
A
A
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Size S001)
S00
0.04 … 0.09
0.1 … 0.4
1
}
3RB20 16-1RB0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
0.12 … 0.37
0.32 … 1.25
2
}
3RB20 16-1NB0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
0.55 … 1.5
1…4
10
}
3RB20 16-1PB0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
1.1 … 5.5
3 … 12
20
}
3RB20 16-1SB0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
3RB20 16-1RB0
Size S01)
5
S0
0.04 … 0.09
0.1 … 0.4
1
}
3RB20 26-1RB0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
0.12 … 0.37
0.32 … 1.25
2
}
3RB20 26-1NB0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
0.55 … 1.5
1…4
10
}
3RB20 26-1PB0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
1.1 … 5.5
3 … 12
20
}
3RB20 26-1SB0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
3 … 11
6 … 25
35
}
3RB20 26-1QB0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
3 … 11
6 … 25
63
3RB20 26-1QB0
Size S21)3)7)
S2
7.5 … 22
12.5 … 50
80
}
3RB20 36-1QB0
1
1 unit
101
0.360
}
3RB20 36-1QW1
1
1 unit
101
0.230
}
3RB20 36-1UB0
1
1 unit
101
0.360
}
3RB20 36-1UW1
1
1 unit
101
0.230
3RB20 36-1UB0
Size S31)3)7)
S3
7.5 … 22
12.5 … 50
160
}
3RB20 46-1UB0
1
1 unit
101
0.560
11 … 45
25 … 100
315
}
3RB20 46-1EB0
1
1 unit
101
0.560
}
3RB20 46-1EW1
1
1 unit
101
0.450
}
3RB20 56-1FC2
1
1 unit
101
1.030
}
3RB20 56-1FW2
1
1 unit
101
0.690
3RB20 46-1EB0
Size S6 2)7)
S6 with
busbar
connection
3RB20 56-1FW2
22 … 90
50 … 200
315
S6
with box
terminals
Size S10/S122)
S10/S12
and
size 14
(3TF68/
3TF69)
22 … 110
55 … 250
400
}
3RB20 66-1GC2
1
1 unit
101
1.820
90 … 450
160 … 630
800
}
3RB20 66-1MC2
1
1 unit
101
1.820
3RB20 66-1MC2
1)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "0" are designed for direct mounting.
With the matching terminal brackets (see "Accessories", page 5/50),
the sizes S00 and S0 can also be installed as stand-alone units.
5)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "2" are designed for direct
mounting and stand-alone installation. For 3TF68/3TF69 contactors,
direct mounting is not possible.
6)
Maximum fuse for overload relay, type of coordination 2.
For fuse values in conjunction with contactors, see "Technical specifications",
--> "Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeders".
3)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "1" are designed for stand-alone
installation.
7)
The relays with an Order No. with "W" in penultimate position are
equipped with a straight-through transformer.
4)
Observe maximum rated operational current of the devices.
5/40
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays
3RB20, 3RB21 for standard applications
3RB20 solid-state overload relays with spring-loaded terminals on auxiliary current side for direct mounting1)2) and
stand-alone installation2)3), CLASS 10
Features and technical specifications:
• Overload protection, phase failure protection and unbalance
protection
• Internal power supply
• Auxiliary contacts 1 NO + 1 NC
Size of
Rating for
contactor induction motor
4)
Rated value5)
kW
• Manual and automatic RESET
• Switch position indicator
• TEST function and self-monitoring
Set current value
of the inversetime delayed
overload release
Short-circuit DT Spring-loaded terminals
protection
(on auxiliary current side)
with fuse,
type of coorOrder No.
Price
dination 2,
per PU
gL/gG operational class6)
A
A
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Size S001)
S00
0.04 … 0.09
0.1 … 0.4
1
A
3RB20 16-1RD0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
0.12 … 0.37
0.32 … 1.25
2
A
3RB20 16-1ND0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
0.55 … 1.5
1…4
10
A
3RB20 16-1PD0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
1.1 … 5.5
3 … 12
20
A
3RB20 16-1SD0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
3RB20 16-1RD0
S0
0.04 ... 0.09
0.1 ... 0.4
1
A
3RB20 26-1RD0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
0.12 ... 0.37
0.32 ... 1.25
2
A
3RB20 26-1ND0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
0.55 ... 1.5
1 ... 4
10
A
3RB20 26-1PD0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
1.1 … 5.5
3 … 12
20
A
3RB20 26-1SD0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
3 … 11
6 … 25
35
A
3RB20 26-1QD0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
3 … 11
6 … 25
63
A
3RB20 36-1QD0
1
1 unit
101
0.360
A
3RB20 36-1QX1
1
1 unit
101
0.230
A
3RB20 36-1UD0
1
1 unit
101
0.360
A
3RB20 36-1UX1
1
1 unit
101
0.230
3RB20 26-1QD0
Size S21)3)7)
S2
7.5 … 22
12.5 … 50
80
3RB20 36-1UD0
Size S31)3)7)
S3
7.5 … 22
12.5 … 50
160
A
3RB20 46-1UD0
1
1 unit
101
0.560
11 … 45
25 … 100
315
A
3RB20 46-1ED0
1
1 unit
101
0.560
A
3RB20 46-1EX1
1
1 unit
101
0.450
A
3RB20 56-1FF2
1
1 unit
101
1.030
A
3RB20 56-1FX2
1
1 unit
101
0.690
3RB20 46-1ED0
Size S62)7)
S6 with
busbar
connection
3RB20 56-1FX2
22 … 90
50 … 200
315
S6
with box
terminals
Size S10/S122)
S10/S12
and
size 14
(3TF68/
3TF69)
22 … 110
55 … 250
400
A
3RB20 66-1GF2
1
1 unit
101
1.820
90 … 450
160 … 630
800
A
3RB20 66-1MF2
1
1 unit
101
1.820
3RB20 66-1MF2
1)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "0", are designed for direct mounting. With the matching terminal brackets (see "Accessories", page 5/50)
the sizes S00 and S0 can also be installed as stand-alone units.
5)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "2" are designed for direct
mounting and stand-alone installation. For 3TF68/3TF69 contactors,
direct mounting is not possible.
6)
Maximum fuse for overload relay, type of coordination 2.
For fuse values in conjunction with contactors see "Technical specifications",
--> "Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeders".
3)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "1" are designed for stand-alone
installation.
7)
The relays with an Order No. with "X" in penultimate position are equipped
with a straight-through transformer.
4)
Observe maximum rated operational current of the devices.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/41
5
Size S01)
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays
3RB20, 3RB21 for standard applications
3RB20 solid-state overload relays with screw terminals on auxiliary current side for direct mounting1)2) and stand-alone
installation2)3), CLASS 20
Features and technical specifications:
• Overload protection, phase failure protection and unbalance
protection
• Internal power supply
• Auxiliary contacts 1 NO + 1 NC
Size of
Rating for
contactor induction motor
4)
Rated value5)
kW
• Manual and automatic RESET
• Switch position indicator
• TEST function and self-monitoring
Set current value
of the inverse-time
delayed overload release
Short-circuit DT Screw terminals
protection
(on auxiliary current side)
with fuse,
type of coorOrder No.
Price
dination 2,
per PU
gL/gG operational class6)
A
A
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Size S001)
S00
0.04 … 0.09
0.1 … 0.4
1
}
3RB20 16-2RB0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
0.12 … 0.37
0.32 … 1.25
2
}
3RB20 16-2NB0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
0.55 … 1.5
1…4
10
}
3RB20 16-2PB0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
1.1 … 5.5
3 … 12
20
}
3RB20 16-2SB0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
3RB20 16-2RB0
Size S01)
5
S0
0.04 ... 0.09
0.1 ... 0.4
1
}
3RB20 26-2RB0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
0.12 ... 0.37
0.32 ... 1.25
2
}
3RB20 26-2NB0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
0.55 ... 1.5
1 ... 4
10
}
3RB20 26-2PB0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
1.1 … 5.5
3 … 12
20
}
3RB20 26-2SB0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
3 … 11
6 … 25
35
}
3RB20 26-2QB0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
3 … 11
6 … 25
63
3RB20 26-2QB0
Size S21)3)7)
S2
7.5 … 22
12.5 … 50
80
}
3RB20 36-2QB0
1
1 unit
101
0.360
}
3RB20 36-2QW1
1
1 unit
101
0.230
}
3RB20 36-2UB0
1
1 unit
101
0.360
}
3RB20 36-2UW1
1
1 unit
101
0.230
3RB20 36-2UB0
Size S31)3)7)
S3
7.5 … 22
12.5 … 50
160
}
3RB20 46-2UB0
1
1 unit
101
0.560
11 … 45
25 … 100
315
}
3RB20 46-2EB0
1
1 unit
101
0.560
}
3RB20 46-2EW1
1
1 unit
101
0.450
}
3RB20 56-2FC2
1
1 unit
101
1.030
}
3RB20 56-2FW2
1
1 unit
101
0.690
3RB20 46-2EB0
Size S62)7)
S6 with
busbar
connection
3RB20 56-2FW2
22 … 90
50 … 200
315
S6
with box
terminals
Size S10/S122)
S10/S12
and
size 14
(3TF68/
3TF69)
22 … 110
55 … 250
400
}
3RB20 66-2GC2
1
1 unit
101
1.820
90 … 450
160 … 630
800
}
3RB20 66-2MC2
1
1 unit
101
1.820
3RB20 66-2MC2
1)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "0" are designed for direct mounting.
With the matching terminal brackets (see "Accessories", page 5/50) the
sizes S00 and S0 can also be installed as stand-alone units.
5)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "2" are designed for direct
mounting and stand-alone installation. For 3TF68/3TF69 contactors,
direct mounting is not possible.
6)
Maximum fuse for overload relay, type of coordination 2.
For fuse values in conjunction with contactors see "Technical specifications",
--> "Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeders".
3)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "1" are designed for stand-alone
installation.
7)
The relays with an Order No. with "W" in penultimate position are
equipped with a straight-through transformer.
4)
Observe maximum rated operational current of the devices.
5/42
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays
3RB20, 3RB21 for standard applications
3RB20 solid-state overload relays with spring-loaded terminals on auxiliary current side for direct mounting1)2) and
stand-alone installation2)3), CLASS 20
Features and technical specifications:
• Overload protection, phase failure protection and unbalance
protection
• Internal power supply
• Auxiliary contacts 1 NO + 1 NC
Size of
Rating for
contactor induction motor
4)
Rated value5)
kW
• Manual and automatic RESET
• Switch position indicator
• TEST function and self-monitoring
Set current value
of the inversetime delayed
overload release
Short-circuit DT Spring-loaded terminals
protection
(on auxiliary current side)
with fuse,
type of coorOrder No.
Price
dination 2,
per PU
gL/gG operational class6)
A
A
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Size S001)
S00
0.04 … 0.09
0.1 … 0.4
1
A
3RB20 16-2RD0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
0.12 … 0.37
0.32 … 1.25
2
A
3RB20 16-2ND0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
0.55 … 1.5
1…4
10
A
3RB20 16-2PD0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
1.1 … 5.5
3 … 12
20
A
3RB20 16-2SD0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
3RB20 16-2RD0
S0
0.04 ... 0.09
0.1 ... 0.4
1
A
3RB20 26-2RD0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
0.12 ... 0.37
0.32 ... 1.25
2
A
3RB20 26-2ND0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
0.55 ... 1.5
1 ... 4
10
A
3RB20 26-2PD0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
1.1 … 5.5
3 … 12
20
A
3RB20 26-2SD0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
3 … 11
6 … 25
35
A
3RB20 26-2QD0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
3 … 11
6 … 25
63
A
3RB20 36-2QD0
1
1 unit
101
0.360
A
3RB20 36-2QX1
1
1 unit
101
0.230
A
3RB20 36-2UD0
1
1 unit
101
0.360
A
3RB20 36-2UX1
1
1 unit
101
0.230
3RB20 26-2QD0
Size S21)3)7)
S2
7.5 … 22
12.5 … 50
80
3RB20 36-2UD0
Size S31)3)7)
S3
7.5 … 22
12.5 … 50
160
A
3RB20 46-2UD0
1
1 unit
101
0.560
11 … 45
25 … 100
315
A
3RB20 46-2ED0
1
1 unit
101
0.560
A
3RB20 46-2EX1
1
1 unit
101
0.450
A
3RB20 56-2FF2
1
1 unit
101
1.030
A
3RB20 56-2FX2
1
1 unit
101
0.690
3RB20 46-2ED0
Size S62)7)
S6 with
busbar
connection
3RB20 56-2FX2
22 … 90
50 … 200
315
S6
with box
terminals
Size S10/S122)
S10/S12
and size
14
(3TF68/
3TF69)
22 … 110
55 … 250
400
A
3RB20 66-2GF2
1
1 unit
101
1.820
90 … 450
160 … 630
800
A
3RB20 66-2MF2
1
1 unit
101
1.820
3RB20 66-2MF2
1)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "0" are designed for direct mounting.
With the matching terminal brackets (see "Accessories", page 5/50) the
sizes S00 and S0 can also be installed as stand-alone units.
5)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "2" are designed for direct
mounting and stand-alone installation. For 3TF68/3TF69 contactors,
direct mounting is not possible.
6)
Maximum fuse for overload relay, type of coordination 2.
For fuse values in conjunction with contactors, see "Technical specifications"
--> "Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeders".
3)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "1" are designed for stand-alone
installation.
7)
The relays with an Order No. with "X" in penultimate position are equipped
with a straight-through transformer.
4)
Observe maximum rated operational current of the devices.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/43
5
Size S01)
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays
3RB20, 3RB21 for standard applications
3RB21 solid-state overload relays with screw terminals on auxiliary current side for direct mounting1)2) and stand-alone
installation2)3), CLASS 5, 10, 20 and 30 adjustable
Features and technical specifications:
• Overload protection, phase failure protection and unbalance
protection
• Internal ground fault detection (activatable)
• Internal power supply
• Auxiliary contacts 1 NO + 1 NC
Size of
Rating for
contactor induction motor
4)
Rated value5)
kW
•
•
•
•
Manual and automatic RESET
Electrical remote RESET integrated
Switch position indicator
TEST function and self-monitoring
Set current value
of the inversetime delayed
overload release
Short-circuit DT Screw terminals
protection
(on auxiliary current side)
with fuse,
type of coorOrder No.
Price
dination 2,
per PU
gL/gG operational class6)
A
A
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Size S001)
S00
0.04 … 0.09
0.1 … 0.4
1
}
3RB21 13-4RB0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
0.12 … 0.37
0.32 … 1.25
2
}
3RB21 13-4NB0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
0.55 … 1.5
1…4
10
}
3RB21 13-4PB0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
1.1 … 5.5
3 … 12
20
}
3RB21 13-4SB0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
3RB21 13-4RB0
Size S01)
5
S0
0.04 … 0.09
0.1 … 0.4
1
}
3RB21 23-4RB0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
0.12 … 0.37
0.32 … 1.25
2
}
3RB21 23-4NB0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
0.55 ... 1.5
1 ... 4
10
}
3RB21 23-4PB0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
1.1 … 5.5
3 … 12
20
}
3RB21 23-4SB0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
3 … 11
6 … 25
35
}
3RB21 23-4QB0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
3 … 11
6 … 25
63
3RB21 23-4QB0
Size S21)3)7)
S2
7.5 … 22
12.5 … 50
80
}
3RB21 33-4QB0
1
1 unit
101
0.360
}
3RB21 33-4QW1
1
1 unit
101
0.230
}
3RB21 33-4UB0
1
1 unit
101
0.360
}
3RB21 33-4UW1
1
1 unit
101
0.230
3RB21 33-4UB0
Size S31)3)7)
S3
7.5 … 22
12.5 … 50
160
}
3RB21 43-4UB0
1
1 unit
101
0.560
11 … 45
25 … 100
315
}
3RB21 43-4EB0
1
1 unit
101
0.560
}
3RB21 43-4EW1
1
1 unit
101
0.450
}
3RB21 53-4FC2
1
1 unit
101
1.030
}
3RB21 53-4FW2
1
1 unit
101
0.690
3RB21 43-4EB0
Size S62)7)
S6 with
busbar
connection
3RB21 53-4FC2
22 … 90
50 … 200
315
S6
with box
terminals
Size S10/S122)
S10/S12
and
size 14
(3TF68/
3TF69)
22 … 110
55 … 250
400
}
3RB21 63-4GC2
1
1 unit
101
1.820
90 … 450
160 … 630
800
}
3RB21 63-4MC2
1
1 unit
101
1.820
3RB21 63-4MC2
1)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "0" are designed for direct mounting.
With the matching terminal brackets (see "Accessories", page 5/50) the
sizes S00 and S0 can also be installed as stand-alone units.
5)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "2" are designed for direct
mounting and stand-alone installation. For 3TF68/3TF69 contactors,
direct mounting is not possible.
6)
Maximum fuse for overload relay, type of coordination 2.
For fuse values in conjunction with contactors, see "Technical specifications"
--> "Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeders".
3)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "1" are designed for stand-alone
installation.
7)
The relays with an Order No. with "W" in penultimate position are
equipped with a straight-through transformer.
4)
Observe maximum rated operational current of the devices.
5/44
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays
3RB20, 3RB21 for standard applications
3RB21 solid-state overload relays with spring-loaded terminals on auxiliary current side for direct mounting1)2) and
stand-alone installation1)3), CLASS 5, 10, 20 and 30 adjustable
Features and technical specifications:
• Overload protection, phase failure protection and unbalance
protection
• Internal ground fault detection (activatable)
• Internal power supply
• Auxiliary contacts 1 NO + 1 NC
Size of
Rating for
contactor induction motor
4)
Rated value5)
kW
•
•
•
•
Manual and automatic RESET
Electrical remote RESET integrated
Switch position indicator
TEST function and self-monitoring
Set current value
of the inversetime delayed
overload release
Short-circuit DT Spring-loaded terminals
protection
(on auxiliary current side)
with fuse,
type of coorOrder No.
Price
dination 2,
per PU
gL/gG operational class6)
A
A
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Size S001)
S00
0.04 … 0.09
0.1 … 0.4
1
A
3RB21 13-4RD0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
0.12 … 0.37
0.32 … 1.25
2
A
3RB21 13-4ND0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
0.55 … 1.5
1…4
10
A
3RB21 13-4PD0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
1.1 … 5.5
3 … 12
20
A
3RB21 13-4SD0
1
1 unit
101
0.200
3RB21 13-4RD0
S0
0.04 … 0.09
0.1 … 0.4
1
}
3RB21 23-4RD0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
0.12 … 0.37
0.32 … 1.25
2
}
3RB21 23-4ND0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
0.55 ... 1.5
1 ... 4
10
}
3RB21 23-4PD0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
1.1 … 5.5
3 … 12
20
A
3RB21 23-4SD0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
3 … 11
6 … 25
35
A
3RB21 23-4QD0
1
1 unit
101
0.220
3 … 11
6 … 25
63
A
3RB21 33-4QD0
1
1 unit
101
0.360
A
3RB21 33-4QX1
1
1 unit
101
0.230
A
3RB21 33-4UD0
1
1 unit
101
0.360
A
3RB21 33-4UX1
1
1 unit
101
0.230
3RB21 23-4QD0
Size S21)3)7)
S2
7.5 … 22
12.5 … 50
80
3RB21 33-4UD0
Size S31)3)7)
S3
7.5 … 22
12.5 … 50
160
A
3RB21 43-4UD0
1
1 unit
101
0.560
11 … 45
25 … 100
315
A
3RB21 43-4ED0
1
1 unit
101
0.560
A
3RB21 43-4EX1
1
1 unit
101
0.450
A
3RB21 53-4FF2
1
1 unit
101
1.030
A
3RB21 53-4FX2
1
1 unit
101
0.690
3RB21 43-4ED0
Size S62)7)
S6 with
busbar
connection
3RB21 53-4FX2
22 … 90
50 … 200
315
S6
with box
terminals
Size S10/S122)
S10/S12
and
size 14
(3TF68/
3TF69)
22 … 110
55 … 250
400
A
3RB21 63-4GF2
1
1 unit
101
1.820
90 … 450
160 … 630
800
A
3RB21 63-4MF2
1
1 unit
101
1.820
3RB21 63-4MF2
1)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "0", are designed for direct mounting. With the matching terminal brackets (see "Accessories", page 5/50)
the sizes S00 and S0 can also be installed as stand-alone units.
5)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "2" are designed for direct
mounting and stand-alone installation. For 3TF68/3TF69 contactors,
direct mounting is not possible.
6)
Maximum fuse for overload relay, type of coordination 2.
For fuse values in conjunction with contactors, see "Technical specifications"
--> "Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeders".
3)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "1" are designed for stand-alone
installation.
7)
The relays with an Order No. with "X" in penultimate position are equipped
with a straight-through transformer.
4)
Observe maximum rated operational current of the devices.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/45
5
Size S01)
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays
3RB22, 3RB23 for high-feature applications
5
■ Overview
3RB22/3RB23 evaluation module
(1) Green "READY" LED:
A continuous green light signals that the device is working correctly.
(2) Red "GND FAULT" LED:
A continuous red light signals a ground-fault tripping.
(3) Red "THERMISTOR" LED:
A continuous red light signals an active thermistor trip.
(4) Red "OVERLOAD" LED:
A continuous red light signals an active overload trip; a flickering red
light signals an imminent trip (overload warning).
(5) Motor current and trip class adjustment:
Setting the device to the motor current and to the required trip class
dependent on the start-up conditions is easy with the two rotary
switches.
(6) Selector switch for manual/automatic RESET:
With this switch you can choose between manual and automatic RESET.
(7) Test/RESET button:
Enables testing of all important device components and functions,
plus resetting of the device after a trip when manual RESET is selected.
(8) Connecting terminals (removable terminal block):
The generously sized terminals permit connection of two conductors
with different cross-sections for the auxiliary, control and sensor circuits.
Connection is possible with screw connection and alternatively with
spring-type connection.
(9) 3RB29 85 function expansion module:
Enables more functions to be added, e.g. internal ground fault detection
and/or an analog output with corresponding signals.
3RB29 06 current measuring module
5/46
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
The modular, solid-state overload relays with external power
supply type 3RB22 (with monostable auxiliary contacts) and
type 3RB23 (with bistable auxiliary contacts) up to 630 A (up to
820 A possible with a series transformer) have been designed
for inverse-time delayed protection of loads with normal and
heavy starting (see Technical Information LV 1 T, "Function")
against excessive temperature rises due to overload, phase
unbalance or phase failure. An overload, phase unbalance or
phase failure result in an increase of the motor current beyond
the set rated motor current. This current rise is detected by
means of a current measuring module and electronically evaluated
by a special evaluation module which is connected to it. The
evaluation electronics sends a signal to the auxiliary contacts.
The auxiliary contacts then switch off the load by means of a
contactor. The break time depends on the ratio between the
tripping current and set current Ie and is stored in the form of a
long-term stable tripping characteristic (see Technical Information
LV 1 T, "Characteristic Curves"). The "tripped" status is signaled
by means of a continuous red "OVERLOAD" LED.
The LED indicates imminent tripping of the relay due to overload,
phase unbalance or phase failure by flickering when the limit
current has been violated. This warning can also issued as a
signal through auxiliary contacts.
In addition to the described inverse-time delayed protection of
loads against excessive temperature rises, the 3RB22/3RB23
solid-state overload relays also allow direct temperature monitoring
of the motor windings (full motor protection) by connection with
broken-wire interlock of a PTC sensor circuit. With this temperaturedependent protection, the loads can be protected against overheating caused indirectly by reduced coolant flow, for example,
which cannot be detected by means of the current alone. In the
event of overheating, the devices switch off the contactor, and
thus the load, by means of the auxiliary contacts. The "tripped"
status is signaled by means of a continuously illuminated
"THERMISTOR" LED.
To also protect the loads against high-resistance short-circuits
due to damage to the insulation, humidity, condensed water,
etc., the 3RB22/3RB23 solid-state overload relays offer the
possibility of internal ground fault monitoring in conjunction with
a function expansion module (for details see "Selection and
Ordering data", not possible in conjunction with contactor assembly
for Wye-Delta starting). In the event of a ground fault, the
3RB22/3RB23 relays trip instantaneously. The "tripped" status is
signaled by means of a continuous red "Ground Fault" LED.
Signaling through auxiliary contacts is also possible.
After tripping due to overload, phase unbalance, phase failure,
thermistor tripping or ground fault, the relay is reset manually
or automatically after the recovery time has elapsed
(see Technical Information LV 1 T, "Function").
In conjunction with a function expansion module, the motor current measured by the microprocessor can be output in the form
of an analog signal 4 ... 20 mA DC for operating rotary coil instruments or for feeding into analog inputs of programmable logic controllers. With an additional AS-Interface analog module, the current values can also be transferred over the AS-i bus system.
The devices are manufactured in accordance with environmental
guidelines and contain environmentally friendly and reusable
materials.
They comply with all important worldwide standards and approvals.
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays
3RB22, 3RB23 for high-feature applications
The 3RB22 (monostable) solid-state overload relays are suitable
for the overload protection of explosion-proof motors with
"Increased safety" type of protection EEx e. The relays meet the
requirements of EN 60079-7 (Electrical apparatus for areas
subject to explosion hazards – Increased safety "e");
See Chapter 20 "Appendix" --> "Standards and approvals" -->
"Type overview of approved devices for potentially explosive
areas (ATEX explosion protection)".
EC type test certificate for Group II, Category (2) G/D exists.
It has the number PTB 05 ATEX 3022.
■ Benefits
The most important features and benefits of the 3RB22/3RB23
solid-state overload relays are listed in the overview table
(see "Overload Relays" --> "General data").
■ Application
Industries
The 3RB22/3RB23 solid-state overload relays are suitable for
customers from all industries who want to guarantee optimum
inverse-time delayed and temperature-dependent protection of
their electrical loads (e.g. motors) under normal and heavy
starting conditions (CLASS 5 to CLASS 30), minimize project
completion times, inventories and power consumption,
and optimize plant availability and maintenance management.
Application
The 3RB22/3RB23 solid-state overload relays have been designed for the protection of three-phase asynchronous and single-phase AC motors.
If single-phase AC motors are to be protected by the 3RB22/3RB23
solid-state overload relays, the main current paths of the
current measuring modules must be series-connected
(see Technical Information LV 1 T, "Schematics").
Ambient conditions
The devices are insensitive to external influences such as shocks,
corrosive environments, ageing and temperature fluctuation.
For the temperature range from –25 C to +60 °C, the 3RB22/3RB23
solid-state overload relays compensate the temperature according
to IEC 60947-4-1.
Configuration notes for use of the devices below –25 °C or above
+60 °C on request.
■ Accessories
The following accessories are available for the 3RB22/3RB23
solid-state overload relays:
• A sealable cover for the evaluation module
• Box terminal blocks for the current measuring modules size S6
and S10/S12
• Terminal covers for the current measuring modules size S6
and S10/S12
• Push-in lugs for screw mounting the size S00 to S3 current
measuring modules
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/47
5
"Increased safety" type of protection EEx e according to
ATEX directive 94/9/EC
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays
3RB22, 3RB23 for high-feature applications
■ Selection and ordering data
3RB22/3RB23 solid-state overload relays for full motor protection with screw terminals or spring-loaded terminals
for stand-alone installation, CLASS 5, 10, 20 and 30 adjustable
Features and technical specifications:
• Overload protection, phase failure protection and unbalance
protection
• External power supply 24 ... 240 V AC/DC
• Auxiliary contacts 2 NO + 2 NC
• Manual and automatic RESET
• Electrical remote RESET integrated
• 4 LEDs for operating and status displays
Size of
contactor
• TEST function and self-monitoring
• Internal ground fault detection with function expansion module
• Screw terminals or spring-loaded terminals for auxiliary,
control and sensor circuits
• Input for PTC sensor circuit
• Analog output with function expansion module
Version
DT Screw terminals
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Evaluation modules
S00 ... S12
Monostable
}
3RB22 83-4AA1
1
1 unit
101
0.300
Bistable
}
3RB23 83-4AA1
1
1 unit
101
0.300
Version
DT Spring-loaded terminals
3RB2. 83-4AA1
5
Size of
contactor
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Evaluation modules
S00 ... S12
Monostable
A
3RB22 83-4AC1
1
1 unit
101
0.300
Bistable
A
3RB23 83-4AC1
1
1 unit
101
0.300
Version
DT Order No.
3RB2. 83-4AC1
Size of
contactor
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Function expansion modules
For plugging into evaluation module (1 unit)
S00 ... S12
Analog Basic 11) modules
Analog output DC 4 ... 20 mA,
with overload warning
}
3RB29 85-2AA0
1
1 unit
101
0.030
Analog Basic 1 GF1)2) modules
Analog output DC 4 ... 20 mA,
with internal ground fault detection and
overload warning
}
3RB29 85-2AA1
1
1 unit
101
0.030
Analog Basic 2 GF1)2) modules
Analog output DC 4 ... 20 mA,
with internal ground fault detection and
ground-fault signaling
}
3RB29 85-2AB1
1
1 unit
101
0.030
Basic 1 GF2) modules
with internal ground fault detection and
overload warning
}
3RB29 85-2CA1
1
1 unit
101
0.030
Basic 2 GF2) modules
with internal ground fault detection and
ground-fault signaling
}
3RB29 85-2CB1
1
1 unit
101
0.030
Note: Analog input modules, e.g. SM 331, must be configured
for 4-wire measuring transducers. In this case the analog input
module must not supply current to the analog output of the
3RB22/ 3RB23 relay.
1)
The analog signal DC 4 ... 20 mA can be used for operating rotary coil
instruments or for feeding into analog inputs of programmable logic controllers.
5/48
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
2)
The following information on ground-fault protection refers to sinusoidal
residual currents at 50/60 Hz:
- with a motor current of between 0.3 and 2 times the set current Ie the unit
will trip at a ground-fault current equal to 30 % of the set current.
- with a motor current of between 2 and 8 times the set current Ie the unit
will trip at a ground-fault current equal to 15 % of the set current.
- the response delay amounts to between 0.5 and 1 second.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays
3RB22, 3RB23 for high-feature applications
Current measuring modules for direct mounting1) and stand-alone installation1)2)
Size of
Rating for
contactor3) induction motor
Rated value4)
kW
Set current value
of the inverse-time
delayed overload
release
Short-circuit DT Order No.
protection
with fuse,
type of coordination 2,
gL/gG operational class5)
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
A
kg
Size S00/S0 2)6)
S00/S0
0.09 … 1.1
0.3 … 3
20
}
3RB29 06-2BG1
1
1 unit
101
0.100
1.1 … 11
2.4 … 25
63
}
3RB29 06-2DG1
1
1 unit
101
0.150
5.5 … 45
10 … 100
315
}
3RB29 06-2JG1
1
1 unit
101
0.350
S6 with
11 … 90
busbar
connection
20 … 200
315
}
3RB29 56-2TH2
1
1 unit
101
1.000
}
3RB29 56-2TG2
1
1 unit
101
0.600
}
3RB29 66-2WH2
1
1 unit
101
1.750
3RB29 06-2.G1
Size S2/S3 2)6)
S2/S3
3RB29 06-2JG1
3RB29 56-2TG2
S6
with box
terminals
Size S10/S121)
S10/S12
and
size 14
(3TF68/
3TF69)
37 … 450
63 … 630
800
3RB29 66-2WH2
Note: The connecting cable between the current measuring
module and the evaluation module is not included in the scope
of supply; please order separately.
1)
2)
The current measuring modules with an Order No. ending with "2" are
designed for direct mounting and stand-alone installation.
For 3TF68/3TF69 contactors, direct mounting is not possible.
The current measuring modules with an Order No. ending with "1" are
designed for stand-alone installation.
3)
Observe maximum rated operational current of the devices.
4)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
5)
Maximum protection by fuse for overload relay, type of coordination 2.
For fuse values in conjunction with contactors, see "Technical specifications"
--> "Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeders".
6)
The modules with an Order No. with "G" in penultimate position are
equipped with a straight-through transformer.
■ Accessories
Size of
contactor
Version
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Connecting cables (essential accessory)
For connection between evaluation module and
current measuring module
S00 ... S3
• Length 0.1 m
(only for mounting of the evaluation module
directly onto the current measuring module)
S00 ... S12 • Length 0.5 m
}
3RB29 87-2B
1
1 unit
101
0.010
}
3RB29 87-2D
1
1 unit
101
0.020
3RB29 87-2.
For more accessories, see page 5/50.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/49
5
Size S61)6)
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays
Accessories
■ Overview
Overload relays for standard applications
Overload relays for high-feature applications
The following optional accessories are available for the
3RB20/3RB21 solid-state overload relays:
• One terminal bracket each for the overload relays size S00
and S0 (sizes S2 to S12 can be installed as single units without
a terminal bracket)
• One mechanical remote RESET module for all sizes
• One cable release for resetting devices which are difficult to
access (for all sizes)
• One sealable cover for all sizes
• Box terminal blocks for sizes S6 and S10/S12
• Terminal covers for sizes S2 to S10/S12
The following optional accessories are available for the
3RB22/3RB23 solid-state overload relays:
• A sealable cover for the evaluation module
• Box terminal blocks for the current measuring modules size S6
and S10/S12
• Terminal covers for the current measuring modules size S6
and S10/S12
• Push-in lugs for screw mounting the size S00 to S3 current
measuring modules
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Size
DT Order No.
Price
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Terminal brackets for stand-alone installation1)
For separate mounting of the overload
relays; screw and snap-on mounting onto
TH 35 standard mounting rail
}
3RB29 13-0AA1
1
1 unit
101
0.060
}
3RB29 23-0AA1
1
1 unit
101
0.080
Resetting plungers, holders and formers S00 ...
S10/S12
}
3RU19 00-1A
1
1 unit
101
0.038
Pushbuttons with extended stroke
(12 mm), IP65, Ø 22 mm
B
3SB30 00-0EA11
1
1 unit
102
0.020
Extension plungers
For compensation of the distance between
a pushbutton and the unlatching button of
the relay
A
3SX1 335
1
1 unit
102
0.004
• Length 400 mm
}
3RU19 00-1B
1
1 unit
101
0.063
• Length 600 mm
}
3RU19 00-1C
1
1 unit
101
0.073
5
S00
S0
3RB29 .3-0AA1
Mechanical RESET2)
3RU19 00-1A
with pushbutton and
extension plunger
Cable releases with holder for RESET2)
For Ø 6.5 mm holes in the control panel;
max. control panel thickness 8 mm
S00 ...
S10/S12
3RU19 00-1.
1)
Only for 3RB20/3RB21.
2)
Only for 3RB20/3RB21. The accessories are identical to those of the
3RU11 thermal overload relays.
5/50
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays
Accessories
Version
Size
DT Order No.
Price
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Sealable covers
For covering the setting knobs
• For 3RB20/3RB21
S00 ...
S10/S12
}
3RB29 84-0
1 10 units
101
0.020
• For 3RB22/3RB23
–
}
3RB29 84-2
1 10 units
101
0.050
• Length 55 mm1)
S3
}
3RT19 46-4EA1
1
1 unit
101
0.040
• Length 100 mm
S6
}
3RT19 56-4EA1
1
1 unit
101
0.070
• Length 120 mm
S10/S12
}
3RT19 66-4EA1
1
1 unit
101
0.130
• Length 20.6 mm1)
S2
}
3RT19 36-4EA2
1
1 unit
101
0.020
• Length 20.8 mm1)
S3
}
3RT19 46-4EA2
1
1 unit
101
0.025
• Length 25 mm
S6
}
3RT19 56-4EA2
1
1 unit
101
0.030
• Length 30 mm
S10/S12
}
3RT19 66-4EA2
1
1 unit
101
0.040
Covers for screw terminals
between contactor and overload relay,
without box terminals
(1 unit required per combination)
S6
}
3RT19 56-4EA3
1
1 unit
101
0.020
S10/S12
}
3RT19 66-4EA3
1
1 unit
101
0.060
S62)
}
3RT19 55-4G
1
1 unit
101
0.230
S6
}
3RT19 56-4G
1
1 unit
101
0.260
S10/S12
}
3RT19 66-4G
1
1 unit
101
0.676
For screw mounting of 3RB22/3RB23
overload relays
--
}
3RP19 03
1 10 units
101
0.002
For screw mounting of 3RB29 06 current
measuring modules
(2 units are required per module)
S00 ... S3
C
3RB19 00-0B
100 10 units
101
0.100
044
0.032
Terminal covers
Covers for cable lugs and
busbar connections
3RT19 36-4EA2
The figures show mounting on the contactor
Covers for box terminals
Box terminal blocks
For round and ribbon cables
• Up to 70 mm2
• Up to 120
mm2
• Up to 240 mm2
For conductor cross-sections,
see Technical Information LV 1 T,
"Technical specifications".
3RT19 5.-4G
Push-in lugs
3RP19 03
3RB19 00-0B
Tools for opening Cage Clamp terminals
Screwdrivers,
2.5 mm x 0.4 mm,
length approx. 160 mm; green,
suitable for a max. conductor
cross-section of 1.5 mm2
Can be used for: 8WH9 200-0AA00
Auxiliary circuit
connections
1
10 units
For more accessories (labeling plates), see page 5/57.
1)
Only for 3RB20/3RB21. The accessories are identical to those of the
3RU11 thermal overload relays.
2)
In the scope of supply for 3RT10 54-1 contactors (55 kW).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/51
5
3RT19 46-4EA1
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RU1 Thermal Overload Relays
3RU11 for standard applications
"Increased safety" type of protection EEx e according to
ATEX directive 94/9/EC
■ Overview
The 3RU11 thermal overload relays are suitable for the overload
protection of explosion-proof motors with "increased safety" type
of protection EEx e. The relays meet the requirements of
EN 60079-7 (Electrical apparatus for areas subject to explosion
hazards – Increased safety "e");
See Chapter 20 "Appendix" --> "Standards and approvals" -->
"Type overview of approved devices for potentially explosive
areas (ATEX explosion protection)".
EC type test certificate for Category (2) G/D exists. It has the
number DMT 98 ATEX G 001.
■ Benefits
5
The most important features and benefits of the 3RU11
thermal overload relays are listed in the overview table
(see "Overload Relays", --> "General data").
(1) Connection for mounting onto contactors:
Optimally adapted in electrical, mechanical and design terms to the
contactors, these connecting pins can be used for direct mounting of
the overload relays. Stand-alone installation is possible as an alternative
(in some cases in conjunction with a stand-alone installation module).
(2) Selector switch for manual/automatic RESET and RESET button:
With this switch you can choose between manual and automatic RESET.
A device set to manual RESET can be reset locally by pressing the
RESET button. A remote RESET is possible using the RESET modules
(accessories), which are independent of size.
(3) Switch position indicator and TEST function of the wiring:
Indicates a trip and enables the wiring test.
(4) Motor current setting:
Setting the device to the rated motor current is easy with the large
rotary knob.
(5) STOP button:
If the STOP button is pressed, the NC contact is opened. This switches
off the contactor downstream. The NC contact is closed again when
the button is released.
(6) Transparent, sealable cover:
Secures the motor current setting, TEST function and the selector
switch for manual/automatic RESET against adjustment.
(7) Supply terminals:
The generously sized terminals permit connection of two conductors
with different cross-sections for the main and auxiliary circuits. The
auxiliary circuit can be connected with screw connection and alternatively
with spring-type connection.
The 3RU11 thermal overload relays up to 100 A have been designed
for inverse-time delayed protection of loads with normal starting
(see Technical Information LV 1 T, "Function") against excessive
temperature rises due to overload or phase failure. An overload
or phase failure results in an increase of the motor current beyond
the set rated motor current. Via heating elements, this current
rise heats up the bimetal strips inside the device, which then
bend and as a reult trigger the auxiliary contacts by means of a
tripping mechanism. The auxiliary contacts then switch off the
load by means of a contactor. The break time depends on the ratio
between the tripping current and set current Ie and is stored
in the form of a long-term stable tripping characteristic
(see Technical Information LV 1 T, "Characteristic Curves").
■ Application
Industries
The 3RU11 thermal overload relays are suitable for customers
from all industries who want to guarantee optimum inverse-time
delayed protection of their electrical loads (e.g. motors) under
normal starting conditions (CLASS 10).
Application
The 3RU11 thermal overload relays have been designed for the
protection of three-phase and single-phase AC and DC motors.
If single-phase AC or DC loads are to be protected by the 3RU11
thermal overload relays, all three bimetal strips must be heated.
For this purpose, all main current paths of the relay must be
connected in series.
Ambient conditions
The 3RU11 thermal overload relays have temperature compensation
in accordance with IEC 60947-4-1 for the temperature range of
–20 to +60 °C. For temperatures from +60 to +80 °C, the upper
set value of the setting range must be reduced by the factor
listed in the table below.
Ambient temperature in °C
Derating factor for the
upper set value
+60
1.0
+65
0.94
+70
0.87
+75
0.81
+80
0.73
The "tripped" status is signaled by means of a switch position
indicator. Resetting takes place either manually or automatically
after a recovery time has elapsed (see Technical Information
LV 1 T, "Function").
The devices are manufactured in accordance with environmental
guidelines and contain environmentally friendly and reusable
materials.
They comply with all important worldwide standards and
approvals.
5/52
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RU1 Thermal Overload Relays
3RU11 for standard applications
■ Selection and ordering data
3RU11 thermal overload relays with screw terminals on the auxiliary current side for direct mounting1), CLASS 10
•
•
•
•
Features and technical specifications:
• Overload and phase failure protection
• Auxiliary contacts 1 NO + 1 NC
• Manual and automatic RESET
Switch position indicator
TEST function
STOP button
Integrated, sealable cover
Set current value
of the inversetime delayed
overload release
Short-circuit DT Screw terminals
protection
(on auxiliary current side)
with fuse,
type of coorOrder No.
Price
dination 2,
per PU
gL/gG operational class4)
kW
A
A
0.04
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.11 ... 0.16
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
0.5
1
1
1.6
}
}
}
}
3RU11 16-0AB0
3RU11 16-0BB0
3RU11 16-0CB0
3RU11 16-0DB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.150
0.150
0.150
0.150
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.8
2
2
2
4
}
}
}
}
3RU11 16-0EB0
3RU11 16-0FB0
3RU11 16-0GB0
3RU11 16-0HB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.150
0.150
0.150
0.150
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
4
4
6
6
}
}
}
}
3RU11 16-0JB0
3RU11 16-0KB0
3RU11 16-1AB0
3RU11 16-1BB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.150
0.150
0.150
0.150
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
10
10
16
20
}
}
}
}
3RU11 16-1CB0
3RU11 16-1DB0
3RU11 16-1EB0
3RU11 16-1FB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.150
0.150
0.150
0.150
2.2
3
4
5.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12
20
25
35
35
}
}
}
}
3RU11 16-1GB0
3RU11 16-1HB0
3RU11 16-1JB0
3RU11 16-1KB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.150
0.150
0.150
0.150
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
10
10
16
20
}
}
}
}
3RU11 26-1CB0
3RU11 26-1DB0
3RU11 26-1EB0
3RU11 26-1FB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
2.2
3
4
5.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
20
25
35
35
}
}
}
}
3RU11 26-1GB0
3RU11 26-1HB0
3RU11 26-1JB0
3RU11 26-1KB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
7.5
7.5
11
11
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
17 ... 22
20 ... 25
40
50
63
63
}
}
}
}
3RU11 26-4AB0
3RU11 26-4BB0
3RU11 26-4CB0
3RU11 26-4DB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
3
4
5.5
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
25
35
35
}
}
}
3RU11 36-1HB0
3RU11 36-1JB0
3RU11 36-1KB0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.320
0.320
0.320
7.5
7.5
11
15
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
18 ... 25
22 ... 32
40
50
63
80
}
}
}
}
3RU11 36-4AB0
3RU11 36-4BB0
3RU11 36-4DB0
3RU11 36-4EB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.320
0.320
0.320
0.320
18.5
22
22
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
40 ... 50
80
100
100
}
}
}
3RU11 36-4FB0
3RU11 36-4GB0
3RU11 36-4HB0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.320
0.320
0.320
11
15
18 ... 25
22 ... 32
63
80
}
}
3RU11 46-4DB0
3RU11 46-4EB0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.550
0.550
18.5
22
30
37
28 ... 40
36 ... 50
45 ... 63
57 ... 75
80
125
125
160
}
}
}
}
3RU11 46-4FB0
3RU11 46-4HB0
3RU11 46-4JB0
3RU11 46-4KB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
45
45
70 ... 90
80 ... 1005)
160
200
}
}
3RU11 46-4LB0
3RU11 46-4MB0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.550
0.550
Size of
Rating for
contactor induction motor
2)
Rated value3)
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
S00
3RU11 16 -..B0
Size S0
S0
3RU11 26 -..B0
Size S2
S2
3RU11 36 -..B0
Size S3
S3
3RU11 46 -..B0
1)
With the suitable terminal brackets (see "Accessories", page 5/56), the
3RU11 overload relays for direct mounting can also be installed as
stand-alone units.
2)
Observe maximum rated operational current of the devices.
3)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
4)
Maximum fuse for overload relay, type of coordination 2.
For fuse values in conjunction with contactors, see Technical Information
LV 1 T. "Technical specifications", --> "Short-circuit protection with fuses/
motor starter protectors for motor feeders".
5)
For overload relays > 100 A, see 3RB2.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/53
5
Size S00
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RU1 Thermal Overload Relays
3RU11 for standard applications
3RU11 thermal overload relays with screw terminals on the auxiliary current side for stand-alone installation1), CLASS 10
•
•
•
•
Features and technical specifications:
• Overload and phase failure protection
• Auxiliary contacts 1 NO + 1 NC
• Manual and automatic RESET
Switch position indicator
TEST function
STOP button
Integrated, sealable cover
Set current value
of the inversetime delayed
overload release
Short-circuit DT Screw terminals
protection
(on auxiliary current side)
with fuse,
type of coorOrder No.
Price
dination 2,
per PU
gL/gG operational class4)
kW
A
A
0.04
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.11 ... 0.16
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
0.5
1
1
1.6
B
B
B
B
3RU11 16-0AB1
3RU11 16-0BB1
3RU11 16-0CB1
3RU11 16-0DB1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.8
2
2
2
4
}
}
}
}
3RU11 16-0EB1
3RU11 16-0FB1
3RU11 16-0GB1
3RU11 16-0HB1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
4
4
6
6
}
}
}
}
3RU11 16-0JB1
3RU11 16-0KB1
3RU11 16-1AB1
3RU11 16-1BB1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
10
10
16
20
}
}
}
}
3RU11 16-1CB1
3RU11 16-1DB1
3RU11 16-1EB1
3RU11 16-1FB1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.180
2.2
3
4
5.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12
20
25
35
35
}
}
}
}
3RU11 16-1GB1
3RU11 16-1HB1
3RU11 16-1JB1
3RU11 16-1KB1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.180
S0
7.5
7.5
11
11
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
17 ... 22
20 ... 25
40
50
63
63
}
}
}
}
3RU11 26-4AB1
3RU11 26-4BB1
3RU11 26-4CB1
3RU11 26-4DB1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.240
0.240
0.240
0.240
S2
15
18.5
22
22
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
40 ... 50
80
80
100
100
}
}
}
}
3RU11 36-4EB1
3RU11 36-4FB1
3RU11 36-4GB1
3RU11 36-4HB1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.480
0.480
0.480
0.480
S3
30
37
45
45
45 ... 63
57 ... 75
70 ... 90
80 ... 1005)
125
160
160
200
}
}
}
}
3RU11 46-4JB1
3RU11 46-4KB1
3RU11 46-4LB1
3RU11 46-4MB1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.810
0.810
0.810
0.810
Size of
Rating for
contactor induction motor
2)
Rated value3)
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Size S00
5
S00
Size S0
Size S2
Size S3
1)
Sizes S00 to S3 for screw and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rails, size S3 also for TH 75 standard mounting rails.
2)
Observe maximum rated operational current of the devices.
3)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
5/54
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
4)
Maximum protection by fuse for overload relay, type of coordination 2.
For fuse values in conjunction with contactors, see Technical Information
LV 1 T. "Technical specifications", --> "Short-circuit protection with fuses/
motor starter protectors for motor feeders".
5)
For overload relays > 100 A, see 3RB2
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RU1 Thermal Overload Relays
3RU11 for standard applications
3RU11 thermal overload relays with Cage Clamp terminals for direct mounting1) and stand-alone installation2), CLASS 10
•
•
•
•
Features and technical specifications:
• Overload and phase failure protection
• Auxiliary contacts 1 NO + 1 NC
• Manual and automatic RESET
Switch position indicator
TEST function
STOP button
Integrated, sealable cover
Set current value
of the inversetime delayed
overload release
Short-circuit DT Cage Clamp terminals
protection
(on auxiliary current side)
with fuse,
type of coorOrder No.
Price
dination 2,
per PU
gL/gG operational class5)
A
A
0.04
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.11 ... 0.16
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
0.5
1
1
1.6
B
B
B
B
3RU11 16-0AC1
3RU11 16-0BC1
3RU11 16-0CC1
3RU11 16-0DC1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.8
2
2
2
4
B
B
}
}
3RU11 16-0EC1
3RU11 16-0FC1
3RU11 16-0GC1
3RU11 16-0HC1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
4
4
6
6
}
}
}
}
3RU11 16-0JC1
3RU11 16-0KC1
3RU11 16-1AC1
3RU11 16-1BC1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
10
10
16
20
C
}
B
}
3RU11 16-1CC1
3RU11 16-1DC1
3RU11 16-1EC1
3RU11 16-1FC1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
2.2
3
4
5.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12
20
25
35
35
}
}
}
}
3RU11 16-1GC1
3RU11 16-1HC1
3RU11 16-1JC1
3RU11 16-1KC1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
10
10
16
20
B
B
B
B
3RU11 26-1CD0
3RU11 26-1DD0
3RU11 26-1ED0
3RU11 26-1FD0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
2.2
3
4
5.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
20
25
35
35
B
B
B
B
3RU11 26-1GD0
3RU11 26-1HD0
3RU11 26-1JD0
3RU11 26-1KD0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
7.5
7.5
11
11
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
17 ... 22
20 ... 25
40
50
63
63
}
}
}
}
3RU11 26-4AD0
3RU11 26-4BD0
3RU11 26-4CD0
3RU11 26-4DD0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
3
4
5.5
7.5
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
11 ... 16
25
35
35
40
B
B
B
B
3RU11 36-1HD0
3RU11 36-1JD0
3RU11 36-1KD0
3RU11 36-4AD0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.320
0.320
0.320
0.320
7.5
11
15
14 ... 20
18 ... 25
22 ... 32
50
63
80
B
B
}
3RU11 36-4BD0
3RU11 36-4DD0
3RU11 36-4ED0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.320
0.320
0.320
18.5
22
22
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
40 ... 50
80
100
100
}
}
}
3RU11 36-4FD0
3RU11 36-4GD0
3RU11 36-4HD0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.320
0.320
0.320
11
15
18.5
22
18 ... 25
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
36 ... 50
63
80
80
125
B
B
B
B
3RU11 46-4DD0
3RU11 46-4ED0
3RU11 46-4FD0
3RU11 46-4HD0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
30
37
45
45
45 ... 63
57 ... 75
70 ... 90
80 ... 100
125
160
160
200
}
}
}
}
3RU11 46-4JD0
3RU11 46-4KD0
3RU11 46-4LD0
3RU11 46-4MD0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
Size of
Rating for
contactor induction motor
3)
Rated value4)
kW
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
S00
3RU11 16 -..C1
Size S0 for direct mounting1)7)
S0
3RU11 16-..D0
Size S2 for direct mounting1)7)
S2
3RU11 36-..D0
Size S3 for direct mounting1)7)
S3
3RU11 46-..D0
5)
1)
With the suitable terminal brackets (see "Accessories", page 5/56), the
3RU11 overload relays for direct mounting can also be installed as standalone units.
2)
Size S00 for screw and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting
rail.
6)
Auxiliary and main conductor connections with Cage Clamp terminals.
3)
Observe maximum rated operational current of the devices.
7)
4)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
Auxiliary conductor connections with Cage Clamp terminals and main
conductor connections with screw terminals.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Maximum fuse for overload relay, type of coordination 2.
For fuse values in conjunction with contactors see Technical Information
LV 1 T. "Technical specifications", --> "Short-circuit protection with fuses/
motor starter protectors for motor feeders".
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/55
5
Size S00 for stand-alone installation6)
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RU1 Thermal Overload Relays
Accessories
■ Overview
The following optional accessories are available for the 3RU11
thermal overload relays:
• For the four overload relay sizes S00 to S3 one terminal
bracket each for stand-alone installation
• One electrical remote RESET module in three voltage variants
for all sizes
• One mechanical RESET module for all sizes
• One cable release for resetting devices which are difficult to
access (for all sizes)
• Terminal covers
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Size
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Terminal brackets for stand-alone installation
S00
}
3RU19 16-3AA01
1
1 unit
101
0.060
S0
}
3RU19 26-3AA01
1
1 unit
101
0.080
S2
}
3RU19 36-3AA01
1
1 unit
101
0.180
S3
}
3RU19 46-3AA01
1
1 unit
101
0.280
Resetting plungers, holders and formers S00 ...S3
}
3RU19 00-1A
1
1 unit
101
0.038
Pushbuttons with extended stroke
(12 mm), IP65, Ø 22 mm
B
3SB30 00-0EA11
1
1 unit
102
0.020
Extension plungers
For compensation of the distance between
a pushbutton and the unlatching button of
the relay
A
3SX1 335
1
1 unit
102
0.004
• Length 400 mm
}
3RU19 00-1B
1
1 unit
101
0.063
• Length 600 mm
}
3RU19 00-1C
1
1 unit
101
0.073
For separate mounting of overload relays;
screw and snap-on mounting onto TH 35
standard mounting rail; size S3 also for
TH 75 standard mounting rail
3RU19 .6-3AA01
5
Mechanical RESET1)
3RU19 00-1A
with pushbutton and
extension plunger
Cable releases with holder for RESET1)
For Ø 6.5 mm holes in the control panel;
max. control panel thickness 8 mm
S00 ...S3
3RU19 00-1.
Modules for remote RESET, electrical
Operating range
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us,
power consumption
AC 80 VA, DC 70 W,
ON period
0.2 ... 4 s,
switching frequency
60/h
}
3RU19 00-2AB71
1
1 unit
101
0.066
110 ... 127 V AC/DC
}
3RU19 00-2AF71
1
1 unit
101
0.067
220 ... 250 V AC/DC
}
3RU19 00-2AM71
1
1 unit
101
0.066
S3
}
3RT19 46-4EA1
1
1 unit
101
0.040
• Length 20.6 mm
S2
}
3RT19 36-4EA2
1
1 unit
101
0.020
• Length 20.8 mm
S3
}
3RT19 46-4EA2
1
1 unit
101
0.025
24 ... 30 V AC/DC
S00 ...S3
3RU19 00-2A.71
Terminal covers1)
Covers for cable lugs and
busbar connections
• Length 55 mm
Covers for box terminals
1)
The accessories are identical to those of the 3RB2 solid-state overload
relays.
5/56
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RU1 Thermal Overload Relays
Accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Size/
Color
Use
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Tools for opening Cage Clamp terminals
Screwdrivers
3.5 mm x 0.5 mm,
suitable for a max.
conductor crosssection of 2.5 mm2
8WA2 803
A
8WA2 880
1
1 unit
041
0.034
Length approx.
175 mm; green
A
8WA2 803
1
1 unit
041
0.024
10 mm x 7 mm, 3RB2,
pastel turquoise 3RU11
D
3RT19 00-1SB10
100 816 units
101
24.000
20 mm x 7 mm,
pastel turquoise
C
3RT19 00-1SB20
100 340 units
101
22.000
19 mm x 6 mm, 3RB2,
pastel turquoise 3RU11
D
3RT19 00-1SB60
100 3060 units
101
15.000
19 mm x 6 mm
zinc yellow
C
3RT19 00-1SD60
100 3060 units
101
12.000
Length approx.
175 mm;
green, partially
insulated
Main and
auxiliary
circuit
connections
Blank labels
NSK-7237
Unit labeling plates
For SIRIUS devices
Labeling plates for
sticking
For SIRIUS devices
3RT19 00-1SB10
Computer labeling systems
For individual inscription of unit
labeling plates
Obtainable from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH
5
http://www.murrplastik.de
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
5/57
© Siemens AG 2008
Overload Relays
3RU1 Thermal Overload Relays
5
Notes
5/58
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
Load Feeders, Motor
Starters and Soft Starters
6/2
6/4
6/5
6/12
6/20
Introduction
3RW Soft Starters
General data
3RW30 for standard applications
3RW40 for standard applications
3RW44 for High-Feature applications
6/54
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
General data
3RA11 Direct-On-Line Starters
For snapping onto standard mounting rails
or for screw mounting
For busbar systems
3RA12 Reversing Starters
For snapping onto standard mounting rails
or for screw mounting
For busbar systems
Accessories
For 3RA1 direct-on-line and reversing
starters
Infeed System
3RV19 infeed system
6/58
6/59
6/62
3RA71 Load Feeders with
Safety Integrated
General data
Fuseless load feeders
Fused load feeders
6/31
6/32
6/36
6/40
6/44
6/48
6/63
6/66
6/68
6/70
6/72
AS-Interface Motor Starters and
Soft Starters
IP65/67 Motor Starters and
Load Feeders
Compact starters (400 V AC)
Motor starters (24 V DC)
IP20 Motor Starters and Load Feeders
AS-Interface load feeder modules
Direct-on-line starters for
busbar systems
Reversing starters for busbar systems
6/75
6/82
6/83
6/87
ET 200S Motor Starters
ET 200S motor starters
Power modules for ET 200S motor starters
Terminal modules for ET 200S motor starters
Interface/solid-state modules
6/103
6/104
6/106
6/111
ET 200S Safety Motor Starters Solutions
Local / PROFIsafe
General data
ET 200S Failsafe motor starters
Safety modules local
Safety modules PROFIsafe
6/114
6/116
6/117
6/119
6/122
ET 200pro Motor Starters
Standard and High Feature
ET 200pro isolator modules
Safety modules
Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters
Components for ET 200pro
6/129
6/130
6/131
6/132
6/133
ECOFAST Motor Starters and
Soft Starters
3RK1 3 ECOFAST motor starters and
soft starters
3RE Encapsulated Starters
General data
3RE10 direct-on-line starters
3RE13 reversing starters
Accessories
Note:
For safety characteristics for motor starters
see "Appendix" --> "Standards and
Approvals" --> "Overview"
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
Load Feeders, Motor Starters and Soft Starters
Introduction
■ Overview
3RW30
3RW40
3RW44
3RA11
3RA12
3RV19
3RA71
Order No.
3RW soft starters
For standard applications
• Application areas
- fans
- building/construction machines
- escalators
- air conditioning systems
- assembly lines
- operating mechanisms
-
Page
pumps
presses
transport systems
fans
compressors and coolers
• SIRIUS 3RW30/31 soft starters for soft starting and smooth ramp-down of
three-phase asynchronous motors
• Performance range of up to 55 kW (at 400 V)
3RW30, 3RW31 6/5
3RW40
• SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters with the integral functions
- solid-state motor overload and intrinsic device protection and
- adjustable current limiting
for the soft starting and stopping of three-phase asynchronous motors
• Performance range of up to 250 kW (at 400 V)
3RW40
6/12
For High-Feature applications
• Application areas
- pumps
- compressors
- industrial refrigerating systems
- conveying systems
- machine tools
3RW44
• In addition to soft starting and soft ramp-down, the solid-state SIRIUS 3RW44
soft starters provide numerous functions for higher-level requirements
• Performance range
- up to 710 kW (at 400 V) in inline circuit and
- up to 1200 kW (at 400 V) in inside-delta circuit
3RW44
6/20
6
3RW30, 3RW31
-
fans
cooling systems
water transport
hydraulics
mills
3RA1 fuseless load feeders
• The 3RA1 fuseless load feeders consist of the 3RV1 motor starter protector and
the 3RT1 contactor.
The motor starter protector and contactor are prewired and mechanically
connected in pre-assembled installation kits (link modules, wiring kits and
standard mounting rail or busbar adapters). The motor starter protector and
contactor are mechanically and electrically connected by means of the link module
• 4 sizes (S00, S0, S2, S3)
• Can be supplied for direct start or reversing duty as
- complete unit or
- single devices for self-assembly
3RA11 direct-on-line starters
For snapping onto standard mounting rails
or for screw mounting
• Rated control supply voltage AC 50 Hz 230 V and 24 V DC for 35 mm standard
mounting rail or screw mounting
3RA11
6/32
For busbar systems
• Rated control supply voltage AC 50 Hz 230 V and 24 V DC for 40 mm and
60 mm busbar systems
3RA11
6/36
For snapping onto standard mounting rails
or for screw mounting
• Rated control supply voltage AC 50 Hz 230 V and 24 V DC for 35 mm standard
mounting rail or screw mounting
3RA12
6/40
For busbar systems
• Rated control supply voltage AC 50 Hz 230 V and 24 V DC for 40 mm and
60 mm busbar systems
3RA12
6/44
• Convenient means of energy supply and distribution
3RV19
6/54
3RA12 reversing starters
Infeed system
3RV19 infeed system
3RA71 load feeders with safety integrated
Fuseless load feeders
• Safe load feeders for direct start
• Actuating voltage 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
• Actuating voltage 24 V DC
3RA71
6/59
Fused load feeders
• Safe load feeders for direct start
• Actuating voltage 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
• Actuating voltage 24 V DC
3RA71
6/62
6/2
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
Load Feeders, Motor Starters and Soft Starters
Introduction
3RK1 322
3RA51
3RA52
3RK1 301
3RK1 304
3RE10
Order No.
Page
AS-Interface motor starters and soft starters
IP65/67 motor starters and load feeders
AS-Interface compact starters, IP65
(400 V AC)
• Completely factory-wired load feeders with degree of protection IP65, designed 3RK1 322
for switching and protecting any type of three-phase loads, in particular standard
induction motors in direct-on-line or reversing duty
6/63
AS-Interface motor starters, IP67 (24 V DC)
• For the lowest performance range up to 70 W, 24 V DC motors and the
associated sensor technology can also be directly and locally connected to
AS-Interface quickly and easily. Three different versions are available:
- single direct-on-line starter
- double direct-on-line starter
- reversing starter
3RK1 400-1
6/66
IP20 motor starters and load feeders
• Quick and cost-effective connection of motor starters to higher-level automation
systems
• For busbar systems with a busbar center-to-center clearance of 40 mm and
60 mm
• Completely factory-wired and adaptable to busbar systems
Direct-on-line starters for busbar systems
• For direct start, a load can be switched on and off with the load feeder
3RA51
6/70
Reversing starters for busbar systems
• The feeder for reversing duty is designed for two directions of rotation of
induction motors
3RA52
6/72
ET 200S motor starters
• Completely factory-wired motor starters for switching and protecting any
three-phase loads, optionally as direct-on-line, reversing or soft starters
3RK1 301
6/75
Power modules for ET 200S motor starters
• For supplying and monitoring the auxiliary voltages for motor starters
3RK1 903-0BA00 6/82
Terminal modules for ET 200S motor starters • Mechanical modules in which the motor starter and expansion modules are inserted 3RK1 903
Interface/solid-state modules
• Interface modules, power modules, reserve modules, digital/analog solid-state 6ES7 1
modules, F power and F solid-state modules, F terminal modules, 4 IQ-Sense
sensor module, SSI module, 1 STEP step module, positioning modules, counter
modules, terminal modules for power and solid-state modules
6/83
6/87
ET 200S Safety motor starters Solutions local / PROFIsafe
ET 200S failsafe motor starters
• High-Feature direct-on-line and reversing starters
3RK1 301
6/104
Safety modules local
• For safety category 4 according to EN 954-1
3RK1 903
6/106
Safety modules PROFIsafe
• Sensor and actuator assignment are freely configurable
(distributed safety concept)
3RK1 903
6/111
ET 200pro motor starters
• Standard and High-Feature
3RK1 304
6/114
ET 200pro isolator modules
• With switch disconnector function for safe disconnection
3RK1 304
6/116
Safety modules
• Isolator module and 400 V disconnecting module
3RK1 304
6/117
Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters
• Interface, expansion and power modules
6ES7 1
6/119
• Distributed motor starters for PROFIBUS and AS-Interface
3RK1 3
• Functionality ranges from direct-on-line starters, through reversing starters and
soft starters as far as frequency converters
6/129
ET 200pro motor starters
ECOFAST motor starters and soft starters
3RK1 3 ECOFAST motor starters and
soft starters
3RE encapsulated starters
• The 3RE1 encapsulated starters are used for switching and for the inverse-time
delayed protection of load feeders up to 22 kW at 400 V AC
• The starters are available as direct-on-line starters for motors with a single direction
of rotation and as reversing starters for motors with two directions of rotation
3RE10 direct-on-line starters
• Molded-plastic enclosure, degree of protection IP65, including contactor
3RE10
6/131
3RE13 reversing starters
• Molded-plastic enclosure, degree of protection IP65, including contactor assembly 3RE13
6/132
Accessories
• Molded-plastic enclosure, degree of protection IP65, for direct-on-line and
reversing starters
6/133
3RE19
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/3
6
ET 200S motor starters
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
General data
■ Overview
The advantages of the SIRIUS soft starters at a glance:
• Soft starting and smooth ramp-down1)
• Stepless starting
• Reduction of current peaks
• Avoidance of mains voltage fluctuations during starting
• Reduced load on the power supply network
Rated current up to 40 °C
Rated operational voltage
Motor rating at 400 V
• Inline circuit
• Inside-delta circuit
Temperature range
6
Soft starting/ramp-down
Voltage ramp
Starting/stopping voltage
Starting and ramp-down time
Torque control
Starting/stopping torque
Torque limit
Ramp time
SIRIUS 3RW30/31
Standard applications
SIRIUS 3RW40
Standard applications
SIRIUS 3RW44
High-Feature applications
A
V
3 ... 100
200 ... 575
12.5 ... 432
200 ... 600
29 ... 1214
200 ... 690
kW
kW
°C
1.1 ... 55
--25 ... +60
5.5 ... 250
--25 ... +60
15 ... 710
22 ... 1200
0 ... +60
✔1)
✔
40 ... 100
0 ... 20
-----
✔
✔
40 ... 100
0 ... 20
-----
✔
✔
20 ... 100
1 ... 360
✔
20 ... 100
20 ... 200
1 ... 360
✔2)
--------------------1 (2 with 3RW31)
-2 controlled phases
✔ (only 3RW30 03)
✔
✔8)
✔
--
✔
✔
✔
✔3)
✔4)
✔
---------------1
-2 controlled phases
✔
✔
✔
✔
--
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔5)
✔5) 6)
✔5) 6)
✔
with PROFIBUS DP (optional)
(optional)
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔7)
✔
3
✔
3 controlled phases
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔5)
%
s
%
%
s
Integral bypass contact system
Intrinsic device protection
Motor overload protection
Thermistor motor protection
Integrated remote RESET
Adjustable current limiting
Inside-delta circuit
Breakaway pulse
Creep speed in both directions
Pump ramp-down
DC braking
Combined braking
Motor heating
Communication
External display and operator module
Operating measured value display
Error logbook
Event list
Slave pointer function
Trace function
Programmable control inputs and outputs
Number of parameter sets
Parameterization software (Soft Starter ES)
Power semiconductors (thyristors)
Spring-loaded terminals
Screw terminals
UL/CSA
CE marking
Soft starting under heavy starting conditions
Configuring support
Win-Soft Starter, electronic selection slider ruler, Technical Assistance ++49 911 895 5900
✔ Function is available; -- Function is not available.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Only soft starting available for 3RW30 ..-1AA12 and 3RW31.
Not available for 3RW30 03.
Optional up to size S3 (device variant).
Available for 3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4.; optional for 3RW40 5. and 3RW40 7..
Calculate soft starter and motor with size allowance where required.
6/4
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
• Reduction of the mechanical load in the operating mechanism
• Considerable space savings and reduced wiring compared
with conventional starters
• Maintenance-free switching
• Very easy handling
• Fits perfectly in the SIRIUS modular system
6)
7)
8)
Not possible in inside-delta circuit.
Trace function with Soft Starter ES software.
For 3RW30 03 up to 230 V.
More information can be found on the Internet at
http://www.siemens.com/softstarter
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW30
for standard applications
Various versions of the SIRUS 3RW30/31 soft starters are available:
• Standard version for fixed speed three-phase motors, sizes
S00, S0, S2 and S3
• Version for fixed-speed three-phase motors in a 22.5 mm
enclosure
• Special version 3RW31 for Dahlander motors only in size S0
• Version for soft starting single-phase motors of sizes S0, S2
and S3.
SIRIUS 3RW30/31 for three-phase motors
Soft starters rated up to 55 kW (at 400 V) for standard applications
in three-phase networks. Extremely small sizes, low power losses
and simple commissioning are just a few of the many advantages
of this soft starter. The special feature of the 3RW31 series is that
it allows independent definition of two separate acceleration
ramps (Dahlander motors).
SIRIUS 3RW30 for single-phase motors
The additional version for standard applications in single-phase
networks. Its voltage ramp function reduces the motor's inrush
current and effectively lowers the torque at the point of starting
up. The load and the supplying network are thus protected.
■ Application
The SIRIUS 3RW30/31 solid-state soft starters are suitable for
soft starting and stopping of three-phase asynchronous machines.
Due to two-phase control, the current is kept at minimum values
in all three phases throughout the entire starting time. Due to
continuous voltage influencing, current and torque peaks, which
are unavoidable in the case of wye-delta starters, for instance,
do not occur.
Application areas
• Fans
• Pumps
• Building/construction machines
• Presses
• Escalators
• Transport systems
• Air conditioning systems
• Fans
• Assembly lines
• Compressors and coolers
• Operating mechanisms
6
■ Overview
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/5
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW30
for standard applications
■ Selection and ordering data
3RW30 03-2CB54
3RW30 25-1AB14
3RW30 35-1AB14
Ambient temperature 40 °C
Ambient temperature 50 °C
Rated
Rated power of induction
operamotors for rated operational
tional
voltage Ue
current Ie
Rated
Rated power of induction
operamotors for rated operational
tional
voltage Ue
current Ie
115 V 230 V 400 V 500 V
A
kW
kW
kW
W
Size
3RW30 35-1AA12
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
115 V 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V
A
hp
hp
hp
hp
hp
kg
Soft starters for easy starting conditions and high switching frequency,
rated operational voltage Ue 200 ... 400 V
3
--
0.55
1.1
--
2.6
--
0.5
0.5
--
--
22.5
mm
}
1 1 unit 131
3RW30 [email protected]
0.207
6
Order No. supplement for connection types
With screw terminals
1
With spring-loaded terminals
2
Ambient temperature 40 °C
Ambient temperature 50 °C
Rated
Rated power of induction
motors for rated operational
operavoltage Ue
tional
current Ie
Rated
Rated power of induction
operamotors for rated operational
tional
voltage Ue
current Ie
115 V 230 V 400 V 500 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
Size
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
115 V 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V
A
hp
hp
hp
hp
hp
kg
Soft starters for three-phase aynchronous motors,
rated operational voltage Ue 200 ... 460 V
6
9
---
1.5
2.2
3
4
---
4.8
7.8
---
1
2
1
2
3
5
---
S00
S00
}
}
3RW30 [email protected]
3RW30 [email protected]
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
0.314
0.314
12.5
16
25
----
3
4
5.5
5.5
7.5
11
----
11
14
21
----
3
3
5
3
3
5
7.5
10
15
----
S0
S0
S0
}
}
}
3RW30 [email protected]
3RW30 [email protected]
3RW30 [email protected]
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
0.490
0.493
0.489
32
38
45
----
7.5
11
11
15
18.5
22
----
27
32
38
----
7.5
7.5
10
7.5
10
10
20
20
25
----
S2
S2
S2
}
}
}
3RW30 [email protected]
3RW30 [email protected]
3RW30 [email protected]
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
0.794
0.779
0.791
63
75
100
----
18.5
22
30
30
37
55
----
54
64
85
----
15
20
25
20
20
30
40
40
60
----
S3
S3
S3
}
}
}
3RW30 [email protected]
3RW30 [email protected]
3RW30 [email protected]
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
1.667
1.806
1.813
Soft starters for three-phase asynchronous motors,
rated operational voltage Ue 460 ... 575 V
12.5
16
25
----
----
----
7.5
11
15
11
14
21
----
----
----
7.5
10
15
10
10
15
S0
S0
S0
A
A
A
3RW30 [email protected]
3RW30 [email protected]
3RW30 [email protected]
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
0.490
0.489
0.489
32
38
45
----
----
----
18.5
22
30
27
32
38
----
----
----
20
20
25
25
30
30
S2
S2
S2
A
A
A
3RW30 [email protected]
3RW30 [email protected]
3RW30 [email protected]
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
0.791
0.793
0.792
63
75
100
----
----
----
37
55
70
54
64
85
----
----
----
40
40
60
50
60
75
S3
S3
S3
A
A
A
3RW30 [email protected]
3RW30 [email protected]
3RW30 [email protected]
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
1.669
1.811
1.806
Order No. supplement for
rated control supply voltage Us
24 V AC/DC
0
110 ... 230 V AC/DC
1
Note:
Selection of the soft starter depends on the rated motor current.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/6
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW30
for standard applications
Ambient temperature 40 °C
Ambient temperature 50 °C
Size
Rated
operational
current
Ie
Rated power of induction
Rated
motors for rated operational operavoltage Ue
tional
115 V 230 V 400 V 500 V current
Ie
Rated power of induction
motors for rated operational
voltage Ue
A
kW
hp
kW
kW
kW
A
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG Weight
per PU
approx.
115 V 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V
hp
hp
hp
hp
kg
Soft starters with two-ramp control for three-phase induction motors with
two speeds (double pole-reversing),
rated operational voltage Ue 200 ... 460 V1)
12.5
16
25
----
3
4
5.5
5.5
7.5
11
----
11
14
21
----
3
3
5
3
3
5
7.5
10
15
----
S0
S0
S0
B
B
B
3RW31 24-1CB14
3RW31 25-1CB14
3RW31 26-1CB14
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
0.468
0.475
0.464
Soft starters with two-ramp control for three-phase induction motors with
two speeds (double pole-reversing),
rated operational voltage Ue 460 ... 575 V1)
12.5
16
25
----
----
----
7.5
7.5
15
11
14
21
----
----
----
7.5
10
15
10
10
15
S0
S0
S0
B
B
B
3RW31 24-1CB15
3RW31 25-1CB15
3RW31 26-1CB15
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
0.467
0.476
0.475
3
5
10
3
5
10
----
----
S0
S2
S3
A
B
B
3RW30 26-1AA12
3RW30 35-1AA12
3RW30 45-1AA12
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
1 1 unit 131
0.439
0.689
1.393
Soft starters for single-phase motors,
rated operational voltage Ue 115 ... 240 V1)
25
38
75
1)
2.2
3
5.5
4
5.5
11
----
----
21
32
64
1.5
2
5
Rated control supply voltage Us 110 ... 230 V AC/DC.
Note:
Selection of the soft starter depends on the rated motor current.
6
The SIRIUS 3RW3 solid-state soft starters are designed for easy
starting conditions. JLoad < 10 x JMotor . In the event of deviating
conditions or increased switching frequency, it may be necessary
to choose a larger device. Siemens recommends the use of the
selection and simulation program Win-Soft Starter. For information
about rated currents for ambient temperatures > 40 °C,
see Technical Information LV 1 T.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/7
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW30
for standard applications
Accessories
For
Size
soft starters
Version
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Type
Fans1)
3RW3. 2.
3RW30 3.
and
3RW30 4.
S0
S2
S3
3RW39 26-8A
}
To increase switching frequency
and for device mounting in positions }
different from the normal position.
The fan is snapped into the enclosure
from below.
During operation, (control input "IN"
at potential A1), the fan is running.
After a stop, the fan continues to
run for about another 60 minutes.
3RW39 26-8A
3RW39 36-8A
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
131
131
0.008
0.030
3RT19 36-4EA2
3RT19 46-4EA2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
0.020
0.025
3RT19 46-4EA1
1 1 unit
101
0.040
3RW39 36-8A
Covers
Terminal covers for box terminals
3RW30 3.
3RW30 4.
S2
S3
Additional touch protection to be fitted }
at the box terminals
}
(2 units required per device)
3RT19 36-4EA2
Terminal covers for cable lugs and busbar connection
3RW30 4.
S3
For complying with the phase
}
clearances and as touch protection
if box terminal is removed
(2 units required per contactor)
3RT19 46-4EA1
1)
With internal soft starter power supply.
6
Version
Functionality
Functions
Use
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Covers and push-in lugs (only for 3RW30 03)
Sealable
covers
3RP1 902
Push-in lugs
for screw mounting
3RP1 903
For securing against
For devices }
unauthorized adjustment with 1 or
of setting knobs
2 CO
contacts
3RP1 902
1 5 units
101
0.004
For devices }
with 1 or
2 CO
contacts
3RP1 903
1 10 units 101
0.002
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/8
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW30
for standard applications
For soft
starters
Size
Version
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Type
Link modules
3RA19 11-1A
3RA19 21-1A
Electrical and
mechanical link
between motor starter
protector and soft
starter.
Single-unit packaging
3RW30 1.. S00
3RW30 2.. S0
3RW30 3.. S2
3RW30 4.. S3
Multi-unit packaging
3RW30 1.. S00
3RW30 2.. S0
3RW30 3.. S2
3RW30 4.. S3
}
}
}
}
3RA19 11-1AA00
3RA19 21-1AA00
3RA19 31-1AA00
3RA19 41-1AA00
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.027
0.037
0.042
0.090
}
}
}
}
3RA19 11-1A
3RA19 21-1A
3RA19 31-1A
3RA19 41-1A
1 10 units
1 10 units
1
5 units
1
5 units
101
101
101
101
0.019
0.028
0.033
0.072
3RA19 31-1A
Note:
The covers and link modules listed here are also used for
load feeders (3RV motor starter protector + 3RT contactor).
For more technical specifications see Technical Information
LV 1 T –> "Controls" –> "Contactors and Contactor Assemblies".
Designation
Labeling area
Color
For fuseless load feeders with size S00 soft starter, the link
module has an integrated cable routing.
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
WxH
mm x mm
kg
20 x 7 mm,
pastel turquoise
C
3RT19 00-1SB20
100 340 units
101
22.000
Labels for sticking
for "SIRIUS"
19 x 6,
pastel turquoise
19 x 6
zinc yellow
D
3RT19 00-1SB60
100 3060 units
101
15.000
C
3RT19 00-1SD60
100 3060 units
101
12.000
NSK-7237
Unit labeling plates for
"SIRIUS"1)
Unit labeling plates
1 frame = 20 labeling plates
1)
Computer labeling system for individual inscription of unit labeling plates
available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH (http://www.murrplastik.de).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/9
6
Labeling plates
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW30
for standard applications
For soft
starters
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Type
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
AS-Interface load feeder modules
AS-Interface load feeder modules
For standard rail mounting sizes S00 and S0. For mounting onto 40 mm or 60 mm busbar systems and SIRIUS standard
mounting rail adapters the matching support is required (see 3RK1 901-3GA00); the AS-Interface connectors for the
data and auxiliary supply cable (yellow and black) must be ordered separately (see 3RK1 901-0.A00)
Rated operational
voltage Ue
2 inputs / 1 output
4 inputs / 2 outputs
24 V DC1)
A
A
3RK1 400-1KG01-0AA1
3RK1 400-1MG01-0AA1
1 1 unit 121
1 1 unit 121
0.097
0.100
2 inputs / 1 relay output
3 inputs / 2 relay outputs
120/230 V AC2) A
B
3RK1 402-3KG02-0AA1
3RK1 402-3LG02-0AA1
1 1 unit 121
1 1 unit 121
0.124
0.143
3RK1 701-2GB00-0AA0
3RK1 701-2HB00-0AA0
1 1 unit 192
1 1 unit 192
0.197
0.196
B
3RK1 901-3GA00
1 1 unit 121
0.048
C
3RK1 901-0EA00
1 5 units 121
0.111
3RK1 400-1.G01-0AA1
Manuals for AS-Interface load feeder modules
German, English
French, Italian
}
A
Supports for AS-Interface load feeder modules
Width
For mounting onto 3RA19
22-1A SIRIUS standard
mounting rail adapter
45 mm
Power connector sets
5-pole, 2.5 mm2
(1 pack = 5 plugs and 5
couplings)
Supports with mounted
power connector coupling
AS-Interface connectors for data and auxiliary supply cables
Color
6
With insulation
displacement terminals
for 2 x (0.5 to 0.75 mm2)
standard litz wire
3RK1 901-0NA00
3RK1 901-0PA00
Yellow
Black
C
3RK1 901-0NA00
3RK1 901-0PA00
1 5 units 121
1 5 units 121
0.015
0.015
}
3RA19 22-1A
1 5 units 101
0.095
3TX7 462-3T
1 1 unit 101
0.090
C
Standard mounting rail adapters
3RW30 1.
Standard mounting rail
adapter for mechanical
mounting of motor starter
protector and contactor;
can be snapped onto
standard mounting rail or
for screw mounting,
suitable for size S00
3RA19 22
Surge suppressors · RC elements for PLC
RC elements
Rated operational
voltage Ue
For lateral snapping onto
auxiliary switch or 35 mm
standard mounting rail
127 ... 240 V AC A
3TX7 462-3T
1)
2)
Without connectors for data and auxiliary power (yellow and black).
With one connector each for data and auxiliary power (yellow and red).
For busbar accessories, see SIVACON Power Distribution Boards,
Busway and Cubicle Systems –> 8US Busbar Systems.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/10
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW30
for standard applications
■ More information
Status graphs
In the motor feeder between the SIRIUS 3RW soft starter and the
motor, no capacitive elements are permitted (e.g. no reactivepower compensation equipment). In addition, neither static systems
for reactive-power compensation nor dynamic PFC (Power Factor
Correction) must be operated in parallel during starting and
ramp-down of the soft starter. This is important to prevent faults
arising on the compensation equipment and/or the soft starter.
All elements of the main circuit (such as fuses, controls and overload relays) should be dimensioned for direct starting,
following the local short-circuit conditions. Fuses, switching
devices and overload relays must be ordered separately.
Please observe the maximum switching frequencies specified
in the technical specifications.
Note:
When induction motors are switched on, voltage drops occur as
a rule on starters of all types (direct starters, wye-delta starters,
soft starters). The infeed transformer must always be dimensioned
such that the voltage dip when starting the motor remains within
the permissible tolerance. If the infeed transformer is dimensioned
with only a small margin, it is best for the control voltage to be
supplied from a separate circuit (independently of the main
voltage) in order to avoid the potential switching off of the
soft starter.
Power electronics circuit diagram1)
UN
US
t R on
t R off
t
Auxiliary contacts
(sizes S0 to S3 only)
13/14
23/24
t R on
t R off
t
3RW31
U
UN
US
t R1 t R2
t
Control with a PLC
When a 3RW30 is operated with a triac output or thyristor output,
the leakage current at the PLC output should be < 1 mA because
otherwise the 3RW30 will interpret the resultant voltage drop at
the input as an "On command". As a corrective measure for PLC
outputs with a higher leakage current, an RC element with
> 100 nF and 220 W can be connected in series between "IN1"
and terminal "A2" of the 3RW30 (Order No.: 3TX7 462-3T, see
Selection and Ordering Data).
Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation program
T1
1)
L2
T2
With this software, you can simulate and select all Siemens soft
starters, taking into account various parameters such as mains
properties, motor and load data, and special application
requirements.
L3
T3
NSB0_00410b
L1
Schematic circuit diagram applies to sizes S0 and S2;
for size S00, phase L3 is bridged;
for size S3, phase L2 is bridged.
The software is a valuable tool, which makes complicated,
lengthy manual calculations for determining the required soft
starters superfluous.
You can order the CD-ROM under the following order number:
Order No.: E20001-D1020-P302-V2-7400.
You can find more information on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/softstarter
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/11
6
If necessary, an overload relay for heavy starting must be selected
where long starting times are involved. PTC sensors are recommended. This also applies for the smooth ramp-down because
during the ramp-down time an additional current loading applies
in contrast to free ramp-down.
3RW30 – 3-phase motor
U
NSB00420
The 3RW solid-state motor controllers are designed for easy
starting conditions. In the event of deviating conditions or
increased switching frequency, it may be necessary to
choose a larger device. For accurate dimensioning, use
the Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation program.
NSB00421
Configuration
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW40
for standard applications
■ Overview
■ Application
SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters offer all the same advantages as the
3RW30 soft starters. This also applies to the integrated bypass
contact system. At the same time they come with additional functions,
e.g. solid-state motor overload and intrinsic device protection
and adjustable current limiting, optional thermistor motor protection
(up to size S3), integrated remote RESET (up to size S3), as well
as a two-phase control method (Polarity Balancing) that is unique
in this performance range.
SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters are part of the SIRIUS modular system.
This results in advantages such as identical sizes and a uniform
connection method. Thanks to their particularly compact design,
SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters are only half as big as comparable
wye-delta starters. Hence, they can be mounted in minimum
space in the control cabinet. Configuring and mounting are
carried out quickly and easily thanks to the 3-wire connection.
SIRIUS 3RW40 for three-phase motors
Soft starters rated up to 250 kW (at 400 V) for standard applications
in three-phase networks. Extremely small sizes, low power
losses and simple commissioning are just three of the
many advantages of the SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters.
"Increased safety" type of protection EEx e according to
ATEX directive 94/9/EC
6
The 3RW40 soft starters size S6, S10 and S12 are suitable for
starting explosion-proof motors with "increased safety" type of
protection EEx e;
see "Appendix" –> "Standards and approvals" –> "Type overview
of approved devices for explosion-protected areas
(ATEX Explosion Protection)".
6/12
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
The SIRIUS 3RW40 solid-state soft starters are suitable for soft
starting and stopping of three-phase asynchronous motors.
Due to two-phase control, the current is kept at minimum values
in all three phases throughout the entire starting time and disturbing
direct current components are eliminated in addition. This not
only enables the two-phase starting of motors up to 250 kW
(at 400 V) but also avoids the current and torque peaks which
occur e.g. with wye-delta starters.
Application areas
• Fans
• Pumps
• Building/construction machines
• Presses
• Escalators
• Transport systems
• Air conditioning systems
• Fans
• Assembly lines
• Compressors and coolers
• Operating mechanisms
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW40
for standard applications
■ Selection and ordering data
3RW40 28-1BB14
Ambient temperature 40 °C
3RW40 38-1BB14
Ambient temperature 50 °C
Size
Rated
operational
current
Ie
Rated power of induction Rated
motors for rated
operaoperational voltage Ue
tional
current
Ie
Rated power of induction
motors for rated
operational voltage Ue
230 V
400 V
500 V
200 V
230 V
460 V
575 V
A
kW
kW
kW
hp
hp
hp
hp
A
3RW40 47-1BB14
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Inline circuit, rated operational voltage 200 ... 480 V1)
12.5
25
3
5.5
5.5
11
---
11
23
3
5
3
5
7.5
15
---
32
38
7.5
11
15
18.5
---
29
34
7.5
10
7.5
10
20
25
---
45
63
72
11
18.5
22
22
30
37
----
42
58
62
10
15
20
15
20
20
30
40
40
----
80
106
22
30
45
55
---
73
98
20
30
25
30
50
75
S02)
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]@4
3RW40 [email protected]@4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
0.770
0.770
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]@4
3RW40 [email protected]@4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
0.770
0.770
S2
B
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]@4
3RW40 [email protected]@4
3RW40 [email protected]@4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
1.350
1.350
1.350
---
S3
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]@4
3RW40 [email protected]@4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
1.900
1.900
S02)
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]@5
3RW40 [email protected]@5
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
0.770
0.770
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]@5
3RW40 [email protected]@5
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
0.770
0.770
---
5.5
11
7.5
15
11
23
---
---
7.5
15
10
20
32
38
---
15
18.5
18.5
22
29
34
---
---
20
25
25
30
45
63
72
----
22
30
37
30
37
45
42
58
62
----
----
30
40
40
40
50
60
S2
B
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]@5
3RW40 [email protected]@5
3RW40 [email protected]@5
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
1.350
1.350
1.350
80
106
---
45
55
55
75
73
98
---
---
50
75
60
75
S3
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]@5
3RW40 [email protected]@5
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
1.900
1.900
Order No. supplement for connection types
• With spring-loaded terminals2)
• With screw terminals
2
1
Order No. supplement for rated control supply voltage Us
• 24 V AC/DC
• 110 ... 230 V AC/DC
1)
Soft starter with screw terminals: Delivery time class } (preferred type).
Except delivery time class A for rated operational current 12.5 A at 40 °C.
2)
Soft starters in size S0 with spring-loaded terminals: Price on request.
0
1
Note:
Selection of the soft starter depends on the rated motor current.
The SIRIUS 3RW40 solid-state soft starters are designed for easy
starting conditions. JLoad < 10 x JMotor . In the event of deviating
conditions or increased switching frequency, it may be necessary to choose a larger device. Siemens recommends the use of
the selection and simulation program Win-Soft Starter. For information about rated currents for ambient temperatures > 40 °C,
see technical specifications (see Technical Information LV 1 T).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/13
6
Inline circuit, rated operational voltage 400 ... 600 V
12.5
25
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW40
for standard applications
3RW40 28-1TB04
Ambient temperature 40 °C
3RW40 38-1TB04
Ambient temperature 50 °C
Size
Rated
operational
current
Ie
Rated power of induction Rated
motors for rated
operaoperational voltage Ue
tional
current
Ie
Rated power of induction
motors for rated
operational voltage Ue
230 V
400 V
500 V
200 V
230 V
460 V
575 V
A
kW
kW
kW
hp
hp
hp
hp
A
3RW40 47-1TB04
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Inline circuit, rated operational voltage 200 ... 480 V1),
with thermistor motor protection,
rated control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC
12.5
25
3
5.5
5.5
11
---
11
23
3
5
3
5
7.5
15
---
32
38
7.5
11
15
18.5
---
29
34
7.5
10
7.5
10
20
25
---
45
63
72
11
18.5
22
22
30
37
----
42
58
62
10
15
20
15
20
20
30
40
40
----
80
106
22
30
45
55
---
73
98
20
30
25
30
50
75
S02)
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]
3RW40 [email protected]
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
0.770
0.770
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]
3RW40 [email protected]
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
0.770
0.770
S2
B
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]
3RW40 [email protected]
3RW40 [email protected]
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
1.350
1.350
1.350
---
S3
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]
3RW40 [email protected]
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
1.900
1.900
S02)
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]
3RW40 [email protected]
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
0.770
0.770
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]
3RW40 [email protected]
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
0.770
0.770
6
Inline circuit, rated operational voltage 400 ... 600 V,
with thermistor motor protection,
rated control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC
12.5
25
---
5.5
11
7.5
15
11
23
---
---
7.5
15
10
20
32
38
---
15
18.5
18.5
22
29
34
---
---
20
25
25
30
45
63
72
----
22
30
37
30
37
45
42
58
62
----
----
30
40
40
40
50
60
S2
B
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]
3RW40 [email protected]
3RW40 [email protected]
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
1.350
1.350
1.350
80
106
---
45
55
55
75
73
98
---
---
50
75
60
75
S3
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]
3RW40 [email protected]
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
1.900
1.900
Order No. supplement for connection types
• With spring-loaded terminals2)
• With screw terminals
1)
Soft starter with screw terminals: delivery time class } (preferred type).
2)
Soft starter in size S0 with spring-loaded terminals: Price on request.
2
1
Note:
Selection of the soft starter depends on the rated motor current.
The SIRIUS 3RW40 solid-state soft starters are designed for easy
starting conditions. JLoad < 10 x JMotor . In the event of deviating
conditions or increased switching frequency, it may be necessary
to choose a larger device. Siemens recommends the use of the
selection and simulation program Win-Soft Starter. For information
about rated currents for ambient temperatures > 40 °C,
see technical specifications (see Technical Information LV 1 T).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/14
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW40
for standard applications
3RW40 56-6BB44
Ambient temperature 40 °C
3RW40 76-6BB44
Ambient temperature 50 °C
Size
Rated
operational
current
Ie
Rated power of induction Rated
motors for rated
operaoperational voltage Ue
tional
current
Ie
Rated power of induction
motors for rated
operational voltage Ue
230 V
400 V
500 V
200 V
230 V
460 V
575 V
A
kW
kW
kW
hp
hp
hp
hp
A
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Inline circuit, rated operational voltage 200 ... 460 V1)
134
162
37
45
75
90
---
117
145
30
40
40
50
75
100
---
S6
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]@4
3RW40 [email protected]@4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
4.900
6.900
230
280
75
90
132
160
---
205
248
60
75
75
100
150
200
---
S12
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]@4
3RW40 [email protected]@4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
8.900
8.900
356
432
110
132
200
250
---
315
385
100
125
125
150
250
300
---
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]@4
3RW40 [email protected]@4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
8.900
8.900
Inline circuit, rated operational voltage 400 ... 600 V2)
134
162
---
75
90
90
110
117
145
---
---
75
100
100
150
S6
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]@5
3RW40 [email protected]@5
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
4.900
6.900
230
280
---
132
160
160
200
205
248
---
---
150
200
200
250
S12
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]@5
3RW40 [email protected]@5
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
8.900
8.900
356
432
---
200
250
250
315
315
385
---
---
250
300
300
400
B
B
3RW40 [email protected]@5
3RW40 [email protected]@5
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
8.900
8.900
Order No. supplement for connection types
• With spring-loaded terminals
• With screw terminals
2
6
• 115 V AC
• 230 V AC
1)
6
Order No. supplement for the rated control supply voltage Us3)
3
4
Soft starter with screw terminals: delivery time class } (preferred type).
2)
Soft starter with screw terminals: delivery time class A.
3)
Control by way of the internal 24 V DC supply and direct control by means
of PLC possible.
Note:
Selection of the soft starter depends on the rated motor current.
The SIRIUS 3RW40 solid-state soft starters are designed for
easy starting conditions. JLoad < 10 x JMotor . In the event of
deviating conditions or increased switching frequency, it
may be necessary to choose a larger device. Siemens
recommends the use of the selection and simulation program
Win-Soft Starter. For information about rated currents for
ambient temperatures > 40 °C, see technical specifications
(see Technical Information LV 1 T).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/15
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW40
for standard applications
Accessories
For soft starters
Type
Version
DT Order No.
Size
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Box terminal blocks for soft starters
For round and ribbon cables
3RW40 5.
3RW40 7.
S6
S12
• Up to 70 mm2
• Up to 120 mm2
}
}
3RT19 55-4G
3RT19 56-4G
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.230
0.260
2
}
3RT19 66-4G
1
1 unit
101
0.676
B
3RT19 46-4F
1
1 unit
101
0.035
• Up to 240 mm
Auxiliary terminals
Auxiliary terminals, 3-pole
3RW40 4.
S3
Covers for soft starters
Terminal covers for box terminals
Additional touch protection to be fitted at the box terminals
(2 units required per device)
3RW40 3.
3RW40 4.
S2
S3
}
}
3RT19 36-4EA2
3RT19 46-4EA2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.020
0.025
3RW40 5.
3RW40 7.
S6
S12
}
}
3RT19 56-4EA2
3RT19 66-4EA2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.030
0.040
Terminal covers for cable lugs and busbar connection
3RW30 4.
S3
3RW40 5.
3RW40 7.
S6
S12
For complying with the phase
clearances and as touch protection
if box terminal is removed
(2 units required per contactor)
}
3RT19 46-4EA1
1
1 unit
101
0.040
}
}
3RT19 56-4EA1
3RT19 66-4EA1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.070
0.130
S0,
S2,
S3
}
3RW49 00-0PB10
1
1 unit
131
0.005
3RW40 5. and S6,
3RW40 7.
S12
}
3RW49 00-0PB00
1
1 unit
131
0.010
}
}
}
3RU19 00-2AB71
3RU19 00-2AF71
3RU19 00-2AM71
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.066
0.067
0.066
}
3RU19 00-1A
1
1 unit
101
0.038
B
3SB30 00-0EA11
1
1 unit
102
0.020
A
3SX13 35
1
1 unit
102
0.004
}
}
3RU19 00-1B
3RU19 00-1C
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.063
0.073
Sealing covers
6
3RW40 2. to
3RW40 4.
Modules for RESET1)
Modules for remote RESET, electrical
Operating range 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us,
power consumption AC 80 VA, DC 70 W,
ON period 0.2 s ... 4 s,
switching frequency 60/h
3RW40 5. and S6,
3RW40 7.
S12
• 24 V ... 30 V AC/DC
• 110 V ... 127 V AC/DC
• 220 V ... 250 V AC/DC
Mechanical RESET comprising
3RW40 5. and S6,
3RW40 7.
S12
• Resetting plunger, holder and
former
• Suitable pushbutton IP65,
• Ø 22 mm, 12 mm stroke
• Extension plunger
Cable releases with holder for RESET
For Ø 6.5 mm holes in the control panel;
max. control panel thickness 8 mm
3RW40 5. and S6,
3RW40 7.
S12
1)
• Length 400 mm
• Length 600 mm
Remote RESET already integrated in the 3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4. soft
starters.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/16
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW40
for standard applications
For soft starters
Motor starter protector
Type
Size
Size
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Link modules for motor starter protectors
3RW40 24,
3RW40 26
S0
3RW40 27,
3RW40 28
3RW40 36
S2
3RW40 37,
3RW40 38
3RW40 46,
3RW40 47
S3
S0
}
3RA19 21-1A
1
10 units 101
0.028
S2
D
3RA19 31-1D
1
5 units 101
0.041
S2
}
3RA19 31-1A
1
5 units 101
0.033
S3
D
3RA19 41-1D
1
5 units 101
0.042
S3
}
3RA19 41-1A
1
5 units 101
0.072
Fans (to increase switching frequency and for device mounting in
positions different from the normal position)
3RW40 2.
S0
}
3RW49 28-8VB00
1
1 unit
131
0.010
3RW40 3.,
3RW40 4.
S2,
S3
}
3RW49 47-8VB00
1
1 unit
131
0.020
Operating instructions1)
For soft starters
1)
3RW40 2.
3RW40 3.
3RW40 4.
S0
S2
S3
3ZX10 12-0RW40-1AA1
on req.
3RW40 5.
3RW40 7.
S6
S12
3ZX10 12-0RW40-2DA1
on req.
The operating instructions are included in the scope of supply.
For soft starters
Type
Version
Size
DT Order No.
Rated control
supply voltage Us
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Fans
Fans
3RW40 5.-.BB3.
3RW40 5.-.BB4.
S6
S6
115 V AC
230 V AC
}
}
3RW49 36-8VX30
3RW49 36-8VX40
1
1
1 unit 131
1 unit 131
0.300
0.300
3RW40 7.-.BB3.
3RW40 7.-.BB4.
S12
S12
115 V AC
230 V AC
}
}
3RW49 47-8VX30
3RW49 47-8VX40
1
1
1 unit 131
1 unit 131
0.500
0.500
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/17
6
Spare parts
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW40
for standard applications
■ More information
Application examples for normal starting (Class 10)
Normal starting Class 10 (up to 20 s with 350 % In motor),
The soft starter rating can be selected to be as high as the rating of the motor used
Application
Conveyor belt
Roller conveyor
Compressor
Small fan
Pump
Hydraulic pump
%
s
70
10
5 x IM
60
10
5 x IM
50
10
4 x IM
40
10
4 x IM
40
10
4 x IM
40
10
4 x IM
s
5
5
0
0
10
0
Starting parameters
• Voltage ramp and current
limiting
- starting voltage
- starting time
- current limit value
Ramp-down time
Application examples for heavy starting (Class 20)
Heavy starting Class 20 (up to 40 s with 350 % In motor),
The soft starter has to be selected one rating class higher than the motor used
Application
Stirrer
Centrifuge
40
20
4 x IM
40
20
4 x IM
0
0
Starting parameters
• Voltage ramp and current
limiting
- starting voltage
- starting time
- current limit value
%
s
Ramp-down time
6
Note:
These tables present sample set values and device sizes.
They are intended only for the purposes of information and
are not binding. The set values depend on the application in
question and must be optimized during commissioning.
The soft starter dimensions should be checked where necessary
with the Win-Soft Starter software or with the help of
Technical Assistance.
6/18
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW40
for standard applications
Status graphs
The 3RW solid-state soft starters are designed for easy starting
conditions. In the event of deviating conditions or increased
switching frequency, it may be necessary to choose a larger
device. For accurate dimensioning, use the Win-Soft Starter
selection and simulation program.
Where long starting times are involved, the integrated solid-state
overload relay for heavy starting should not be disconnected.
PTC sensors are recommended. This also applies for the smooth
ramp-down because during the ramp-down time an additional
current loading applies in contrast to free ramp-down.
In the motor feeder between the SIRIUS 3RW soft starter and the
motor, no capacitive elements are permitted (e.g. no reactive-power
compensation equipment). In addition, neither static systems for
reactive-power compensation nor dynamic PFC (Power Factor
Correction) must be operated in parallel during starting and
ramp-down of the soft starter. This is important to prevent faults
arising on the compensation equipment and/or the soft starter.
All elements of the main circuit (such as fuses and controls)
should be dimensioned for direct starting, following the local
short-circuit conditions. Fuses, controls and overload relays
must be ordered separately. Please observe the maximum
switching frequencies specified in the technical specifications.
Note:
When induction motors are switched on, voltage drops occur as
a rule on starters of all types (direct starters, wye-delta starters,
soft starters). The infeed transformer must always be dimensioned such that the voltage dip when starting the motor remains
within the permissible tolerance. If the infeed transformer is dimensioned with only a small margin, it is best for the control voltage
to be supplied from a separate circuit (independently of the main
voltage) in order to avoid the potential switching off of the soft
starter.
U
UN
US
tR on
tR off
t
tR on
tR off
t
ON 13/14
RUN 13/14
BYPASSED 23/24
I
xIe
NSB0_01486
Configuration
Ie
tR on
t
Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation program
With this software, you can simulate and select all Siemens soft
starters, taking into account various parameters such as mains
properties, motor and load data, and special application
requirements.
The software is a valuable tool, which makes complicated,
lengthy manual calculations for determining the required soft
starters superfluous.
You can order the CD-ROM under the following order number:
Order No.: E20001-D1020-P302-V2-7400.
You can find more information on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/softstarter
Schematic circuit diagram
L2
L3
T1
T2
T3
NSB0_001485a
6
L1
A bypass contact system and solid-state overload relay are
already integrated in the 3RW40 soft starter and therefore do not
have to be ordered separately.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/19
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW44
for High-Feature applications
■ Overview
■ Application
In addition to soft starting and soft ramp-down, the solid-state
SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters provide numerous functions for
higher-level requirements. They cover a performance range up
to 710 kW (at 400 V) in the inline circuit and up to 1200 kW
(at 400 V) in the inside-delta circuit.
The SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters are characterized by a compact
design for space-saving and clearly arranged control cabinet
layouts. For optimized motor starting and stopping the innovative
SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters are an attractive alternative with
considerable savings potential compared to applications with a
frequency converter. The new torque control and adjustable current
limiting enable the High-Feature soft starters to be used in nearly
every conceivable task. They guarantee the reliable avoidance
of sudden torque applications and current peaks during motor
starting and stopping. This creates savings potential when
calculating the size of the switchgear and when servicing the
machinery installed. Be it for inline circuits or inside-delta circuits
– the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starter offers savings especially in
terms of size and equipment costs.
The bypass contacts already integrated in the soft starter bypass
the thyristors after a motor ramp-up is detected. This results in a
further great reduction in the heat loss occuring during operation
of the soft starter at rated value.
6
Combinations of various starting, operating and ramp-down
possibilities ensure an optimum adaptation to the applicationspecific requirements. Operating and commissioning can be
performed by means of the user-friendly keypad and a menuprompted, multi-line graphic display with background lighting.
The optimized motor ramp-up and ramp-down can be effected
by means of just a few settings with a previously selected
language. Four-key operation and plain-text displays for each
menu point guarantee full clarity at every moment of the
parameterization and operation.
Applicable standards
• IEC 60947-4-2
• UL/CSA
6/20
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
The SIRIUS 3RW44 solid-state soft starters are suitable for the
torque-controlled soft starting and smooth ramp-down as well as
braking of three-phase asynchronous motors.
Application areas, e.g.
• Pumps
• Fans
• Compressors
• Water transport
• Conveying systems and lifts
• Hydraulics
• Machine tools
• Mills
• Saws
• Breakers
• Mixers
• Centrifuges
• Industrial cooling and refrigerating systems
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW44
for High-Feature applications
■ Selection and ordering data
3RW44 27-1BC44
3RW44 36-6BC44
3RW44 47-6BC44
Ambient temperature 40 °C
Ambient temperature 50 °C
Rated
operational
current
Ie
Rated
operational
current
Ie
Rated power of induction
motors for rated operational
voltage Ue
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 1000 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
3RW44 58-6BC44
3RW44 66-6BC44
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
Rated power of induction
motors for rated operational
voltage Ue
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V
A
hp
hp
hp
hp
kg
Inline circuit, rated operational voltage 200 ... 460 V1)
29
36
47
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
----
----
----
26
32
42
7.5
10
10
7.5
10
15
15
20
25
----
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
6.500
6.500
6.500
57
77
93
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
----
----
----
51
68
82
15
20
25
15
20
25
30
50
60
----
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
6.500
6.500
6.500
Order No. supplement for connection types
• With spring-loaded terminals
• With screw terminals
113
134
162
30
37
45
55
75
90
----
----
----
100
117
145
30
30
40
30
40
50
75
75
100
----
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
7.900
7.900
7.900
203
250
313
55
75
90
110
132
160
----
----
----
180
215
280
50
60
75
60
75
100
125
150
200
----
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
11.500
11.500
11.500
356
432
110
132
200
250
---
---
---
315
385
100
125
125
150
250
300
---
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
11.500
11.500
551
615
693
160
200
200
315
355
400
----
----
----
494
551
615
150
150
200
200
200
250
400
450
500
----
C
C
C
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
50.000
50.000
50.000
780
880
970
250
250
315
450
500
560
----
----
----
693
780
850
200
250
300
250
300
350
600
700
750
----
C
C
C
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
50.000
50.000
50.000
1076
1214
355
400
630
710
---
---
---
970
1076
350
350
400
450
850
950
---
C
C
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
78.000
78.000
Order No. supplement for connection types
• With spring-loaded terminals
• With screw terminals
2
6
Order No. supplement for the rated control supply voltage Us2)
• 115 V AC
• 230 V AC
1)
3RW44 2. ... 3RW44 4. soft starters with screw terminals:
delivery time class } (preferred type).
2)
Control by way of the internal 24 V DC supply and direct control by means
of PLC possible.
3
4
Note:
Soft starter selection depends on the rated motor current.
The 3RW44 solid-state soft starters are designed for normal starting
(Class 10). (Inertia load of the overall operating mechanism
JLoad <10 x JMotor ; starting current 350 % x Ie for 20 s similar
load). For any other conditions of use, the devices should be selected using the Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation program.
See Technical Specifications for information about rated currents
for ambient temperatures >40 °C and switching frequency.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/21
6
3
1
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW44
for High-Feature applications
Ambient temperature 40 °C
Ambient temperature 50 °C
Rated
operational
current
Ie
Rated power of induction
motors for rated
operational voltage Ue
Rated
operational
current
Ie
A
kW
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 1000 V
kW
kW
kW
kW
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
Rated power of induction
motors for rated
operational voltage Ue
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V
A
hp
hp
hp
hp
kg
Inline circuit, rated operational voltage 400 ... 600 V1)
29
36
47
----
15
18.5
22
18.5
22
30
----
----
26
32
42
----
----
15
20
25
20
25
30
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
6.500
6.500
6.500
57
77
93
----
30
37
45
37
45
55
----
----
51
68
82
----
----
30
50
60
40
50
75
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
6.500
6.500
6.500
Order No. supplement for connection types
• With spring-loaded terminals
• With screw terminals
3
1
113
134
162
----
55
75
90
75
90
110
----
----
100
117
145
----
----
75
75
100
75
100
125
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
7.900
7.900
7.900
203
250
313
----
110
132
160
132
160
200
----
----
180
215
280
----
----
125
150
200
150
200
250
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
11.500
11.500
11.500
356
432
---
200
250
250
315
---
---
315
385
---
---
250
300
300
400
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
11.500
11.500
551
615
693
----
315
355
400
355
400
500
----
----
494
551
615
----
----
400
450
500
500
600
700
C
C
C
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
50.000
50.000
50.000
780
880
970
----
450
500
560
560
630
710
----
----
693
780
850
----
----
600
700
750
750
850
900
C
C
C
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
50.000
50.000
50.000
1076
1214
---
630
710
800
900
---
---
970
1076
---
---
850
950
1100
1200
C
C
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
78.000
78.000
Order No. supplement for connection types
6
• With spring-loaded terminals
• With screw terminals
2
6
Order No. supplement for the rated control supply voltage Us2)
• 115 V AC
• 230 V AC
3
4
1)
Soft starter with screw terminals:
3RW44 2. ... 3RW44 4. Delivery time class A,
3RW44 5. ... 3RW44 6. Delivery time class B.
2)
Control by way of the internal 24 V DC supply and direct control by means
of PLC possible.
Note:
Soft starter selection depends on the rated motor current.
The 3RW44 solid-state soft starters are designed for normal
starting (Class 10). (Inertia load of the overall operating mechanism
JLoad <10 x JMotor ; starting current 350 % x Ie for 20 s similar
load). For any other conditions of use, the devices should be
selected using the Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation program.
See Technical Specifications for information about rated currents
for ambient temperatures >40 °C and switching frequency.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/22
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW44
for High-Feature applications
Ambient temperature 40 °C
Ambient temperature 50 °C
Rated
operational
current
Ie
Rated
operational
current
Ie
Rated power of induction motors for
rated operational voltage Ue
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 1000 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
Rated power of induction
motors for rated operational
voltage Ue
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V
A
hp
hp
hp
hp
kg
Inline circuit, rated operational voltage 400 ... 690 V
29
36
47
----
15
18.5
22
18.5
22
30
30
37
45
----
26
32
42
----
----
15
20
25
20
25
30
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@6
3RW44 [email protected]@6
3RW44 [email protected]@6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
6.500
6.500
6.500
57
77
93
----
30
37
45
37
45
55
55
75
90
----
51
68
82
----
----
30
50
60
40
50
75
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@6
3RW44 [email protected]@6
3RW44 [email protected]@6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
6.500
6.500
6.500
Order No. supplement for connection types
• With spring-loaded terminals
• With screw terminals
3
1
113
134
162
----
55
75
90
75
90
110
110
132
160
----
100
117
145
----
----
75
75
100
75
100
125
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@6
3RW44 [email protected]@6
3RW44 [email protected]@6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
7.900
7.900
7.900
203
250
313
----
110
132
160
132
160
200
200
250
315
----
180
215
280
----
----
125
150
200
150
200
250
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@6
3RW44 [email protected]@6
3RW44 [email protected]@6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
11.500
11.500
11.500
356
432
---
200
250
250
315
355
400
---
315
385
---
---
250
300
300
400
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@6
3RW44 [email protected]@6
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
11.500
11.500
551
615
693
----
315
355
400
355
400
500
560
630
710
----
494
551
615
----
----
400
450
500
500
600
700
C
C
C
3RW44 [email protected]@6
3RW44 [email protected]@6
3RW44 [email protected]@6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
50.000
50.000
50.000
780
880
970
----
450
500
560
560
630
710
800
900
1000
----
693
780
850
----
----
600
700
750
750
850
900
C
C
C
3RW44 [email protected]@6
3RW44 [email protected]@6
3RW44 [email protected]@6
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
50.000
50.000
50.000
1076
1214
---
630
710
800
900
1100
1200
---
970
1076
---
---
850
950
1100
1200
C
C
3RW44 [email protected]@6
3RW44 [email protected]@6
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
78.000
78.000
Order No. supplement for connection types
• With spring-loaded terminals
• With screw terminals
2
6
• 115 V AC
• 230 V AC
1)
6
Order No. supplement for the rated control supply voltage Us1)
3
4
Control by way of the internal 24 V DC supply and direct control by means
of PLC possible.
Note:
Soft starter selection depends on the rated motor current.
The 3RW44 solid-state soft starters are designed for normal
starting (Class 10). (Inertia load of the overall operating mechanism
JLoad <10 x JMotor ; starting current 350 % x Ie for 20 s similar
load). For any other conditions of use, the devices should be
selected using the Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation
program. See Technical Specifications for information about
rated currents for ambient temperatures >40 °C and switching
frequency.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/23
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW44
for High-Feature applications
3RW44 27-1BC44
3RW44 36-6BC44
3RW44 47-6BC44
Ambient temperature 40 °C
Ambient temperature 50 °C
Rated
operational
current
Ie1)
Rated power of induction
motors for rated
operational voltage Ue
Rated
operational
current
Ie
A
kW
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 1000 V
kW
kW
kW
kW
3RW44 58-6BC44
3RW44 66-6BC44
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
Rated power of induction
motors for rated
operational voltage Ue
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V
A
hp
hp
hp
hp
kg
Inside-delta circuit, rated operational voltage 200 ... 460 V2)
50
62
81
15
18.5
22
22
30
45
----
----
----
45
55
73
10
15
20
15
20
25
30
40
50
----
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
6.500
6.500
6.500
99
133
161
30
37
45
55
75
90
----
----
----
88
118
142
25
30
40
30
40
50
60
75
100
----
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
6.500
6.500
6.500
Order No. supplement for connection types
6
• With spring-loaded terminals
• With screw terminals
3
1
196
232
281
55
75
90
110
132
160
----
----
----
173
203
251
50
60
75
60
75
100
125
150
200
----
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
7.900
7.900
7.900
352
433
542
110
132
160
200
250
315
----
----
----
312
372
485
100
125
150
125
150
200
250
300
400
----
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
11.500
11.500
11.500
617
748
200
250
355
400
---
---
---
546
667
150
200
200
250
450
600
---
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
11.500
11.500
954
1065
1200
315
355
400
560
630
710
----
----
----
856
954
1065
300
350
350
350
400
450
750
850
950
----
C
C
C
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
50.000
50.000
50.000
1351
1524
1680
450
500
560
800
900
1000
----
----
----
1200
1351
1472
450
450
550
500
600
650
1050
1200
1300
----
C
C
C
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
50.000
50.000
50.000
1864
2103
630
710
1100
1200
---
---
---
1680
1864
650
700
750
850
1500
1700
---
C
C
3RW44 [email protected]@4
3RW44 [email protected]@4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
78.000
78.000
Order No. supplement for connection types
• With spring-loaded terminals
• With screw terminals
2
6
Order No. supplement for the rated control supply voltage Us3)
• 115 V AC
• 230 V AC
3
4
1)
In the selection table, the unit rated current Ie refers to the induction
motor's rated operational current in the inside-delta circuit.
The actual current of the device is approx. 58% of this value.
2)
3RW44 2. ... 3RW44 4. soft starters with screw terminals:
delivery time class } (preferred type),
3)
Control by way of the internal 24 V DC supply and direct control by means
of PLC possible.
Note:
Soft starter selection depends on the rated motor current.
The 3RW44 solid-state soft starters are designed for normal starting
(Class 10). (Inertia load of the overall operating mechanism
JLoad <10 x JMotor ; starting current 350 % x Ie for 20 s similar
load). For any other conditions of use, the devices should be selected using the Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation program.
See Technical Specifications for information about rated currents
for ambient temperatures >40 °C and switching frequency.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/24
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW44
for High-Feature applications
Ambient temperature 40 °C
Ambient temperature 50 °C
Rated
operational
current
Ie1)
Rated power of induction
motors for rated
operational voltage Ue
Rated
operational
current
Ie
A
kW
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 1000 V
kW
kW
kW
kW
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
Rated power of induction
motors for rated
operational voltage Ue
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V
A
hp
hp
hp
hp
kg
Inside-delta circuit, rated operational voltage 400 ... 600 V2)
50
62
81
----
22
30
45
30
37
45
----
----
45
55
73
----
----
30
40
50
40
50
60
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
6.500
6.500
6.500
99
133
161
----
55
75
90
55
90
110
----
----
88
118
142
----
----
60
75
100
75
100
125
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
6.500
6.500
6.500
Order No. supplement for connection types
• With spring-loaded terminals
• With screw terminals
3
1
196
232
281
----
110
132
160
132
160
200
----
----
173
203
251
----
----
125
150
200
150
200
250
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
7.900
7.900
7.900
352
433
542
----
200
250
315
250
315
355
----
----
312
372
485
----
----
250
300
400
300
350
500
B
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
11.500
11.500
11.500
617
748
---
355
400
450
500
---
---
546
667
---
---
450
600
600
750
B
B
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
11.500
11.500
954
1065
1200
----
560
630
710
630
710
800
----
----
856
954
1065
----
----
750
850
950
950
1050
1200
C
C
C
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
50.000
50.000
50.000
1351
1524
1680
----
800
900
1000
900
1000
1200
----
----
1200
1351
1472
----
----
1050
1200
1300
1350
1500
1650
C
C
C
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
50.000
50.000
50.000
1864
2103
---
1100
1200
1350
1500
---
---
1680
1864
---
---
1500
1700
1900
2100
C
C
3RW44 [email protected]@5
3RW44 [email protected]@5
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
78.000
78.000
Order No. supplement for connection types
• With spring-loaded terminals
• With screw terminals
2
6
• 115 V AC
• 230 V AC
1)
In the selection table, the unit rated current Ie refers to the induction
motor's rated operational current in the inside-delta circuit.
The actual current of the device is approx. 58% of this value.
2)
Soft starter with screw terminals:
3RW44 2. ... 3RW44 4. Delivery time class A
3RW44 5. ... 3RW44 6. Delivery time class B.
3)
Control by way of the internal 24 V DC supply and direct control by means
of PLC possible.
6
Order No. supplement for the rated control supply voltage Us3)
3
4
Note:
Soft starter selection depends on the rated motor current.
The 3RW44 solid-state soft starters are designed for normal starting
(Class 10). (Inertia load of the overall operating mechanism
JLoad <10 x JMotor ; starting current 350 % x Ie for 20 s similar
load). For any other conditions of use, the devices should be selected using the Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation program.
See Technical Specifications for information about rated currents
for ambient temperatures >40 °C and switching frequency.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/25
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW44
for High-Feature applications
Accessories
For
soft starters
Version
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Type
Soft Starter ES 2006 PC communication programs
Soft Starter ES 2006 Smart
Parameterization and service software for
SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters for parameterizing
through the system interface on the device
}
3ZS13 13-1CC10-0YA0
1
1 unit
131
0.230
}
3ZS13 13-2CC10-0YA0
1
1 unit
131
0.230
B
3UF7 940-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
131
0.150
3RW49 00-0KC00
1
1 unit
131
0.320
}
3RW49 00-0AC00
1
1 unit
131
0.320
B
A
A
A
3UF7 932-0AA00-0
3UF7 932-0BA00-0
3UF7 937-0BA00-0
3UF7 933-0BA00-0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
131
131
0.020
0.050
0.100
0.150
Runs on PC/PG under Windows 2000/XP
Without PC cable
3ZS13 13-1CC10-0YA0
Type of delivery: CD, single license
Soft Starter ES 2006 Professional
Parameterization and service software for
SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters for parameterizing
through the system interface on the device and
PROFIBUS DP interface (optional PROFIBUS
communications module required)
Runs on PC/PG under Windows 2000/XP
Without PC cable
Type of delivery: CD, single license
PC cables
For PC/PG communication with SIRIUS 3RW44
soft starters
Through the system interface, for connecting to
the serial interface of the PC/PG
3UF7 940-0AA00-0
PROFIBUS communications modules
6
Modules can be plugged into the soft starters for integrating A
the starters in the PROFIBUS network with DPV1 slave
functionality.
On Y-link the soft starter has only DPV0 slave functionality.
3RW49 00-0KC00
External display and operator modules
For indicating and operating the functions provided by
the soft starter using an externally mounted display and
operator module
(e.g. in the control cabinet door)
Connection cables
3RW49 00-0AC00
From the device interface (serial) of the 3RW44 soft
starter to the external display and operator module
• Length 0.5 m, flat
• Length 0.5 m, round
• Length 1.0 m, round
• Length 2.5 m, round
Box terminal blocks for soft starters
Box terminal blocks
3RW44 2.
included in the scope of supply
3RW44 3.
• Up to 70 mm2
• Up to 120 mm2
}
}
3RT19 55-4G
3RT19 56-4G
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.230
0.260
3RW44 4.
• Up to 240 mm2
}
3RT19 66-4G
1
1 unit
101
0.676
3RT19
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/26
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW44
for High-Feature applications
For
soft starters
Version
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Type
Covers for soft starters
Terminal covers for box terminals
Additional touch protection to be fitted at the box terminals
(2 units required per device)
3RW44 2. and
3RW44 3.
}
3RT19 56-4EA2
1
1 unit
101
0.030
3RW44 4.
}
3RT19 66-4EA2
1
1 unit
101
0.040
3RW44 2. and
3RW44 3.
}
3RT19 56-4EA1
1
1 unit
101
0.070
3RW44 4.
}
3RT19 66-4EA1
1
1 unit
101
0.130
Terminal covers for cable lugs and busbar connections
3RT19 .6-4EA1
Operating instructions1)
For 3RW44 soft starters
1)
3ZX10 12-0RW44-1AA1
The operating instructions are included in the scope of supply.
Spare parts
For
soft starters
Version
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Type
Fans
3RW49
}
}
3RW49 36-8VX30
3RW49 36-8VX40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
0.300
0.300
3RW44 4.
115 V AC
230 V AC
}
}
3RW49 47-8VX30
3RW49 47-8VX40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
0.500
0.500
3RW44 5. and 115 V AC
3RW44 6. 1)
230 V AC
}
}
3RW49 57-8VX30
3RW49 57-8VX40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
0.800
0.800
3RW44 6. 2)
}
}
3RW49 66-8VX30
3RW49 66-8VX40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
131
131
0.300
0.300
1)
3RW44 6. mounting on output side.
2)
For mounting on front side.
115 V AC
230 V AC
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/27
6
Fans
3RW44 2. and 115 V AC
3RW44 3.
230 V AC
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW44
for High-Feature applications
■ More information
Application examples for normal starting (Class 10)
Normal starting Class 10 (up to 20 s with 350 % In motor),
The soft starter rating can be selected to be as high as the rating of the motor used
Application
Conveyor belt
Roller conveyor
Compressor
Small fan
Pump
Hydraulic pump
70
10
Deactivated
60
10
Deactivated
50
10
4 x IM
30
10
4 x IM
30
10
Deactivated
30
10
Deactivated
• Torque ramp
- starting torque
- end torque
- starting time
60
150
10
50
150
10
40
150
10
20
150
10
10
150
10
10
150
10
• Breakaway pulse
Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms)
Ramp-down mode
Smooth ramp-down Smooth ramp-down Free ramp-down
Starting parameters
• Voltage ramp and
current limiting
- starting voltage
- starting time
- current limit value
%
s
Free ramp-down
Pump ramp-down Free ramp-down
Application examples for heavy starting (Class 20)
Heavy starting Class 20 (up to 40 s with 350 % In motor),
The soft starter has to be selected one rating class higher than the motor used
Application
Stirrer
Centrifuge
Milling machine
30
30
4 x IM
30
30
4 x IM
30
30
4 x IM
• Torque ramp
- starting torque
- end torque
- starting time
30
150
30
30
150
30
30
150
30
• Breakaway pulse
Deactivated (0 ms)
Deactivated (0 ms)
Deactivated (0 ms)
Ramp-down mode
Free ramp-down
Free ramp-down
Free ramp-down or DC braking
Starting parameters
• Voltage ramp and
current limiting
- starting voltage
- starting time
- current limit value
%
s
6
Application examples for very heavy starting (Class 30)
Very heavy starting Class 30 (up to 60 s with 350 % In motor),
The soft starter has to be selected two rating classes higher than the motor used
Application
Large fan
Mill
Breakers
Circular saw/bandsaw
30
60
4 x IM
50
60
4 x IM
50
60
4 x IM
30
60
4 x IM
• Torque ramp
- starting torque
- end torque
- starting time
20
150
60
50
150
60
50
150
60
20
150
60
• Breakaway pulse
Deactivated (0 ms)
80 %, 300 ms
80 %, 300 ms
Deactivated (0 ms)
Ramp-down mode
Free ramp-down
Free ramp-down
Free ramp-down
Free ramp-down
Starting parameters
• Voltage ramp and current
limiting
- starting voltage
- starting time
- current limit value
%
s
Note:
These tables present sample set values and device sizes.
They are intended only for the purposes of information and
are not binding. The set values depend on the application in
question and must be optimized during commissioning.
The soft starter dimensions should be checked where necessary
with the Win-Soft Starter software or with the help of
Technical Assistance.
6/28
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW44
for High-Feature applications
Circuit concept
Configuration
The SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters can be operated in two different
types of circuits.
• Inline circuit
The controls for isolating and protecting the motor are simply
connected in series with the soft starter. The motor is connected
to the soft starter with three cables.
• Inside-delta circuit
The wiring is similar to that of wye-delta starters. The phases of
the soft starter are connected in series with the individual motor
windings. The soft starter then only has to carry the phase current,
amounting to about 58 % of the rated motor current (conductor
current).
The 3RW44 solid-state soft starters are designed for normal
starting. In case of heavy starting or increased starting frequency,
a larger device must be selected.
Comparison of the types of circuits.
N S B 0 _ 0 0 4 2 4
L 1
L 2
For long starting times it is recommended to have a PTC thermistor
detector in the motor. This also applies for the ramp-down modes
smooth ramp-down, pump ramp-down and DC braking, because
during the ramp-down time in these modes, an additional current
loading applies in contrast to free ramp-down.
In the motor feeder between the SIRIUS 3RW soft starter and the
motor, no capacitive elements are permitted (e.g. no reactive-power
compensation equipment). In addition, neither static systems for
reactive-power compensation nor dynamic PFC (Power Factor
Correction) must be operated in parallel during starting and
ramp-down of the soft starter. This is important to prevent faults
arising on the compensation equipment and/or the soft starter.
All elements of the main circuit (such as fuses and controls)
should be dimensioned for direct starting, following the local
short-circuit conditions. Fuses, controls and overload relays
must be ordered separately.
L 3
N
P E
A bypass contact system and solid-state overload relay are already
integrated in the 3RW44 soft starter and therefore do not have to
be ordered separately.
Inline circuit:
Rated current Ie corresponds to the rated motor current In,
3 cables to the motor
N S B 0 _ 0 0 4 2 5
L 1
L 2
L 3
N
P E
Note:
When induction motors are switched on, voltage drops occur as
a rule on starters of all types (direct starters, wye-delta starters,
soft starters). The infeed transformer must always be dimensioned
such that the voltage dip when starting the motor remains within
the permissible tolerance. If the infeed transformer is dimensioned
with only a small margin, it is best for the control voltage to be
supplied from a separate circuit (independently of the main
voltage) in order to avoid the potential switching off of the soft
starter.
Device interface, PROFIBUS DP communication module,
Soft Starter ES parameterizing and operating software
U 2
L 2
U 1
T 1
T 2
V 1
L 1
V 2
W 2
W 1
T 3
L 3
The 3RW44 electronic soft starters have a PC interface for
communicating with the Soft Starter ES 2006 Smart software or
for connecting the external display and operator module. If the
optional PROFIBUS communications module is used, the
3RW44 soft starter can be integrated in the PROFIBUS network
and communicate using the GSD file or Soft Starter ES 2006
Professional software.
Manual for SIRIUS 3RW44
Inside-delta circuit:
Rated current Ie corresponds to approx. 58 % of the rated motor
current In, 6 cables to the motor (as with wye-delta starters)
Besides containing all important information on configuring,
commissioning and servicing, the manual also contains example
circuits and the technical specifications for all devices.
Which circuit?
Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation program
Using the inline circuit involves the lowest wiring outlay. If the soft
starter to motor connections are long, this circuit is preferable.
With the inside-delta circuit there is double the wiring complexity
but a smaller size of device can be used at the same rating.
With this software, you can simulate and select all Siemens soft
starters, taking into account various parameters such as mains
properties, motor and load data, and special application
requirements.
Thanks to the choice of operating mode between the inline circuit
and inside-delta circuit, it is always possible to select the most
favorable solution.
The software is a valuable tool, which makes complicated,
lengthy manual calculations for determining the required soft
starters superfluous.
The braking function is possible only in the inline circuit.
You can order the CD-ROM under the following order number:
Order No.: E20001-D1020-P302-V2-7400.
More information can be found on the Internet at
http://www.siemens.com/softstarter
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/29
6
The harmonic component load for starting currents must be
taken into consideration for the selection of motor starter
protectors (selection of release).
© Siemens AG 2008
3RW Soft Starters
3RW44
for High-Feature applications
SIRIUS soft starter training course (SD-SIRIUSO)
Siemens offers a 2-day training course on the SIRIUS solid-state
soft starters to keep customers and own personnel up-to-date on
configuring, commissioning and maintenance issues.
Please direct enquiries and applications to:
6
Siemens AG
A&D Information and Training Center
Gleiwitzer Strasse 555
D-90475 Nürnberg
Telephone: ++49 911 895 3202
Telefax: ++49 911 895 3275
E-mail: [email protected]
http://www.siemens.com/sitrain-cd
6/30
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
General data
■ Overview
3RA1 fuseless load feeders
Operating conditions
The 3RA1 fuseless load feeders consist of the 3RV1 motor starter
protector and the 3RT1 contactor. Motor starter protectors and
contactors are electrically and mechanically connected using
pre-assembled installation kits (link modules, wiring kits and
standard mounting rails or busbar adapters).
3RA1 load feeders are climate-proof. They are intended for use
in enclosed rooms in which no severe operating conditions
(such as dust, caustic vapors, hazardous gases) prevail.
Suitable covers must be provided for installation in dusty and
damp locations.
As the 3RA1 fuseless load feeders are constructed from
3RV1 motor starter protectors and 3RT1 contactors, the same
accessories can be used for the 3RA fuseless load feeders as for
these motor starter protectors and contactors.
Overload tripping times
The 3RV1 motor starter protector is responsible for overload and
short-circuit protection in the fuseless load feeder. Back-up
protective devices, such as melting fuses or limiters, are superfluous here, as the motor starter protector is capable of
withstanding short-circuits of up to 50 or 100 kA at 400 V.
The 3RT1 contactor is particularly suitable for extremely complex
switching tasks requiring the greatest endurance.
The permissible ambient temperature is 60 °C with butt-mounting
and without derating (70 °C possible subject to certain restrictions).
3RA1 fuseless load feeders are available for motors up to 45 kW
at AC-3 and 400 V (grounded network) and setting ranges from
0.14 A to 100 A.
3RA1 fuseless load feeders are supplied in four different sizes:
Size
Width
Max. rated current
In max
For induction motors
up to
mm
A
kW
S00
45
12
5.5
S0
45
25
11
S2
55
50
22
S3
70
100
45
Types of coordination
EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102) and IEC 60947-4-1 make a
distinction between two different types of coordination, which
are designated type of coordination "1" and type of coordination
"2". Any short-circuits that occur are cleared safely by both types
of coordination. The only differences concern the extent of the
damage caused to the device by a short-circuit.
• Type of coordination "1"
The fuseless load feeder may be non-operational after a short-circuit
has been cleared. Damage to the contactor or to the overload
release is permissible. For 3RA1 load feeders, the motor starter
protector itself always achieves type "2" coordination.
• Type of coordination "2"
There must be no damage to the overload release or to any other
components after a short-circuit has been cleared. The 3RA1
fuseless load feeder can resume operation without needing to
be renewed. At most, welding of the contactor contacts is
permissible if they can be disconnected easily without any
significant deformation.
The SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers and the SIRIUS 3RT contactors
can be used for fuseless load feeders > 100 A. The corresponding
distances from grounded or live parts, as explained in the technical specifications, must be observed. The selection tables for
assemblies up to 250 kW for self-assembly of 400 V, 500 V and
690 V voltages under different start-up conditions (Class 10, 20)
can be found in the Technical Information LV 1 T.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/31
6
Pre-assembled installation kits are available as accessories for
the power spectrum up to 45 kW. The desired fuseless load
feeder can thus be assembled quickly and economically by the
customer. A time saving is also achieved in connection with
switchgear acceptances, as – unlike with conventional wiring
systems – there is no need to rectify possible wiring errors.
All 3RA1 fuseless load feeders described here are designed for
normal starting, in other words for overload tripping times of less
than 10 s (CLASS 10). At rated-load operating temperature the
tripping times are shorter, depending on the particular equipment
and the setting range. The exact values can be derived from the
tripping characteristics of the motor starter protectors.
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
3RA11 Direct-On-Line Starters
For snapping onto standard mounting rails or
for screw mounting
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated control supply voltage 50 Hz 230 V AC1)
for 35 mm standard mounting rail or screw mounting
Direct start
• Motor starter protector and contactor are linked electrically
and mechanically by means of a link module
• As from size S2 with standard mounting rail adapter2)
for mechanical reinforcement
• Auxiliary switches3) on the motor starter protector and the
contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system
(on contactor size S00: 1 NO integrated)
3RA11 10
Size
3RA11 20
Standard
induction motor
4-pole at
400 V AC4)
Standard Motor
output current
I
P
(guide
value)
kW
A
3RA11 30
Setting
range for
thermal
overload
release
DT
Consisting of the
following single devices
Motor
starter
protector
+ Contactor
+ Link module
+ Standard
mounting rail
adapter
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Fuseless
load feeders
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 50 kA/100 kA at 400 V
(compatible with type of coordination "1")5)
6
3RV10
3RT10
3RA19
S00
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.85
1.1
1.5
1.9
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.8
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
11-0BA10 15-1AP01
11-0CA10
11-0DA10
11-0EA10
11-0FA10
11-0GA10
11-0HA10
11-0JA10
11-0KA10
11-1AA10
11-1BA10
11-1AA00
+6)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA11 10-0BA15-1AP0
3RA11 10-0CA15-1AP0
3RA11 10-0DA15-1AP0
3RA11 10-0EA15-1AP0
3RA11 10-0FA15-1AP0
3RA11 10-0GA15-1AP0
3RA11 10-0HA15-1AP0
3RA11 10-0JA15-1AP0
3RA11 10-0KA15-1AP0
3RA11 10-1AA15-1AP0
3RA11 10-1BA15-1AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
0.454
0.450
0.450
0.452
0.450
0.448
0.446
0.451
0.495
0.502
0.490
S0
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
7.5
7.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
15.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
21-1CA10 24-1AP00
21-1DA10
21-1EA10
21-1FA10
21-1GA10
21-1HA10
21-1JA10 26-1AP00
21-1KA10
21-4AA10
21-4BA10
21-1AA00
+6)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA11 20-1CA24-0AP0
3RA11 20-1DA24-0AP0
3RA11 20-1EA24-0AP0
3RA11 20-1FA24-0AP0
3RA11 20-1GA24-0AP0
3RA11 20-1HA24-0AP0
3RA11 20-1JA26-0AP0
3RA11 20-1KA26-0AP0
3RA11 20-4AA26-0AP0
3RA11 20-4BA26-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
0.720
0.720
0.710
0.723
0.717
0.730
0.720
0.725
0.720
0.722
S2
11
15
18.5
22
22
22
29
35
41
41
18 ... 25
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
40 ... 50
31-4DA10 34-1AP00
31-4EA10
31-4FA10 35-1AP00
31-4GA10 36-1AP00
31-4HA10
31-1AA00
+
32-1AA00
A
A
A
A
A
3RA11 30-4DB34-0AP0
3RA11 30-4EB34-0AP0
3RA11 30-4FB35-0AP0
3RA11 30-4GB36-0AP0
3RA11 30-4HB36-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
2.070
2.083
2.126
2.130
2.091
S3
30
37
45
45
55
66
80
80
45 ... 63
57 ... 75
70 ... 90
80 ... 100
41-4JA10 44-1AP00
41-4KA10 45-1AP00
41-4LA10 46-1AP00
41-4MA10
41-1AA00
+
42-1AA00
1)
Size S00 also suitable for 60 Hz.
2)
Standard mounting rail adapter is also suitable for screw mounting.
3)
For auxiliary switches, see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and
Reversing Starters".
4)
Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the
protected motor.
5)
See load feeders with Iq ≥ 100 kA in the Technical Information LV 1 T.
6)
Screw mounting with 1 push-in lug each per load feeder is possible
(see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing Starters“).
Size S3 is only available for self-assembly.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/32
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
3RA11 Direct-On-Line Starters
For snapping onto standard mounting rails or
for screw mounting
Size
Standard
induction motor
4-pole at
400 V AC1)
Standard Motor
output
current
P
I
(guide
value)
kW
A
Setting
range for
thermal
overload
release
Consisting of the
following single devices
Motor
starter
protector
DT
+ Contactor + Link module
+ Standard
mounting rail
adapter
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Fuseless
load feeders
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V2)
(the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2")
S00
0.75
1.9
1.4 ... 2
For load feeders for lower outputs, see table above
(type of coordination "2").
S00
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12
11-1CA10 15-1AP01
11-1DA10
11-1EA10
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
11-1JA10 16-1AP01
11-1KA10 17-1AP01
11-1AA00
+3)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA11 10-1CA15-1AP0
3RA11 10-1DA15-1AP0
3RA11 10-1EA15-1AP0
3RA11 10-1FA15-1AP0
3RA11 10-1GA15-1AP0
3RA11 10-1HA15-1AP0
3RA11 10-1JA16-1AP0
3RA11 10-1KA17-1AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
0.497
0.498
0.500
0.501
0.508
0.508
0.493
0.500
S0
7.5
7.5
11
11
15.5
15.5
22
22
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
17 ... 22
18 ... 25
21-4AA10 25-1AP00
21-4BA10
21-4CA10 26-1AP00
21-4DA10 26-1AP00
21-1AA00
+3)
A
A
A
A
3RA11 20-4AA25-0AP0
3RA11 20-4BA25-0AP0
3RA11 20-4CA26-0AP0
3RA11 20-4DA26-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.729
0.724
0.721
0.729
S2
15
18.5
22
29
35
41
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
...
3RV10
1)
3RT10
3RA19
For load feeders for higher outputs, see table above
(type of coordination "2").
Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the
protected motor.
See load feeders with Iq ≥ 100 kA in the Technical Information LV 1 T.
Screw mounting with 1 push-in lug each per load feeder is possible
(see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing Starters“).
6
2)
3)
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/33
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
3RA11 Direct-On-Line Starters
For snapping onto standard mounting rails or
for screw mounting
Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC for 35 mm
standard mounting rail or screw mounting
Direct start
• Motor starter protector and contactor are linked electrically
and mechanically by means of a link module
• As from size S2 with standard mounting rail adapter1) for
mechanical reinforcement
• Auxiliary switches2) on the motor starter protector and the
contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system
(on contactor size S00: 1 NO integrated)
3RA11 10
Size
3RA11 20
Standard
induction motor
4-pole at
400 V AC3)
Standard Motor
output current
I
P
(guide
value)
kW
A
3RA11 30
Setting
range for
thermal
overload
release
DT
Consisting of the
following single devices
Motor
starter
protector
+ Contactor
+ Link module
+ Standard
mounting rail
adapter
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Fuseless
load feeders
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
A
Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 50 kA/100 kA at 400 V
(compatible with type of coordination "1")4)
3RV10
3RT10
3RA19
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.85
1.1
1.5
1.9
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.8
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
11-0BA10 15-1BB41
11-0CA10
11-0DA10
11-0EA10
11-0FA10
11-0GA10
11-0HA10
11-0JA10
11-0KA10
11-1AA10
11-1BA10
11-1AA00
+5)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA11 10-0BA15-1BB4
3RA11 10-0CA15-1BB4
3RA11 10-0DA15-1BB4
3RA11 10-0EA15-1BB4
3RA11 10-0FA15-1BB4
3RA11 10-0GA15-1BB4
3RA11 10-0HA15-1BB4
3RA11 10-0JA15-1BB4
3RA11 10-0KA15-1BB4
3RA11 10-1AA15-1BB4
3RA11 10-1BA15-1BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
0.510
0.512
0.505
0.508
0.500
0.505
0.513
0.508
0.556
0.553
0.554
S0
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
7.5
7.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
15.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
21-1CA10 24-1BB40
21-1DA10
21-1EA10
21-1FA10
21-1GA10
21-1HA10
21-1JA10 26-1BB40
21-1KA10
21-4AA10
21-4BA10
21-1BA00
+5)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA11 20-1CA24-0BB4
3RA11 20-1DA24-0BB4
3RA11 20-1EA24-0BB4
3RA11 20-1FA24-0BB4
3RA11 20-1GA24-0BB4
3RA11 20-1HA24-0BB4
3RA11 20-1JA26-0BB4
3RA11 20-1KA26-0BB4
3RA11 20-4AA26-0BB4
3RA11 20-4BA26-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
0.947
0.940
0.945
0.951
0.948
0.960
0.951
0.940
0.959
0.950
S2
11
15
18.5
22
22
22
29
35
41
41
18 ... 25
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
40 ... 50
31-4DA10 34-1BB40
31-4EA10
31-4FA10 35-1BB40
31-4GA10 36-1BB40
31-4HA10
31-1BA00
+
32-1AA00
A
A
A
A
A
3RA11 30-4DB34-0BB4
3RA11 30-4EB34-0BB4
3RA11 30-4FB35-0BB4
3RA11 30-4GB36-0BB4
3RA11 30-4HB36-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
2.700
2.700
2.730
2.699
2.696
S3
30
37
45
45
55
66
80
80
45 ... 63
57 ... 75
70 ... 90
80 ... 100
41-4JA10 44-1BB40
41-4KA10 45-1BB40
41-4LA10 46-1BB40
41-4MA10
41-1BA00
+
42-1AA00
6
S00
1)
Standard mounting rail adapter is also suitable for screw mounting.
2)
For auxiliary switches, see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and
Reversing Starters".
3)
Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the
protected motor.
4)
See load feeders with Iq ≥ 100 kA in the Technical Information LV 1 T.
5)
Screw mounting with 1 push-in lug each per load feeder is possible
(see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing Starters“).
Size S3 is only available for self-assembly.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/34
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
3RA11 Direct-On-Line Starters
For snapping onto standard mounting rails or
for screw mounting
Size
Standard induction motor
4-pole at
400 V AC1)
Standard Motor
output current
P
I
(guide
value)
kW
A
Setting
range for
thermal
overload
release
DT
Consisting of the
following single devices
Motor
starter
protector
+ Contactor
+ Link module
+ Standard
mounting rail
adapter
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Fuseless
load feeders
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
A
Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V2)
(the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2")
S00
0.75
1.9
1.4 ... 2
For load feeders for lower outputs, see table above
(type of coordination "2").
S00
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12
11-1CA10 15-1BB41
11-1DA10
11-1EA10
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
11-1JA10 16-1BB41
11-1KA10 17-1BB41
11-1AA00
+3)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA11 10-1CA15-1BB4
3RA11 10-1DA15-1BB4
3RA11 10-1EA15-1BB4
3RA11 10-1FA15-1BB4
3RA11 10-1GA15-1BB4
3RA11 10-1HA15-1BB4
3RA11 10-1JA16-1BB4
3RA11 10-1KA17-1BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
0.563
0.555
0.555
0.567
0.558
0.560
0.555
0.560
S0
7.5
7.5
11
11
15.5
15.5
22
22
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
17 ... 22
18 ... 25
21-4AA10 25-1BB40
21-4BA10
21-4CA10 26-1BB40
21-4DA10
21-1BA00
+3)
A
A
A
A
3RA11 20-4AA25-0BB4
3RA11 20-4BA25-0BB4
3RA11 20-4CA26-0BB4
3RA11 20-4DA26-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.960
0.952
0.961
0.960
S2
15
18.5
22
29
35
41
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
...
3RV10
1)
3RT10
3RA19
For load feeders for higher outputs, see table above
(type of coordination "2").
Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the
protected motor.
See load feeders with Iq ≥ 100 kA in the Technical Information LV 1 T.
Screw mounting with 1 push-in lug each per load feeder is possible
(see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing Starters“).
6
2)
3)
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/35
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
3RA11 Direct-On-Line Starters
For busbar systems
■ Selection and ordering data
Direct start
Rated control supply voltage 50 Hz 230 V AC1)
for 40 and 60 mm busbar systems
• Motor starter protector and contactor are linked electrically
and mechanically by means of a link module
• Auxiliary switches2) on the motor starter protector and the
contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system
(on contactor size S00: 1 NO integrated)
3RA11 10
3RA11 20
Size
Setting
range for
thermal
overload
release
Standard
induction motor
4-pole at
400 V AC3)
Standard Motor
output current
I
P
(guide
value)
kW
A
Consisting of the
following single devices
Motor
starter
protector
DT
+ Contactor + Link module
+ Busbar adapter
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Fuseless
load feeders
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V
(compatible with type of coordination "1")
3RV10
3RT10
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.85
1.1
1.5
1.9
0.14 … 0.2
0.18 … 0.25
0.22 … 0.32
0.28 … 0.4
0.35 … 0.5
0.45 … 0.63
0.55 … 0.8
0.7 … 1
0.9 … 1.25
1.1 … 1.6
1.4 … 2
11-0BA10 15-1AP01
11-0CA10
11-0DA10
11-0EA10
11-0FA10
11-0GA10
11-0HA10
11-0JA10
11-0KA10
11-1AA10
11-1BA10
3RA19 11-1AA00
+
40 mm
8US10 51-5DM07
or 60 mm
8US12 51-5DM07
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA11 10-0B @15-1AP0
3RA11 10-0C @15-1AP0
3RA11 10-0D @15-1AP0
3RA11 10-0E @15-1AP0
3RA11 10-0F @15-1AP0
3RA11 [email protected]
3RA11 10-0H @15-1AP0
3RA11 10-0J @15-1AP0
3RA11 10-0K @15-1AP0
3RA11 10-1A @15-1AP0
3RA11 10-1B @15-1AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
0.790
0.702
0.675
0.670
0.680
0.670
0.670
0.667
0.715
0.715
0.715
S0
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
7.5
7.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
15.5
1.8 … 2.5
2.2 … 3.2
2.8 … 4
3.5 … 5
4.5 … 6.3
5.5 … 8
7 … 10
9 … 12.5
11 … 16
14 … 20
21-1CA10 24-1AP00
21-1DA10
21-1EA10
21-1FA10
21-1GA10
21-1HA10
21-1JA10 26-1AP00
21-1KA10
21-4AA10
21-4BA10
3RA19 21-1AA00
+
40 mm
8US10 51-5DM07
or 60 mm
8US12 51-5DM07
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA11 20-1C @24-0AP0
3RA11 20-1D @24-0AP0
3RA11 20-1E @24-0AP0
3RA11 20-1F @24-0AP0
3RA11 [email protected]
3RA11 20-1H @24-0AP0
3RA11 20-1J @26-0AP0
3RA11 20-1K @26-0AP0
3RA11 20-4A @26-0AP0
3RA11 20-4B @26-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
0.939
0.940
0.940
0.927
0.927
0.931
0.935
0.936
0.940
0.943
S2
11
15
18.5
22
22
22
29
35
41
41
18 ... 25
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
40 ... 50
31-4DA10 34-1AP00
31-4EA10
31-4FA10 35-1AP00
31-4GA10 36-1AP00
31-4HA10
3RA19 31-1AA00
+
40 mm
8US10 61-5FP08
or 60 mm
8US12 61-5FP08
Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.
S3
30
37
45
45
55
66
80
80
45 ... 63
57 ... 75
70 ... 90
80 ... 100
41-4JA10 44-1AP00
41-4KA10 45-1AP00
41-4LA10 46-1AP00
41-4MA10
3RA19 41-1AA00
For size S3, no busbar adapter available.
6
S00
Order No. supplement for
busbar center-to-center clearance
40 mm
60 mm
C
D
1)
Size S00 also suitable for 60 Hz.
2)
For auxiliary switches, see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and
Reversing Starters".
3)
Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the
protected motor.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/36
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
3RA11 Direct-On-Line Starters
For busbar systems
Size
Standard
induction motor
4-pole at
400 V AC1)
Standard Motor
output current
P
I
(guide
value)
kW
A
Setting
range for
thermal
overload
release
Consisting of the following single
devices
Motor
starter
protector
DT
+ Contactor + Link module
+ Busbar adapter
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Fuseless
load feeders
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V
(the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2")
S00
0.75
1.9
1.4 ... 2
For load feeders for lower outputs, see table above
(type of coordination "2").
S00
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
1.8 … 2.5
2.2 … 3.2
2.8 … 4
3.5 … 5
4.5 … 6.3
5.5 … 8
7 … 10
9 … 12
11-1CA10 15-1AP01
11-1DA10
11-1EA10
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
11-1JA10 16-1AP01
11-1KA10 17-1AP01
3RA19 11-1AA00
+
40 mm
8US10 51-5DM07
or 60 mm
8US12 51-5DM07
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA11 10-1C @15-1AP0
3RA11 10-1D @15-1AP0
3RA11 10-1E @15-1AP0
3RA11 10-1F @15-1AP0
3RA11 [email protected]
3RA11 10-1H @15-1AP0
3RA11 10-1J @16-1AP0
3RA11 10-1K @17-1AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
0.714
0.716
0.715
0.717
0.502
0.695
0.650
0.717
S0
7.5
7.5
11
11
15.5
15.5
22
22
11 … 16
14 … 20
17 … 22
18 … 25
21-4AA10 25-1AP00
21-4BA10
21-4CA10 26-1AP00
21-4DA10
3RA19 21-1AA00
+
40 mm
8US10 51-5DM07
or 60 mm
8US12 51-5DM07
A
A
A
A
3RA11 20-4A @25-0AP0
3RA11 20-4B @25-0AP0
3RA11 20-4C @26-0AP0
3RA11 20-4D @26-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.940
0.939
0.935
0.937
S2
15
18.5
22
29
35
41
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
...
3RV10
3RT10
For load feeders for higher outputs, see table above
(type of coordination "2").
Order No. supplement for
busbar center-to-center clearance
40 mm
60 mm
Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the
protected motor.
6
1)
C
D
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/37
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
3RA11 Direct-On-Line Starters
For busbar systems
Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC
for 40 and 60 mm busbar systems
Direct start
• Motor starter protector and contactor are linked electrically
and mechanically by means of a link module
• Auxiliary switches1) on the motor starter protector and the
contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system
(on contactor size S00: 1 NO integrated)
3RA11 10
3RA11 20
Size
Setting
range for
thermal
overload
release
Standard
induction motor
4-pole at
400 V AC2)
Standard Motor
output current
I
P
(guide
value)
kW
A
Consisting of the following single
devices
Motor
starter
protector
DT
+ Contactor + Link module
+ Busbar adapter
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Fuseless
load feeders
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V
(compatible with type of coordination "1")
3RV10
3RT10
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.85
1.1
1.5
1.9
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.8
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
11-0BA10 15-1BB41
11-0CA10
11-0DA10
11-0EA10
11-0FA10
11-0GA10
11-0HA10
11-0JA10
11-0KA10
11-1AA10
11-1BA10
3RA19 11-1AA00
+
40 mm
8US10 51-5DM07
or 60 mm
8US12 51-5DM07
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA11 10-0B @15-1BB4
3RA11 10-0C @15-1BB4
3RA11 10-0D @15-1BB4
3RA11 10-0E @15-1BB4
3RA11 10-0F @15-1BB4
3RA11 [email protected]
3RA11 10-0H @15-1BB4
3RA11 10-0J @15-1BB4
3RA11 10-0K @15-1BB4
3RA11 10-1A @15-1BB4
3RA11 10-1B @15-1BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
0.730
0.720
0.711
0.716
0.720
0.728
0.714
0.724
0.780
0.767
0.764
S0
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
7.5
7.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
15.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
21-1CA10 24-1BB40
21-1DA10
21-1EA10
21-1FA10
21-1GA10
21-1HA10
21-1JA10 26-1BB40
21-1KA10
21-4AA10
21-4BA10
3RA19 21-1BA00
+
40 mm
8US10 51-5DM07
or 60 mm
8US12 51-5DM07
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA11 20-1C @24-0BB4
3RA11 20-1D @24-0BB4
3RA11 20-1E @24-0BB4
3RA11 20-1F @24-0BB4
3RA11 [email protected]
3RA11 20-1H @24-0BB4
3RA11 20-1J @26-0BB4
3RA11 20-1K @26-0BB4
3RA11 20-4A @26-0BB4
3RA11 20-4B @26-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
1.158
1.133
1.132
1.160
1.165
1.170
1.167
1.163
1.172
1.168
S2
11
15
18.5
22
22
22
29
35
41
41
18 ... 25
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
40 ... 50
31-4DA10 34-1BB40
31-4EA10
31-4FA10 35-1BB40
31-4GA10 36-1BB40
31-4HA10
3RA19 31-1BA00
+
40 mm
8US10 61-5FP08
or 60 mm
8US12 61-5FP08
Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.
S3
30
37
45
45
55
66
80
80
45 ... 63
57 ... 75
70 ... 90
80 ... 100
41-4JA10 44-1BB40
41-4KA10 45-1BB40
41-4LA10 46-1BB40
41-4MA10
3RA19 41-1BA00
+
not available
For size S3, a busbar adapter is not necessary.
6
S00
Order No. supplement for
busbar center-to-center clearance
40 mm
60 mm
C
D
1)
For auxiliary switches, see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and
Reversing Starters".
2)
Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the
protected motor.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/38
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
3RA11 Direct-On-Line Starters
For busbar systems
Size
Standard
induction motor
4-pole at
400 V AC1)
Standard Motor
output current
P
I
(guide
value)
kW
A
Setting
range for
thermal
overload
release
Consisting of the
following single devices
Motor
starter
protector
DT
+ Contactor + Link module
+ Busbar adapter
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Fuseless
load feeders
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V
(the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2")
S00
0.75
1.9
1.4 ... 2
For load feeders for lower outputs, see table above
(type of coordination "2").
S00
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12
11-1CA10 15-1BB41
11-1DA10
11-1EA10
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
11-1JA10 16-1BB41
11-1KA10 17-1BB41
3RA19 11-1AA00
+
40 mm
8US10 51-5DM07
or 60 mm
8US12 51-5DM07
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA11 10-1C @15-1BB4
3RA11 10-1D @15-1BB4
3RA11 10-1E @15-1BB4
3RA11 10-1F @15-1BB4
3RA11 [email protected]
3RA11 10-1H @15-1BB4
3RA11 10-1J @16-1BB4
3RA11 10-1K @17-1BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
0.784
0.775
0.781
0.782
0.780
0.770
0.774
0.772
S0
7.5
7.5
11
11
15.5
15.5
22
22
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
17 ... 22
18 ... 25
21-4AA10 25-1BB40
21-4BA10
21-4CA10 26-1BB40
21-4DA10
3RA19 21-1BA00
+
40 mm
8US10 51-5DM07
or 60 mm
8US12 51-5DM07
A
A
A
A
3RA11 20-4A @25-0BB4
3RA11 20-4B @25-0BB4
3RA11 20-4C @26-0BB4
3RA11 20-4D @26-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.177
1.163
1.164
1.175
S2
15
18.5
22
29
35
41
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
...
3RV10
3RT10
For load feeders for higher outputs, see table above
(type of coordination "2").
Order No. supplement for
busbar center-to-center clearance
40 mm
60 mm
Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the
protected motor.
6
1)
C
D
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/39
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
3RA12 Reversing Starters
For snapping onto standard mounting rails or
for screw mounting
■ Selection and ordering data
Reversing duty
Rated control supply voltage 50 Hz 230 V AC1)
for 35 mm standard mounting rail or screw mounting
• The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically
and electrically connected by means of the link module
• As from size S0 with standard mounting rail adapter2) for
mechanical reinforcement
• Auxiliary switches3) on the motor starter protector and the
contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system
• Complete unit always with electrical and mechanical interlock
3RA12 10
3RA12 20
Size
Setting
range for
thermal
overload
release
Standard
induction motor
4-pole at
400 V AC4)
Standard
output
P
Motor
current
I
(guide
value)
kW
A
Consisting of the
following single devices
Motor
starter
protector
+ 2 contactors
DT
+ Link module
+ Assembly kit
RH2)5)
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Fuseless
load feeders
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 50 kA/100 kA at 400 V
(compatible with type of coordination "1")6)
6
3RV10
3RT10
3RA19
S00
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.85
1.1
1.5
1.9
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.8
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
11-0BA10 15-1AP02
11-0CA10
11-0DA10
11-0EA10
11-0FA10
11-0GA10
11-0HA10
11-0JA10
11-0KA10
11-1AA10
11-1BA10
11-1AA00
+
13-2A7)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA12 10-0BA15-0AP0
3RA12 10-0CA15-0AP0
3RA12 10-0DA15-0AP0
3RA12 10-0EA15-0AP0
3RA12 10-0FA15-0AP0
3RA12 10-0GA15-0AP0
3RA12 10-0HA15-0AP0
3RA12 10-0JA15-0AP0
3RA12 10-0KA15-0AP0
3RA12 10-1AA15-0AP0
3RA12 10-1BA15-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
0.717
0.700
0.700
0.720
0.708
0.717
0.710
0.710
0.755
0.765
0.765
S0
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
7.5
7.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
15.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
21-1CA10 24-1AP00
21-1DA10
21-1EA10
21-1FA10
21-1GA10
21-1HA10
21-1JA10 26-1AP00
21-1KA10
21-4AA10
21-4BA10
21-1AA00
+
23-1B8)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA12 20-1CB24-0AP0
3RA12 20-1DB24-0AP0
3RA12 20-1EB24-0AP0
3RA12 20-1FB24-0AP0
3RA12 20-1GB24-0AP0
3RA12 20-1HB24-0AP0
3RA12 20-1JB26-0AP0
3RA12 20-1KB26-0AP0
3RA12 20-4AB26-0AP0
3RA12 20-4BB26-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
1.400
1.394
1.385
1.387
1.390
1.389
1.389
1.386
1.408
1.400
S2
11
15
18.5
22
22
22
29
35
41
41
18 ... 25
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
40 ... 50
31-4DA10 34-1AP00
31-4EA10
31-4FA10 35-1AP00
31-4GA10 36-1AP00
31-4HA10
31-1AA00
+
33-1B8)
Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.
S3
30
37
45
45
55
66
80
80
45 ... 63
57 ... 75
70 ... 90
80 ... 100
41-4JA10 44-1AP00
41-4KA10 45-1AP00
41-4LA10 46-1AP00
41-4MA10
41-1AA00
+
43-1B8)
Size S3 is only available for self-assembly
1)
Size S00 also suitable for 60 Hz.
2)
Installation kit for standard mounting rail adapter also suitable for
screw mounting.
3)
For auxiliary switches, see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and
Reversing Starters".
4)
Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the
protected motor.
5)
RH = Reversing duty for standard rail mounting.
6)
See load feeders with Iq ≥ 100 kA in the LV 1 T Technical Information.
7)
Wiring kit necessary: for screw mounting with 1 push-in lug each per load
feeder, see „Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing Starters“.
8)
Mechanical locking device must be ordered separately
(see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing Starters").
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/40
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
3RA12 Reversing Starters
For snapping onto standard mounting rails or
for screw mounting
Size
Standard
induction motor
4-pole at
400 V AC1)
Standard Motor
output current
P
I
(guide
value)
kW
A
Setting
range for
thermal
overload
release
Consisting of the
following single devices
Motor
starter
protector
+ 2 contactors
DT
+ Link module
+ Assembly kit
RH2)3)
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Fuseless
load feeders
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V4)
(the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2")
S00
0.75
1.9
1.4 ... 2
For load feeders for lower outputs, see table above
(type of coordination "2").
S00
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12
11-1CA10 15-1AP02
11-1DA10
11-1EA10
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
11-1JA10 16-1AP02
11-1KA10 17-1AP02
11-1AA00
+
13-2A5)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA12 10-1CA15-0AP0
3RA12 10-1DA15-0AP0
3RA12 10-1EA15-0AP0
3RA12 10-1FA15-0AP0
3RA12 10-1GA15-0AP0
3RA12 10-1HA15-0AP0
3RA12 10-1JA16-0AP0
3RA12 10-1KA17-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
0.755
0.760
0.764
0.766
0.760
0.755
0.761
0.760
S0
7.5
7.5
11
11
15.5
15.5
22
22
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
17 ... 22
20 ... 25
21-4AA10 25-1AP00
21-4BA10
21-4CA10 26-1AP00
21-4DA10
21-1AA00
+
23-1B6)
A
A
A
A
3RA12 20-4AB25-0AP0
3RA12 20-4BB25-0AP0
3RA12 20-4CB26-0AP0
3RA12 20-4DB26-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.397
1.385
1.400
1.420
S2
15
18.5
22
29
35
41
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
...
3RT10
3RA19
1)
Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the
protected motor.
2)
Installation kit for standard mounting rail adapter also suitable for
screw mounting.
3)
RH = Reversing duty for standard rail mounting.
4)
See load feeders with Iq ≥ 100 kA in the Technical Information LV 1 T.
5)
Wiring kit necessary: for screw mounting with 1 push-in lug each per load
feeder (see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing Starters").
6)
Mechanical locking device must be ordered separately
(see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing Starters").
For load feeders for higher outputs, see table above
(type of coordination "2").
6
3RV10
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/41
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
3RA12 Reversing Starters
For snapping onto standard mounting rails or
for screw mounting
Reversing duty
Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC
for 35 mm standard mounting rail or screw mounting
• The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically
and electrically connected by means of the link module
• As from size S0 with standard mounting rail adapter1) for
mechanical reinforcement
• Auxiliary switches2) on the motor starter protector and the
contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system
• Complete unit always with electrical and mechanical
interlock
3RA12 10
3RA12 20
Size
Setting
range for
thermal
overload
release
Standard
induction motor
4-pole at
400 V AC3)
Standard Motor
output current
I
P
(guide
value)
kW
A
DT
Consisting of the
following single devices
Motor
starter
protector
+ 2 contact. + Link module
+ Assembly kit
RH4)
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Fuseless
load feeders
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 50 kA/100 kA at 400 V
(compatible with type of coordination "1")5)
3RV10
3RT10
3RA19
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.85
1.1
1.5
1.9
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.8
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
11-0BA10 15-1BB42
11-0CA10
11-0DA10
11-0EA10
11-0FA10
11-0GA10
11-0HA10
11-0JA10
11-0KA10
11-1AA10
11-1BA10
11-1AA00
+
13-2A6)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA12 10-0BA15-0BB4
3RA12 10-0CA15-0BB4
3RA12 10-0DA15-0BB4
3RA12 10-0EA15-0BB4
3RA12 10-0FA15-0BB4
3RA12 10-0GA15-0BB4
3RA12 10-0HA15-0BB4
3RA12 10-0JA15-0BB4
3RA12 10-0KA15-0BB4
3RA12 10-1AA15-0BB4
3RA12 10-1BA15-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
0.832
0.830
0.826
0.833
0.824
0.835
0.830
0.830
0.878
0.880
0.875
S0
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
7.5
7.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
15.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
21-1CA10 24-1BB40
21-1DA10
21-1EA10
21-1FA10
21-1GA10
21-1HA10
21-1JA10 26-1BB40
21-1KA10
21-4AA10
21-4BA10
21-1BA00
+
23-1B7)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA12 20-1CB24-0BB4
3RA12 20-1DB24-0BB4
3RA12 20-1EB24-0BB4
3RA12 20-1FB24-0BB4
3RA12 20-1GB24-0BB4
3RA12 20-1HB24-0BB4
3RA12 20-1JB26-0BB4
3RA12 20-1KB26-0BB4
3RA12 20-4AB26-0BB4
3RA12 20-4BB26-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
1.847
1.855
1.852
1.856
1.848
1.851
1.854
1.858
1.863
1.852
S2
11
15
18.5
22
22
22
29
35
41
41
18 ... 25
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
40 ... 50
31-4DA10 34-1BB40
31-4EA10
31-4FA10 35-1BB40
31-4GA10 36-1BB40
31-4HA10
31-1BA00
+
33-1B7)
Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.
S3
30
37
45
45
55
66
80
80
45 ... 63
57 ... 75
70 ... 90
80 ... 100
41-4JA10 44-1BB40
41-4KA10 45-1BB40
41-4LA10 46-1BB40
41-4MA10
41-1BA00
+
43-1B7)
Size S3 is only available for self-assembly
6
S00
1)
Installation kit for standard mounting rail adapter also suitable for
screw mounting.
2)
For auxiliary switches, see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and
Reversing Starters".
3)
Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the
protected motor.
4)
RH = Reversing duty for standard rail mounting.
5)
See load feeders with Iq ≥ 100 kA in the Technical Information LV 1 T.
6)
Wiring kit necessary: Screw mounting with 1 push-in lug each per
load feeder is possible (see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and
Reversing Starters").
7)
Mechanical locking device must be ordered separately
(see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing Starters").
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/42
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
3RA12 Reversing Starters
For snapping onto standard mounting rails or
for screw mounting
Size
Standard
induction motor
4-pole at
400 V AC1)
Standard Motor
output current
P
I
(guide
value)
kW
A
Setting
range for
thermal
overload
release
DT
Consisting of the
following single devices
Motor
starter
protector
+ 2 contact. + Link module
+ Assembly kit
RH2)3)
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Fuseless
load feeders
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V4)
(the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2")
S00
0.75
1.9
1.4 ... 2
For load feeders for lower outputs, see table above
(type of coordination "2").
S00
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12
11-1CA10 15-1BB42
11-1DA10
11-1EA10
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
11-1JA10 16-1BB42
11-1KA10 17-1BB42
11-1AA00
+
13-2A5)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA12 10-1CA15-0BB4
3RA12 10-1DA15-0BB4
3RA12 10-1EA15-0BB4
3RA12 10-1FA15-0BB4
3RA12 10-1GA15-0BB4
3RA12 10-1HA15-0BB4
3RA12 10-1JA16-0BB4
3RA12 10-1KA17-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
0.883
0.882
0.879
0.881
0.888
0.890
0.882
0.872
S0
7.5
7.5
11
11
15.5
15.5
22
22
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
17 ... 22
20 ... 25
21-4AA10 25-1BB40
21-4BA10
21-4CA10 26-1BB40
21-4DA10
21-1BA00
+
23-1B6)
A
A
A
A
3RA12 20-4AB25-0BB4
3RA12 20-4BB25-0BB4
3RA12 20-4CB26-0BB4
3RA12 20-4DB26-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.857
1.853
1.858
1.860
S2
15
18.5
22
29
35
41
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
...
3RT10
3RA19
1)
Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the
protected motor.
2)
Installation kit for standard mounting rail adapter also suitable for
screw mounting.
3)
RH = Reversing duty for standard rail mounting.
4)
See load feeders with Iq ≥ 100 kA in the Technical Information LV 1 T.
5)
Wiring kit necessary: screw mounting with 1 push-in lug each per
load feeder is possible (see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and
Reversing Starters").
6)
Mechanical locking device must be ordered separately
(see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing Starters").
For load feeders for higher outputs, see table above
(type of coordination "2").
6
3RV10
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/43
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
3RA12 Reversing Starters
For busbar systems
■ Selection and ordering data
Reversing duty
Rated control supply voltage 50 Hz 230 V AC1)
for 40 and 60 mm busbar systems
• The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically
and electrically connected by means of the link module
• Auxiliary switches2) on the motor starter protector and the
contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system
• Complete unit always with electrical and mechanical interlock
3RA12 10
3RA12 20
Size
Setting
range for
thermal
overload
release
Standard
induction motor
4-pole at
400 V AC3)
Standard Motor
output current
I
P
(guide
value)
kW
A
Consisting of the
following single devices
Motor
starter
protector
+ 2 contactors
DT
+ Link module
+ Assembly kit
RS4)
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Fuseless
load feeders
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V
(compatible with type of coordination "1")
6
3RV10
3RT10
3RA19
S00
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.85
1.1
1.5
1.9
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.8
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
11-0BA10 15-1AP02
11-0CA10
11-0DA10
11-0EA10
11-0FA10
11-0GA10
11-0HA10
11-0JA10
11-0KA10
11-1AA10
11-1BA10
11-1AA00
+
40 mm
13-1C
or 60 mm
13-1D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA12 10-0B @15-0AP0
3RA12 10-0C @15-0AP0
3RA12 10-0D @15-0AP0
3RA12 10-0E @15-0AP0
3RA12 10-0F @15-0AP0
3RA12 [email protected]
3RA12 10-0H @15-0AP0
3RA12 10-0J @15-0AP0
3RA12 10-0K @15-0AP0
3RA12 10-1A @15-0AP0
3RA12 10-1B @15-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
1.080
1.100
1.100
1.123
1.050
1.070
1.075
1.058
1.103
1.104
1.111
S0
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
7.5
7.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
15.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
21-1CA10 24-1AP00
21-1DA10
21-1EA10
21-1FA10
21-1GA10
21-1HA10
21-1JA10 26-1AP00
21-1KA10
21-4AA10
21-4BA10
21-1AA00
+
40 mm
23-1C5)
or 60 mm
23-1D5)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA12 20-1C @24-0AP0
3RA12 20-1D @24-0AP0
3RA12 20-1E @24-0AP0
3RA12 20-1F @24-0AP0
3RA12 [email protected]
3RA12 20-1H @24-0AP0
3RA12 20-1J @26-0AP0
3RA12 20-1K @26-0AP0
3RA12 20-4A @26-0AP0
3RA12 20-4B @26-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
1.512
1.548
1.532
1.550
1.558
1.545
1.557
1.575
1.549
1.544
S2
11
15
18.5
22
22
22
29
35
41
41
18 ... 25
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
40 ... 50
31-4DA10 34-1AP00
31-4EA10
31-4FA10 35-1AP00
31-4GA10 36-1AP00
31-4HA10
31-1AA00
+
40 mm
33-1C5)
or 60 mm
33-1D5)
Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.
S3
30
37
45
45
55
66
80
80
45 ... 63
57 ... 75
70 ... 90
80 ... 100
41-4JA10 44-1AP00
41-4KA10 45-1AP00
41-4LA10 46-1AP00
41-4MA10
41-1AA00
+
not available
For size S3, no busbar adapter available
Order No. supplement for
busbar center-to-center clearance
40 mm
60 mm
C
D
1)
Size S00 also suitable for 60 Hz.
2)
For auxiliary switches, see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and
Reversing Starters".
3)
Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the
protected motor.
4)
RS = Reversing duty for busbar systems.
5)
Mechanical locking device must be ordered separately
(see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing Starters").
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/44
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
3RA12 Reversing Starters
For busbar systems
Size
Standard
induction motor
4-pole at
400 V AC1)
Standard Motor
output current
P
I
(guide
value)
kW
A
Setting
range for
thermal
overload
release
Consisting of the
following single devices
Motor
starter
protector
+ 2 contactors
DT
+ Link module
+ Assembly kit
RS2)
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Fuseless
load feeders
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V
(the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2")
S00
0.75
1.9
1.4 ... 2
For load feeders for lower outputs, see table above
(type of coordination "2").
S00
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12
11-1CA10 15-1AP02
11-1DA10
11-1EA10
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
11-1JA10 16-1AP02
11-1KA10 17-1AP02
11-1AA00
+
40 mm
13-1C
or 60 mm
13-1D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA12 10-1C @15-0AP0
3RA12 10-1D @15-0AP0
3RA12 10-1E @15-0AP0
3RA12 10-1F @15-0AP0
3RA12 [email protected]
3RA12 10-1H @15-0AP0
3RA12 10-1J @16-0AP0
3RA12 10-1K @17-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
1.115
1.105
1.116
1.118
1.129
1.122
1.108
1.100
S0
7.5
7.5
11
11
15.5
15.5
22
22
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
17 ... 22
20 ... 25
21-4AA10 25-1AP00
21-4BA10
21-4CA10 26-1AP00
21-4DA10
21-1AA00
+
40 mm
23-1C3)
or 60 mm
23-1D3)
A
A
A
A
3RA12 20-4A @25-0AP0
3RA12 20-4B @25-0AP0
3RA12 20-4C @26-0AP0
3RA12 20-4D @26-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.600
1.600
1.570
1.557
S2
15
18.5
22
29
35
41
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
...
3RV10
3RT10
3RA19
For load feeders for higher outputs, see table above
(type of coordination "2").
Order No. supplement for
busbar center-to-center clearance
1)
Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the
protected motor.
2)
RS = Reversing duty for busbar systems.
3)
Mechanical locking device must be ordered separately
(see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing Starters").
C
D
6
40 mm
60 mm
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/45
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
3RA12 Reversing Starters
For busbar systems
Reversing duty
Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC
for 40 and 60 mm busbar systems
• The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically
and electrically connected by means of the link module
• Auxiliary switches1) on the motor starter protector and the
contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system
• Complete unit always with electrical and mechanical interlock
3RA12 10
3RA12 20
Size
Setting
range for
thermal
overload
release
Standard
induction motor
4-pole at
400 V AC2)
Standard Motor
output current
P
I
(guide
value)
kW
A
Consisting of the
following single devices
Motor
starter
protector
+ 2 contactors
DT
+ Link module
+ Assembly kit
RS3)
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Fuseless
load feeders
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V
(compatible with type of coordination "1")
3RV10
3RT10
3RA19
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.85
1.1
1.5
1.9
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.8
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
11-0BA10 15-1BB42
11-0CA10
11-0DA10
11-0EA10
11-0FA10
11-0GA10
11-0HA10
11-0JA10
11-0KA10
11-1AA10
11-1BA10
11-1AA00
+
40 mm
13-1C
or 60 mm
13-1D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA12 10-0B @15-0BB4
3RA12 10-0C @15-0BB4
3RA12 10-0D @15-0BB4
3RA12 10-0E @15-0BB4
3RA12 10-0F @15-0BB4
3RA12 [email protected]
3RA12 10-0H @15-0BB4
3RA12 10-0J @15-0BB4
3RA12 10-0K @15-0BB4
3RA12 10-1A @15-0BB4
3RA12 10-1B @15-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
1.195
1.234
1.223
1.185
1.190
1.195
1.190
1.197
1.160
1.246
1.233
S0
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
7.5
7.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
15.5
15.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12.5
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
21-1CA10 24-1BB40
21-1DA10
21-1EA10
21-1FA10
21-1GA10
21-1HA10
21-1JA10 26-1BB40
21-1KA10
21-4AA10
21-4BA10
21-1BA00
+
40 mm
23-1C4)
or 60 mm
23-1D4)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA12 20-1C @24-0BB4
3RA12 20-1D @24-0BB4
3RA12 20-1E @24-0BB4
3RA12 20-1F @24-0BB4
3RA12 [email protected]
3RA12 20-1H @24-0BB4
3RA12 20-1J @26-0BB4
3RA12 20-1K @26-0BB4
3RA12 20-4A @26-0BB4
3RA12 20-4B @26-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
1.985
2.017
1.998
2.013
2.018
2.003
2.013
2.017
2.010
2.002
S2
11
15
18.5
22
22
22
29
35
41
41
18 ... 25
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
40 ... 50
31-4DA10 34-1BB40
31-4EA10
31-4FA10 35-1BB40
31-4GA10 36-1BB40
31-4HA10
31-1BA00
+
40 mm
33-1C4)
or 60 mm
33-1D4)
Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.
S3
30
37
45
45
55
66
80
80
45 ... 63
57 ... 75
70 ... 90
80 ... 100
41-4JA10 44-1BB40
41-4KA10 45-1BB40
41-4LA10 46-1BB40
41-4MA10
41-1BA00
+
not available
For size S3, no busbar adapter is not necessary.
6
S00
Order No. supplement for
busbar center-to-center clearance
40 mm
60 mm
C
D
1)
For auxiliary switches, see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and
Reversing Starters".
2)
Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the
protected motor.
3)
RS = Reversing duty for busbar systems.
4)
Mechanical locking device must be ordered separately
(see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing Starters").
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/46
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
3RA12 Reversing Starters
For busbar systems
Size
Standard induction motor
4-pole at
400 V AC1)
Standard Motor
output current
P
I
(guide
value)
kW
A
Setting
range for
thermal
overload
release
DT
Consisting of the
following single devices
Motor
starter
protector
+ 2 contact. + Link module
+ Assembly kit
RS2)
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Fuseless
load feeders
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V
(the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2")
S00
0.75
1.9
1.4 ... 2
For load feeders for lower outputs, see table above
(type of coordination "2").
S00
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
3.6
4.9
6.5
8.5
11.5
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12
11-1CA10 15-1BB42
11-1DA10
11-1EA10
11-1FA10
11-1GA10
11-1HA10
11-1JA10 16-1BB42
11-1KA10 17-1BB42
11-1AA00
+
40 mm
13-1C
or 60 mm
13-1D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
3RA12 10-1C @15-0BB4
3RA12 10-1D @15-0BB4
3RA12 10-1E @15-0BB4
3RA12 10-1F @15-0BB4
3RA12 [email protected]
3RA12 10-1H @15-0BB4
3RA12 10-1J @16-0BB4
3RA12 10-1K @17-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
1.233
1.240
1.265
1.245
1.240
1.233
1.242
1.210
S0
7.5
7.5
11
11
15.5
15.5
22
22
11 ... 16
14 ... 20
17 ... 22
20 ... 25
21-4AA10 25-1BB40
21-4BA10
21-4CA10 26-1BB40
21-4DA10
21-1BA00
+
40 mm
23-1C3)
or 60 mm
23-1D3)
A
A
A
A
3RA12 20-4A @25-0BB4
3RA12 20-4B @25-0BB4
3RA12 20-4C @26-0BB4
3RA12 20-4D @26-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
2.100
2.100
2.023
2.018
S2
15
18.5
22
29
35
41
22 ... 32
28 ... 40
36 ... 45
...
3RV10
3RT10
3RA19
For load feeders for higher outputs, see table above
(type of coordination "2").
Order No. supplement for
busbar center-to-center clearance
1)
Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the
protected motor.
2)
RS = Reversing duty for busbar systems.
3)
Mechanical locking device must be ordered separately
(see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing Starters").
C
D
6
40 mm
60 mm
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/47
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
Accessories
For 3RA1 direct-on-line and reversing starters
■ Selection and ordering data
For motor For
starter
contactor
protector
Size
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Size
Motor starter protectors1)
Auxiliary switches
S00 ... S3 --
Transverse
Transverse
S00 ... S3 --
Laterally mountable 1 NO + 1 NC
S00 ... S3 -S00 ... S3 --
3RV19 01-1E
1 CO contact }
1 NO + 1 NC }
3RV19 01-1D
3RV19 01-1E
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.015
0.018
}
3RV19 01-1A
1
1 unit
101
0.045
Undervoltage releases
AC 50 Hz 230 V
}
3RV19 02-1AP0
1
1 unit
101
0.131
Shunt trip units
AC 50 Hz 230 V
}
3RV19 02-1DP0
1
1 unit
101
0.130
3RV19 01-1A
3RV19 02-1...
Contactors2)
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks
Connection from below
S00
1-pole
1 NO
1 NC
}
}
3RH19 11-1BA10
3RH19 11-1BA01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.015
0.015
--
S00
2-pole
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NO
}
}
3RH19 11-1MA11
3RH19 11-1MA20
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.045
0.045
--
S0 ... S3
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NO
2 NC
}
}
}
3RH19 21-1MA11
3RH19 21-1MA20
3RH19 21-1MA02
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.075
0.075
0.075
--
S00
4-pole
2 NO + 2 NC
}
3RH19 11-1FA22
1
1 unit
101
0.060
--
S0 ... S3
1-pole
1 NO
1 NC
}
}
3RH19 21-1CA10
3RH19 21-1CA01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.020
0.020
--
S0 ... S3
4-pole
2 NO + 2 NC
}
3RH19 21-1FA22
1
1 unit
101
0.075
6
3RH19 11-1BA..
--
Connection from 2 sides
3RH19 11-1F...
1)
See also "Protection Equipment: 3RV Motor Starter Protectors".
2)
See also "Controls: Contactors and Contactor Assemblies".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/48
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
Accessories
For 3RA1 direct-on-line and reversing starters
For
contactor
Version
Rated control
supply voltage Us1)
DT
Order No.2)
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Type
Surge suppressors without LED
Size S00
For plugging onto the front side of the
contactors with and without auxiliary
switch blocks
3RT1.
3RT1.
Varistors
RC elements
3RT19 16-1DG00
24 ... 48 V AC
24 ... 70 V DC
}
3RT19 16-1BB00
1
1 unit
101
0.010
127 ... 240 V AC
150 ... 250 V DC
A
3RT19 16-1BD00
1
1 unit
101
0.010
24 ... 48 V AC
24 ... 70 V DC
}
3RT19 16-1CB00
1
1 unit
101
0.010
127 ... 240 V AC
150 ... 250 V DC
}
3RT19 16-1CD00
1
1 unit
101
0.010
3RT1.
Noise suppression
diodes
12 ... 250 V DC
}
3RT19 16-1DG00
1
1 unit
101
0.010
3RT1.
Diode assemblies
(diode and Zener diode)
for DC operation and
short break times
12 ... 250 V DC
}
3RT19 16-1EH00
1
1 unit
101
0.010
24 ... 48 V AC
24 ... 70 V DC
}
3RT19 26-1BB00
1
1 unit
101
0.025
127 ... 240 V AC
150 ... 250 V DC
}
3RT19 26-1BD00
1
1 unit
101
0.025
24 ... 48 V AC
24 ... 70 V DC
}
3RT19 26-1CB00
1
1 unit
101
0.025
127 ... 240 V AC
150 ... 250 V DC
}
3RT19 26-1CD00
1
1 unit
101
0.025
24 V DC
}
3RT19 26-1TR00
1
1 unit
101
0.025
30 ... 250 V DC
A
3RT19 26-1TS00
1
1 unit
101
0.025
24 ... 48 V AC
24 ... 70 V DC
}
3RT19 26-1BB00
1
1 unit
101
0.025
127 ... 240 V AC
150 ... 250 V DC
}
3RT19 26-1BD00
1
1 unit
101
0.025
24 ... 48 V AC
24 ... 70 V DC
}
3RT19 36-1CB00
1
1 unit
101
0.040
127 ... 240 V AC
150 ... 250 V DC
}
3RT19 36-1CD00
1
1 unit
101
0.040
24 V DC
}
3RT19 36-1TR00
1
1 unit
101
0.025
30 ... 250 V DC
B
3RT19 36-1TS00
1
1 unit
101
0.025
Size S0
For fitting onto the coil terminals at
top or bottom
3RT10 2
Varistors
RC elements
3RT19 26-1B.00
3RT10 2
Diode assemblies
For DC operation and short break times
• Can be plugged in at
bottom
Sizes S2 and S3
For fitting onto the coil terminals at
top or bottom
3RT10 3,
3RT10 4
3RT10 3,
3RT10 4
3RT19 36-1C.00
3RT10 3,
3RT10 4
Varistors
RC elements
Diode assemblies
For DC operation and short break times
• Can be plugged in at
bottom
1)
Can be used for AC operation for 50/60 Hz.
Please inquire about further voltages.
2)
For packs of 10 or 5 units "-Z" and order code "X90"
must be added to the Order No.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/49
6
3RT10 2
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
Accessories
For 3RA1 direct-on-line and reversing starters
For motor For
starter
contactor
protector
Size
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Size
kg
Link modules
Electrical and mechanical link
between motor starter protector
and contactor.
Single-unit packaging
Actuating voltage of contactor
3RA19 11-1A
S00
S0
S0
S2
S3
S0
S2
S3
3RA19 21-1A
S00
S00
S0
S2
S3
S0
S2
S3
AC and DC
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
3RA19 11-1AA00
3RA19 21-1DA00
3RA19 21-1AA00
3RA19 31-1AA00
3RA19 41-1AA00
3RA19 21-1BA00
3RA19 31-1BA00
3RA19 41-1BA00
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
0.027
0.028
0.037
0.042
0.090
0.039
0.043
0.089
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
3RA19 11-1A
3RA19 21-1D
3RA19 21-1A
3RA19 31-1A
3RA19 41-1A
3RA19 21-1B
3RA19 31-1B
3RA19 41-1B
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10 units
10 units
10 units
5 units
5 units
10 units
5 units
5 units
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
0.019
0.021
0.028
0.033
0.072
0.030
0.034
0.073
}
}
3RA19 11-2FA00
3RA19 21-2FA00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.038
0.028
}
}
3RA19 11-2F
3RA19 21-2F
1
1
10 units
10 units
101
101
0.031
0.030
}
}
}
}
3RA19 13-2A
3RA19 23-2A
3RA19 33-2A
3RA19 43-2A
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.040
0.060
0.120
0.300
Wye-delta starting
Electrical and mechanical link for }
three contactors of same size
}
}
}
3RA19 13-2B
3RA19 23-2B
3RA19 33-2B
3RA19 43-2B
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.050
0.060
0.070
0.160
AC
DC
Multi-unit packaging
Actuating voltage of contactor
3RA19 31-1A
S00
S0
S0
S2
S3
S0
S2
S3
S00
S00
S0
S2
S3
S0
S2
S3
AC and DC
Screw
terminals
Cage
Clamp
terminals
Electrical and mechanical connection
between motor starter protector
with screw terminals and contactor
with Cage Clamp terminals
AC
DC
Hybrid link modules
Single-unit packaging
Actuating voltage of contactor
S00
S0
S00
S00
AC and DC
Multi-unit packaging
6
Actuating voltage of contactor
3RA19 21-2FA00
S00
S0
S00
S00
--
S00
S0
S2
S3
--
S00
S0
S2
S3
AC and DC
Wiring kits
3RA19 13-2A
Reversing duty
Electrical and mechanical link for
reversing contactors.
Can be combined with link module.
For size S00:
Optionally with integrated electrical
and mechanical locking.
For sizes S0 to S3:
Mechanical locking device must
be ordered separately.
Connection modules for contactors with screw terminals
Size S00, S0
Adapters for contactors
Ambient temperature
Tu max. = 60 °C
3RT19 26-4RD01
--
S00
Size S00, rated operational current B
Ie at AC-3/400 V: 20 A
3RT19 16-4RD01
1
1 unit
101
0.020
--
S0
Size S0, rated operational current B
Ie at AC-3/400 V: 25 A
3RT19 26-4RD01
1
1 unit
101
0.200
--
S00, S0
Plugs for contactors
Size S00, S0
B
3RT19 00-4RE01
1
1 unit
101
0.025
3RT19 00-4RE01
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/50
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
Accessories
For 3RA1 direct-on-line and reversing starters
For motor
starter
protector
For
contactor
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Size
Size
--
S0, S2, S3 For reversing contactors,
}
laterally fittable with 1 auxiliary
contact (1 NC) each per
contactor.
3RA19 24-2B
1
1 unit
101
0.060
--
S0, S2, S3 For A1 and A2 of the reversing B
contactors (one set contains
10 x A1 and 5 x A2)
3RA19 23-3B
1
1 unit
101
0.080
}
}
}
3RA19 22-1AA00
3RA19 32-1AA00
3RA19 42-1AA00
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.104
0.202
0.264
kg
Mechanical interlocks
3RA19 24-2B
Coil repeat terminals
3RA19 23-3B
Standard mounting rail adapters
Single-unit packaging
S00, S0
S2
S3
S00, S0
S2
S3
For mechanical fixing of
motor starter protector and
contactor; for snapping onto
standard mounting rail or for
screw mounting
Multi-unit packaging
S00, S0
S2
S3
S00, S0
S2
S3
For mechanical fixing of
motor starter protector and
contactor; for snapping onto
standard mounting rail or for
screw mounting
}
}
}
3RA19 22-1A
3RA19 32-1A
3RA19 42-1A
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
101
101
101
0.095
0.187
0.238
S00 ... S3
S00 ... S3
For standard mounting rail
adapter 10 mm wide,
96 mm long,
for widening standard
mounting rail adapters.
For sizes S00 to S2:
2 units required.
For size S3:
3 units required.
}
3RA19 02-1B
1
10 units
101
0.009
Also suitable for screw mounting. A
Consisting of:
A
Wiring kit, standard mounting A
rail adapters, side modules.
Link modules to be ordered
separately.
Mechanical locking device
also to be ordered separately.
3RA19 23-1B
3RA19 33-1B
3RA19 43-1B
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.288
0.557
0.818
3RA19 32 3RA19 22
6
Side modules
3RA19 02
Assembly kits (RH) for reversing duty for standard mounting rails
S0
S2
S3
S0
S2
S3
3RA19 33-1B
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/51
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
Accessories
For 3RA1 direct-on-line and reversing starters
For motor For
Version
starter
contactor
protector
Size
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Size
kg
Accessories, adapters and link modules for Cage Clamp terminals
S00
--
Link modules, Cage Clamp
Electrical connection between
motor starter protector and
contactor (1 pack = 10 units)
}
3RA19 11-2A
1
10 units
101
0.016
S00
--
Link modules, Cage Clamp
with mechanical connections
Mechanical and electrical
connection between motor
starter protector and contactor
(1 pack = 10 units)
}
3RA19 11-2E
1
10 units
101
0.028
--
Standard mounting rail adapters }
For Cage Clamp with 2 standard
mounting rails, one is movable,
45 mm wide
3RA19 22-1L
1
5 units
101
0.413
--
Busbar adapters
}
45 mm wide, 182 mm long,
}
adapted for Cage Clamp
motor starter protectors.
If there is an additional contactor,
a further standard mounting rail
must be fitted.
8US10 51-5CM47
1
1 unit
143
0.193
8US12 51-5CM47
1
1 unit
143
0.190
Standard mounting rails 35 mm A
Plastic incl. fixing screws
(1 pack = 10 units)
8US19 98-7CA15
1
10 units
143
0.009
For 3RV1 motor starter protectors: C
2 units each required, for 3RA1
fuseless load feeders: 1 unit each
required, for AS-Interface
switching device holder:
2 units each required
(1 pack = 10 units)
3RB19 00-0B
100
10 units
101
0.100
-3RA19 11-2A
+ 8US10 51-5CM47
--
3RA19 11-2E
Push-in lugs for screw mounting
--
6
S00, S0
3RB19 00-0B
Busbar adapters
Busbar
center-tocenter
clearance
mm
S00, S0
S00, S0
45 mm wide,
182 mm long
for busbars
40
60
}
}
8US10 51-5DM07
8US12 51-5DM07
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
0.184
0.183
S2
S2
55 mm wide,
242 mm long
including screw
and spacer
40
60
}
}
8US10 61-5FP08
8US12 61-5FP08
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
0.308
0.292
8US12 51-5DM07
Device holders
S00, S0
S00, S0
With standard
mounting rail,
without connecting
cables 45 mm wide,
182 mm long
For busbars
40
60
}
}
8US10 50-5AM00
8US12 50-5AM00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
0.182
0.158
S0
S0
55 mm wide,
182 mm long
40
60
}
}
8US10 60-5AM00
8US12 60-5AM00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
0.197
0.202
S2
S2
55 mm wide,
242 mm long
iIcluding screw
and spacer
60
}
8US12 60-5AP00
1
1 unit
143
0.243
8US12 50-5AM00
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/52
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
Accessories
For 3RA1 direct-on-line and reversing starters
For motor For
Version
starter
contactor
protector
Size
Size
--
--
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Side modules
Including connecting plates for
widening busbar adapters or
switching device holders,
13.5 mm wide,
182 mm long
A
8US19 98-2BM00
1
4 units
143
0.036
8US19 98-2BM00
Assembly kits (RS) for reversing duty for 40 mm and 60 mm busbar systems
Busbar
center-tocenter
clearance
mm
S00, S0
S0
S2
S00
S0
S2
S00, S0
S0
S2
S00
S0
S2
--
--
Consisting of wiring kit, 40
busbar adapter,
device holder, and
side module.
60
Link modules and
mechanical locking
devices to be ordered
separately.
Only for size S00 is
mechanical locking
always included.
A
A
A
3RA19 13-1C
3RA19 23-1C
3RA19 33-1C
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.433
0.472
0.738
A
A
A
3RA19 13-1D
3RA19 23-1D
3RA19 33-1D
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.431
0.475
0.743
For mechanical linking of
busbar adapters and
switching device holders or of
standard mounting rail adapters
(2 units per combination)
(1 pack = 100 units)
}
8US19 98-1AA00
100 100 units
143
0.100
1 unit
143
0.061
8US19 98-1AA00
Load-side terminal strips, separable
S00, S0
S00, S0
Light gray with carrier for
mounting onto busbar
adapter 45 mm wide,
91 mm long 3 x 2.5 mm²
plug-interminals, 400 V
4 x 1.5 mm² plug -in
terminals, 250 V
A
8US19 98-8AM07
--
S00, S0
Fixes the load feeder
onto the busbar adapter
(1 pack = 100 units)
}
8US19 98-1BA00
100 100 units
143
0.100
--
S00, S0
Allows additional fixing of
the branch with screws
(1 pack = 20 units)
B
8US19 98-1CA00
100
143
0.100
1
8US12 51-5DM07 with
8US19 98-8AM07
Spacers
8US19 98-1BA00
Screw holders
20 units
8US19 98-1CA00
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/53
6
Connecting plates
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
Infeed System
3RV19 infeed system
■ Overview
The 3RV19 infeed system is a convenient means of energy supply
and distribution for a group of several motor starter protectors or
complete load feeders with a screw or spring-type connection
system up to size S0.
The devices with spring-type connections are available in the
SIRIUS modular system up to 5.5 kW at 400 V AC. The motor
starter protectors and load feeders with screw terminals for sizes
S00 and S0 can also be integrated in the system at the same
time.
The system is based on a basic module complete with a lateral
incoming unit (3-phase busbar with infeed). This infeed with
spring-loaded terminals is mounted on the right or left depending
on the version and can be supplied with a maximum conductor
cross-section of 25 mm2 (with end sleeve). A basic module has
two sockets onto each of which a motor starter protector can be
snapped.
Expansion modules are available for extending the system
(3-phase busbars for system expansion). The individual modules
are connected through an expansion plug.
1
3b
3a
7
The system is mounted extremely quickly and easily thanks to
the simple plug-in technique. Thanks to the lateral infeed, the
system also saves space in the control cabinet. The additional
overall height required for the infeed unit is only 30 mm. The
alternative infeed possibilities on each side offer a high degree
of flexibility for configuring the control cabinet: Infeed on left-hand
or right-hand side, ring infeed or infeed on one side and loopthrough from the other side to supply further loads are all possible.
A terminal block with spring-type connections in combination
with a standard mounting rail enables the integration of not only
SIRIUS motor starter protectors but also single-phase, 2-phase
and 3-phase components such as 5SY miniature circuit breakers
or SIRIUS relay components.
2
4
NSB0_01415a
6
5
The electrical connection between the 3-phase busbars and the
motor starter protectors is implemented through plug-in connectors.
The complete system can be mounted on a TH 35 standard
mounting rail according to EN 60715 and can be expanded as
required up to a maximum current carrying capacity of 80 A.
6
1
3-phase busbar with infeed
2
3-phase busbar for system expansion
3a
Expansion plug
3b
Extra-wide expansion plug
4
End cover
5
Plug-in connector
6
Contactor base
7
Terminal block
6/54
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
7
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
Infeed System
3RV19 infeed system
$ 3-phase busbars with infeed
* Contactor base
A 3-phase busbar with infeed unit is required for connecting the
incoming supply. This module comprises one infeed module and
2 sockets which each accept one motor starter protector. A
choice of two versions with infeed on the left or right is available.
The infeed is connected using spring-type connection. The cage
clamp springs permit conductor cross-sections of up to 25 mm2
with end sleeves. An end cover is supplied with each module.
Load feeders can be assembled in the system using the contactor
base. The contactor bases are suitable for contactors of
size S00 with spring-loaded terminals and are simply snapped
onto the 3-phase busbars. Direct-on-line starters and reversing
starters are possible. One contactor base is required for directon-line starters and two are required for reversing starters.
To assemble load feeders for reversing starters, the contactor
bases can be arranged either below each other (45 mm overall
width) or alongside each other (90 mm overall width). It is important
to note that mechanical interlocking of the contactors is only
possible when they are arranged vertically.
The 3-phase busbars for system expansion support expansion
of the system. There is a choice of modules with 2 or 3 sockets.
The system can be expanded as required up to a maximum
current carrying capacity of 63 A. An expansion plug is supplied
with each module.
&a Expansion plug
The expansion plug is used for electrical connection of adjacent
3-phase busbars. The current carrying capacity of this plug
equals 63 A. One expansion plug is supplied with each 3-phase
busbar for system expansion. Additional expansion plugs are
therefore only required as spare parts.
&b Extra-wide expansion plug
The extra-wide expansion plug makes the electrical connection
between two 3-phase busbars, thus performing the same function
as the 3RV19 17-5BA00 expansion plug; the electrical characteristics (e.g. a current carrying capacity of 63 A) are identical.
The 3RV19 17-5E expansion plug is 10 mm wider than the
3RV19 17-5BA00 expansion plug, hence in the plugged state
there is a distance of 10 mm between the connected 3-phase
busbars. This distance can be used to lay the auxiliary current
and control current wiring ("wiring duct"). The motor starter
protector and contactor can be wired from underneath, which
means that the complete cable duct above the system can be
omitted.
( End cover
The end cover is used to cover the 3-phase busbar at the open
end of the system. This cover is therefore only required once for
each system. An end cover is supplied with each 3-phase
busbar system with infeed. Further end covers are therefore
only required as spare parts.
) Plug-in connector
The infeed system is designed for mounting on a 35 mm standard
mounting rail with 7.5 mm overall depth. This standard mounting
rail gives the contactor base a stable mounting surface to sit on.
If standard mounting rails with a depth of 15 mm are used, the
spacer connected to the bottom of the contactor base must be
knocked out and plugged into the mating piece that is also on
the underside. Then the contactor base also has a stable
mounting surface. When standard mounting rails with a depth
of 7.5 mm are used, the spacer has no function and can be
removed.
As an alternative to using a contactor base, the 3RA19 11-2E
electrical link modules can also be used for direct start load
feeders of size S00. Motor starter protector and contactor
assemblies can then be directly snapped onto the sockets of
the 3-phase busbars. For feeders of size S00 and S0, the corresponding 3RA19 11-1.... or 3RA19 21-1.... link modules should
generally be used. For size S0, it is only possible integrate direct
start load feeders and they must be integrated in the system as
complete assemblies.
+ Terminal block
The 3RV19 17-5D terminal block enables the integration of not only
SIRIUS motor starter protectors but also single-phase, 2-phase
and 3-phase components in addition. Using the terminal block
the 3 phases can be fed out of the system; single-phase loads
can also be integrated in the system as the result. The terminal
block is plugged into the slot of the expansion plug and thus
enables outfeeding from the middle or end of the infeed system.
The terminal block can be rotated through 180 ° and be locked
to the support modules of the infeed system. The 3RV19 17-7B
45 mm standard mounting rail for screwing onto the support
plate is available in addition in order to be able to plug the
single-phase, 2-phase and 3-phase components onto the
infeed system.
The plug-in connector is used for the electrical connection between
the 3-phase busbar and the motor starter protector.
There are three different versions:
• One version for 3RV motor starter protectors size S00 with
screw terminals
• One version for 3RV motor starter protectors size S0 with
screw terminals
• One version for 3RV motor starter protectors size S00 with
spring-loaded terminals
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/55
6
% 3-phase busbars for system expansion
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
Infeed System
3RV19 infeed system
■ Selection and ordering data
Type
Version
For circuit
breakers
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Size
3-phase busbars with infeed
For 2 motor starter S00 (Cage A
protectors with
Clamp)1),
infeed from the left S00, S0
(screw)
3RV19 17-1A
1
1 unit
101
0.438
For 2 motor starter S00 (Cage A
Clamp)1),
protectors with
infeed from the right S00, S0
(screw)
3RV19 17-1E
1
1 unit
101
0.438
For 2 motor starter S00 (Cage A
3-phase busbars
Incl. 3RV19 17-5BA00 protectors
Clamp)1),
S00, S0
expansion plug
(screw)
3RV19 17-4A
1
1 unit
101
0.261
For 3 motor starter S00 (Cage A
protectors
Clamp)1),
S00, S0
(screw)
3RV19 17-4B
1
1 unit
101
0.364
3-phase busbars
with infeed
Incl. 3RV19 17-6A
end cover
3RV19 17-1A
3-phase busbars for system expansion
3RV19 17-4B
Plug-in connectors
Single-unit
packaging
S00 (Cage A
Clamp)1)
3RV19 17-5AA00
1
1 unit
101
0.053
Multi-unit
packaging
S00 (Cage A
Clamp)1)
3RV19 17-5A
1
10 units
101
0.048
Single-unit
packaging
S00 (screw) A
3RV19 17-5CA00
1
1 unit
101
0.040
Multi-unit
packaging
S00 (screw) A
3RV19 17-5C
1
10 units
101
0.036
Single-unit
packaging
S0 (screw) A
3RV19 27-5AA00
1
1 unit
101
0.040
Multi-unit
packaging
S0 (screw) A
3RV19 27-5A
1
10 units
101
0.036
6
Plug-in connectors
To make contact with
the motor starter protectors
3RV19 17-5AA00
3RV19 27-5AA00
1)
Compatible with the following motor starter protectors: 3RV10 11-...2.
(size S00, Cage Clamp) product version E03 and upwards.
Type
Version
For
contactor
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Size
kg
Contactor bases
Contactor bases
For mounting directon-line or reversing
starters
Single-unit
packaging
S00
A
3RV19 17-7AA00
1
1 unit
101
0.042
Multi-unit
packaging
S00
A
3RV19 17-7A
1
10 units
101
0.048
3RV19 17-7A
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/56
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders
Infeed System
3RV19 infeed system
Type
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Terminal blocks
Terminal blocks
Single-unit packaging
For integration of
single-phase, 2-phase
and 3-phase components
A
3RV19 17-5D
1
1 unit
101
0.050
Single-unit packaging
A
3RV19 17-7B
1
1 unit
101
0.261
Extra-wide expansion
plugs
As accessory
Single-unit packaging
A
3RV19 17-5E
1
1 unit
101
0.050
Expansion plugs1)
As spare part
Single-unit packaging
A
3RV19 17-5BA00
1
1 unit
101
0.035
End covers2)
As spare part
Multi-unit packaging
A
3RV19 17-6A
100
10 units
101
0.500
3RV19 17-5D
45 mm standard mounting rails
45 mm standard
mounting rails
For mounting onto
3-phase busbars
3RV19 17-7B
Extra-wide expansion plugs
3RV19 17-5E
3RV19 17-5BA00
End covers
3RV19 17-6A
1)
The expansion plug is included in the scope of supply of the 3RV19 17-4.
3-phase busbars for system expansion.
2)
The end cover is included in the scope of supply of the 3RV19 17-1.
3-phase busbars with infeed system.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/57
6
Expansion plugs
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA71 Load Feeders with Safety Integrated
Fuseless load feeders
■ Application
The 3RA71 safety load feeders are offered for direct start.
They are available with actuating voltages of 230 V 50/60 Hz
(Category 3) and 24 V DC (Categories 3 and 4). Depending on
the external circuit, choice of actuator and its position on the
machine, Categories 3 or 4 according to EN 954-1 or SIL 2 or 3
(Safety Integrity Level) according to IEC 61508 can be achieved.
• Type of coordination "2"
There must be no damage to the overload release or to any
other component after a short-circuit has been cleared.
The 3RA71 fuseless load feeder can resume operation without
needing to be renewed. At most, welding of the contactor
contacts is permissible if they can be disconnected easily
without any significant deformation. Classification of a machine in categories according to EN 954-1.
The product range of safety load feeders also contains
expansion units with and without time delays. These expansion
units can only be used in combination with a basic unit. Load
feeders can be configured in Stop Category 1 thanks to expansion
units with time delays from 0.05 to 3 s, or 0.5 to 30 s.
Types of coordination
EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102) and IEC 60947-4-1 make a
distinction between two different types of coordination, which
are designated type of coordination "1" and type of coordination
"2". Any short-circuits that occur are cleared safely by both types
of coordination. The only differences concern the extent of the
damage caused to the device by a short-circuit.
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated control supply voltage 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
for mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Direct start
6
• Motor starter protectors, contactors and safety electronics
pre-wired and certified up to Category 3 according to EN 954-1.
• Auxiliary switches on the motor starter protector and the contactor
can be easily fitted thanks to the SIRIUS modular system.
3RA71 02
Size
Standard induction motor1)
4-pole at 400 V AC
Rated power P
Motor current I
Setting range for
thermal overload
release
DT
Order No.
kW
A
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic units, category 3
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V
(compatible with type of coordination "1")
S00
S0
1)
0.04
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.16
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.11 … 0.16
0.14 … 0.2
0.18 … 0.25
0.22 … 0.32
B
B
B
B
3RA71 01-0AA17-0AL2
3RA71 01-0BA17-0AL2
3RA71 01-0CA17-0AL2
3RA71 01-0DA17-0AL2
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
1.200
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.28 … 0.4
0.35 … 0.5
0.45 … 0.63
0.55 … 0.8
B
B
B
B
3RA71 01-0EA17-0AL2
3RA71 01-0FA17-0AL2
3RA71 01-0GA17-0AL2
3RA71 01-0HA17-0AL2
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
1.200
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.8
1.1
1.5
1.9
0.7 … 1
0.9 … 1.25
1.1 … 1.6
1.4 … 2
B
B
B
B
3RA71 01-0JA17-0AL2
3RA71 01-0KA17-0AL2
3RA71 01-1AA17-0AL2
3RA71 01-1BA17-0AL2
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
1.200
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
3.6
1.8 … 2.5
2.2 … 3.2
2.8 … 4
3.5 … 5
B
B
B
B
3RA71 02-1CA26-0AL2
3RA71 02-1DA26-0AL2
3RA71 02-1EA26-0AL2
3RA71 02-1FA26-0AL2
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
1.200
2.2
3
4
5.5
5.2
6.8
9
11.5
4.5 … 6.3
5.5 … 8
7 … 10
9 … 12.5
B
B
B
B
3RA71 02-1GA26-0AL2
3RA71 02-1HA26-0AL2
3RA71 02-1JA26-0AL2
3RA71 02-1KA26-0AL2
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
1.200
7.5
7.5
7.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
11 … 16
14 … 20
17 … 22
B
B
B
3RA71 02-4AA26-0AL2
3RA71 02-4BA26-0AL2
3RA71 02-4CA26-0AL2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
Selection depends on the correct startup and
rated data of the protected motor.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/58
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA71 Load Feeders with Safety Integrated
Fuseless load feeders
Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC
for mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Direct start
• Motor starter protectors, contactors and safety electronics
pre-wired and certified up to Category 3 according to EN 954-1.
• Auxiliary switches on the motor starter protector and the
contactor can be easily fitted thanks to the SIRIUS modular
system.
• Expansion units for multiple load feeders in one safety circuit.
3RA71 02
Size
1)
Standard induction motor
4-pole at 400 V AC
Rated power P
Motor current I
Setting range for
thermal overload
release
DT
Order No.
kW
A
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic units, category 3
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
S00
S0
1)
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.11 … 0.16
0.14 … 0.2
0.18 … 0.25
0.22 … 0.32
B
B
B
A
3RA71 01-0AA17-0AB4
3RA71 01-0BA17-0AB4
3RA71 01-0CA17-0AB4
3RA71 01-0DA17-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.28 … 0.4
0.35 … 0.5
0.45 … 0.63
0.55 … 0.8
A
A
B
B
3RA71 01-0EA17-0AB4
3RA71 01-0FA17-0AB4
3RA71 01-0GA17-0AB4
3RA71 01-0HA17-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.8
1.1
1.5
1.9
0.7 … 1
0.9 … 1.25
1.1 … 1.6
1.4 … 2
B
B
B
B
3RA71 01-0JA17-0AB4
3RA71 01-0KA17-0AB4
3RA71 01-1AA17-0AB4
3RA71 01-1BA17-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.7
2.7
3.6
3.6
1.8 … 2.5
2.2 … 3.2
2.8 … 4
3.5 … 5
B
B
B
A
3RA71 02-1CA26-0AB4
3RA71 02-1DA26-0AB4
3RA71 02-1EA26-0AB4
3RA71 02-1FA26-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
1.200
2.2
3
4
5.5
5.2
6.8
9
11.5
4.5 … 6.3
5.5 … 8
7 … 10
9 … 12.5
B
A
A
A
3RA71 02-1GA26-0AB4
3RA71 02-1HA26-0AB4
3RA71 02-1JA26-0AB4
3RA71 02-1KA26-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
1.200
7.5
7.5
7.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
11 … 16
14 … 20
17 … 22
B
B
B
3RA71 02-4AA26-0AB4
3RA71 02-4BA26-0AB4
3RA71 02-4CA26-0AB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
Selection depends on the correct startup and
rated data of the protected motor.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/59
6
Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA71 Load Feeders with Safety Integrated
Fuseless load feeders
Size
Standard induction motor1)
4-pole at 400 V AC
Rated power P
Motor current I
Setting range for
thermal overload
release
DT
Order No.
kW
A
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Basic units, category 4
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V
S00
S0
1)
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.11 … 0.16
0.18 … 0.25
0.22 … 0.32
B
B
B
3RA71 11-0AA17-0AB4
3RA71 11-0CA17-0AB4
3RA71 11-0DA17-0AB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.28 … 0.4
0.35 … 0.5
0.45 … 0.63
0.55 … 0.8
B
B
B
B
3RA71 11-0EA17-0AB4
3RA71 11-0FA17-0AB4
3RA71 11-0GA17-0AB4
3RA71 11-0HA17-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.8
1.1
1.5
1.9
0.7 … 1
0.9 … 1.25
1.1 … 1.6
1.4 … 2
B
B
B
B
3RA71 11-0JA17-0AB4
3RA71 11-0KA17-0AB4
3RA71 11-1AA17-0AB4
3RA71 11-1BA17-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.7
2.7
3.6
3.6
1.8 … 2.5
2.2 … 3.2
2.8 … 4
3.5 … 5
B
B
B
B
3RA71 12-1CA26-0AB4
3RA71 12-1DA26-0AB4
3RA71 12-1EA26-0AB4
3RA71 12-1FA26-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
1.200
2.2
3
4
5.5
5.2
6.8
9
11.5
4.5 … 6.3
5.5 … 8
7 … 10
9 … 12.5
B
B
B
B
3RA71 12-1GA26-0AB4
3RA71 12-1HA26-0AB4
3RA71 12-1JA26-0AB4
3RA71 12-1KA26-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
1.200
7.5
7.5
7.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
11 … 16
14 … 20
17 … 22
B
B
B
3RA71 12-4AA26-0AB4
3RA71 12-4BA26-0AB4
3RA71 12-4CA26-0AB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
DT
Expansion units,
category as for basic unit
Selection depends on the correct startup and rated data of the protected
motor.
Size
Standard induction motor1)
4-pole at 400 V AC
Rated power P
Motor current I
Setting range for
thermal overload
release
Order No.
6
kW
A
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
A
Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V
S00
S0
1)
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.11 … 0.16
0.14 … 0.2
0.18 … 0.25
0.22 … 0.32
B
B
B
B
3RA71 21-0AA17-0AB4
3RA71 21-0BA17-0AB4
3RA71 21-0CA17-0AB4
3RA71 21-0DA17-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
1.200
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.28 … 0.4
0.35 … 0.5
0.45 … 0.63
0.55 … 0.8
B
B
B
B
3RA71 21-0EA17-0AB4
3RA71 21-0FA17-0AB4
3RA71 21-0GA17-0AB4
3RA71 21-0HA17-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
1.200
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.8
1.1
1.5
1.9
0.7 … 1
0.9 … 1.25
1.1 … 1.6
1.4 … 2
B
B
B
B
3RA71 21-0JA17-0AB4
3RA71 21-0KA17-0AB4
3RA71 21-1AA17-0AB4
3RA71 21-1BA17-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
1.200
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.7
2.7
3.6
3.6
1.8 … 2.5
2.2 … 3.2
2.8 … 4
3.5 … 5
B
B
B
B
3RA71 22-1CA26-0AB4
3RA71 22-1DA26-0AB4
3RA71 22-1EA26-0AB4
3RA71 22-1FA26-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
1.200
2.2
3
4
5.5
5.2
6.8
9
11.5
4.5 … 6.3
5.5 … 8
7 … 10
9 … 12.5
B
B
B
B
3RA71 22-1GA26-0AB4
3RA71 22-1HA26-0AB4
3RA71 22-1JA26-0AB4
3RA71 22-1KA26-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
1.200
7.5
7.5
7.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
11 … 16
14 … 20
17 … 22
B
B
B
3RA71 22-4AA26-0AB4
3RA71 22-4BA26-0AB4
3RA71 22-4CA26-0AB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
Selection depends on the correct startup and
rated data of the protected motor.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/60
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA71 Load Feeders with Safety Integrated
Fuseless load feeders
Size
Standard induction motor1)
4-pole at 400 V AC
Rated power P
Motor current I
Setting range for
thermal overload
release
DT
Order No.
kW
A
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Expansion units,
time-delayed 0.05 ... 3 s
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V
S00
S0
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.11 … 0.16
0.14 … 0.2
0.18 … 0.25
0.22 … 0.32
B
B
B
B
3RA71 31-0AA17-0AB4
3RA71 31-0BA17-0AB4
3RA71 31-0CA17-0AB4
3RA71 31-0DA17-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.28 … 0.4
0.35 … 0.5
0.45 … 0.63
0.55 … 0.8
B
B
B
B
3RA71 31-0EA17-0AB4
3RA71 31-0FA17-0AB4
3RA71 31-0GA17-0AB4
3RA71 31-0HA17-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.8
1.1
1.5
1.9
0.7 … 1
0.9 … 1.25
1.1 … 1.6
1.4 … 2
B
B
B
B
3RA71 31-0JA17-0AB4
3RA71 31-0KA17-0AB4
3RA71 31-1AA17-0AB4
3RA71 31-1BA17-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.7
2.7
3.6
3.6
1.8 … 2.5
2.2 … 3.2
2.8 … 4
3.5 … 5
B
B
B
B
3RA71 32-1CA26-0AB4
3RA71 32-1DA26-0AB4
3RA71 32-1EA26-0AB4
3RA71 32-1FA26-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
1.200
2.2
3
4
5.5
5.2
6.8
9
11.5
4.5 … 6.3
5.5 … 8
7 … 10
9 … 12.5
B
B
B
B
3RA71 32-1GA26-0AB4
3RA71 32-1HA26-0AB4
3RA71 32-1JA26-0AB4
3RA71 32-1KA26-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
1.200
7.5
7.5
7.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
11 … 16
14 … 20
17 … 22
B
B
B
3RA71 32-4AA26-0AB4
3RA71 32-4BA26-0AB4
3RA71 32-4CA26-0AB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
Setting range for
thermal overload
release
DT
Expansion units,
time-delayed 0.5 ... 30 s
Selection depends on the correct startup and
rated data of the protected motor.
Size
Standard induction motor1)
4-pole at 400 V AC
Rated power P
Motor current I
Order No.
kW
A
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
A
kg
6
1)
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.09
Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V
S00
S0
1)
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.11 … 0.16
0.14 … 0.2
0.18 … 0.25
0.22 … 0.32
B
B
B
B
3RA71 41-0AA17-0AB4
3RA71 41-0BA17-0AB4
3RA71 41-0CA17-0AB4
3RA71 41-0DA17-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.25
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.28 … 0.4
0.35 … 0.5
0.45 … 0.63
0.55 … 0.8
B
B
B
B
3RA71 41-0EA17-0AB4
3RA71 41-0FA17-0AB4
3RA71 41-0GA17-0AB4
3RA71 41-0HA17-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.8
1.1
1.5
1.9
0.7 … 1
0.9 … 1.25
1.1 … 1.6
1.4 … 2
B
B
B
B
3RA71 41-0JA17-0AB4
3RA71 41-0KA17-0AB4
3RA71 41-1AA17-0AB4
3RA71 41-1BA17-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.820
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.7
2.7
3.6
3.6
1.8 … 2.5
2.2 … 3.2
2.8 … 4
3.5 … 5
B
B
B
B
3RA71 42-1CA26-0AB4
3RA71 42-1DA26-0AB4
3RA71 42-1EA26-0AB4
3RA71 42-1FA26-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
1.200
2.2
3
4
5.5
5.2
6.8
9
11.5
4.5 … 6.3
5.5 … 8
7 … 10
9 … 12.5
B
B
B
B
3RA71 42-1GA26-0AB4
3RA71 42-1HA26-0AB4
3RA71 42-1JA26-0AB4
3RA71 42-1KA26-0AB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
1.200
7.5
7.5
7.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
11 … 16
14 … 20
17 … 22
B
B
B
3RA71 42-4AA26-0AB4
3RA71 42-4BA26-0AB4
3RA71 42-4CA26-0AB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.200
1.200
1.200
Selection depends on the correct startup and
rated data of the protected motor.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/61
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA71 Load Feeders with Safety Integrated
Fused load feeders
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated control supply voltage 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
for mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Direct start
• For the separate mounting of contactors with fuses.
• Contactors and safety electronics pre-assembled, pre-wired
and certified up to category 3 according to EN 954-1.
• Auxiliary switches on the contactor can be easily fitted thanks
to the SIRIUS modular system.
3RA71 00
Size
S0
1)
Category
according to
EN 954-1
Standard induction motor1)
4-pole at 400 V AC
3
Rated power
P
Motor current
I
kW
A
11
22.5
DT
Order No.
B
3RA71 00-5AA26-0AL2
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
1
1 unit
101
1.200
Selection depends on the correct startup and
rated data of the protected motor.
Direct start
Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC
for mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
• For the separate mounting of contactors with fuses.
• Contactors and safety electronics pre-assembled, pre-wired
and certified up to category 4 according to EN 954-1.
• Auxiliary switches on the contactor can be easily fitted thanks
to the SIRIUS modular system.
• Expansion units for multiple load feeders in one safety circuit.
6
3RA71 00
Size
S0
1)
Category
according to
EN 954-1
Standard induction motor1)
4-pole at 400 V AC
kW
A
3
11
4
11
Device type
DT
Order No.
22.5
Basic unit
B
3RA71 00-5AA26-0AB4
1
1 unit
101
1.200
22.5
Basic unit
B
3RA71 10-5AA26-0AB4
1
1 unit
101
1.200
As basic unit
Expansion unit B
3RA71 20-5AA26-0AB4
1
1 unit
101
1.200
As basic unit
Expansion unit, B
time-delayed
0.05 ... 3 s
3RA71 30-5AA26-0AB4
1
1 unit
101
1.200
As basic unit
Expansion unit, B
time-delayed
0.5 ... 30 s
3RA71 40-5AA26-0AB4
1
1 unit
101
1.200
Rated power
P
Price
per PU
Motor current
I
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Selection depends on the correct startup and
rated data of the protected motor.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/62
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
AS-Interface Motor Starters and Soft Starters
IP65/67 Motor Starters and Load Feeders
Compact starters (400 V AC)
■ Overview
EDS/ERS compact starters (solid-state)
The solid-state compact starters EDS (direct-on-line starter) and
ERS (reversing starter) consist of a solid-state overload relay
and a solid-state motor starter protector unit.
The advantages of these solid-state compact starters are the
broad limits within which the overload protection can be adjusted
(the performance range up to 2.2 kW at 400/500 V AC is covered
with just 2 variants), the fact that the motor starter protector units
are non-wearing, current measurement (used for monitoring the
energy connector), emergency operation in the event of an
overload as well as remote resetting via the AS-Interface after
overload tripping.
The ERS compact starter is designed for direct start in reversing
duty. The solid-state overload protection and the shutdown response
in the event of overload can be adjusted directly at the device.
Version with brake contact
It is not possible for live parts to be touched even when the cover
is open. The contacts are activated through the integrated outputs.
The status of the device is scanned through the inputs, e.g.
feedbacks from the auxiliary contacts of the motor starter protector
and contactor(s). A further input is used to detect the operating
mode of the optional hand-held device. The three power connectors
are used to feed and loop through to the load supply voltage
(power bus) and to connect to the load itself. Prefabricated
power supply cables can be used to connect compact starters
which are directly adjacent to each other. Prefabricated power
supply lines can be used to connect compact starters which are
directly adjacent to each other. The maximum number of starters
that can be supplied with one power supply cable is limited by
the maximum permissible total current (up to max. 4 mm2
corresponds to ~ 35 A).
DS/RS compact starters (electromechanical)
The electromechanical compact starters consist of a conventional
controlgear combination with a SIRIUS motor starter protector
for protection against short-circuits and overloading and SIRIUS
contactor(s) for normal switching. The advantages of the electromechanical starters are the reliable isolation during disconnection
and tripping, the integrated fuseless protection against short-circuits
and the favorable price. What is more, direct currents can also be
switched with the electromechanical starters.
All compact starters are available optionally with a separately
activated brake contact for electrically operated motor brakes.
For externally fed motor brakes, 24 V DC is supplied jointly with
the load voltage through the power connector on -X1. It is looped
through via -X3 for supplying the next compact starter on -X1.
The 24 V DC supply for the brakes is only linked in those devices
equipped with a brake contact. At the project configuration
stage, it is important to ensure that these starters are located
alongside each other.
All compact starters with a brake contact for 500 V DC can be
equipped with an 400 V AC brake contact.
Hand-held device
The hand-held device enables the compact starter to be operated
locally and autonomously, providing that the auxiliary voltage
supply is connected. Thus, assuming that the automation level is
functioning correctly, local switching operations can be carried
out in addition to normal manual operations in the event of a
programmable controller / bus system failure (emergency mode)
or during test runs before commissioning, e.g. for testing the
direction of rotation of the motor. The hand-held device can be
connected to the compact starter by means of a connecting
cable through a socket underneath the transparent cover.
Spare inputs
The compact starters are also equipped with two spare inputs.
The M12 socket is a "Y" connector. The signal inputs are applied
to PIN 2 and 4. In this manner, it is possible, for example, to
connect an optical proximity switch that supplies a signal and
the "contamination" alarm.
A "T" adapter can be used to split the signal inputs onto two M12
sockets. Compact starters modified in this way offer additional
advantages. At no extra cost, it is possible to save AS-i addresses,
reduce the space requirement and to build up logical groupings.
Configuring note:
In the case of temperature-critical applications, we recommend
operation in the lower setting range of the motor starter protector.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/63
6
The AS-Interface compact starter is a load feeder with degree of
protection IP65, which is fully prewired inside, for switching and
protecting any three-phase loads up to 5.5 kW at 400/500 V AC
(electromechanical compact starter) or up to 2.2 kW (solid-state
compact starter) – mostly standard induction motors in direct
start and reversing duty. It consists either of an electromechanical
controlgear combination or a solid-state overload protection and
motor starter protector unit. The overload or short-circuit protection
is located below a sealable, transparent cover and is therefore
available for diagnostics. Two LEDs are provided to the left of the
cover for diagnostics purposes for the AS-Interface and the auxiliary power.
© Siemens AG 2008
AS-Interface Motor Starters and Soft Starters
IP65/67 Motor Starters and Load Feeders
Compact starters (400 V AC)
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
EDS compact starters
Solid-state direct-on-line starter
with two spare digital inputs
B
3RK1 [email protected]@[email protected]
1
1 unit
121
1.766
ERS compact starters
Solid-state reversing starter
with two spare digital inputs
B
3RK1 [email protected]@[email protected]
1
1 unit
121
1.797
kg
Additional
price
Order No. supplement for
N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 9 8
3RK1 322
Induction motor
4-pole at 400 V AC
Standard output P
Setting range of the
electronic trip unit
kW
A
0.18 ... 0.8
0.75 ... 2.2
0.6 ... 2.18
2.0 ... 5.95
0A
0B
x
x
DS compact starters
Electromechanical direct-on-line starter,
with two spare digital inputs
B
3RK1 [email protected]@[email protected]
1
1 unit
121
1.807
RS compact starters
Electromechanical reversing starter,
with two spare digital inputs
B
3RK1 [email protected]@[email protected]
1
1 unit
121
2.067
Additional
price
Order No. supplement for
6
3RK1 322
Induction motor
4-pole at 400 V AC
Standard output P
Setting range of the
electronic trip unit
kW
A
<0.06
0.06
0.09
0.10
0.12
0.14 ... 0.20
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
0.28 ... 0.40
0.35 ... 0.50
0B
0C
0D
0E
0F
0.18
0.21
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.45 ... 0.63
0.55 ... 0.80
0.70 ... 1.0
0.9 ... 1.25
1.1 ... 1.6
0G
0H
0J
0K
1A
0.75
0.90
1.1
1.5
1.9
1.4 ... 2.0
1.8 ... 2.5
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4.0
3.5 ... 5.0
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
without
without
without
without
without
2.2
3.0
4.0
5.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8.0
7.0 ... 10
9.0 ... 12
1G
1H
1J
1K
without
without
without
without
without
without
without
without
without
without
without
without
without
without
Additional price
Standard version
Version with brake contact for 24 V DC/3 A
externally-fed brakes
Version with brake contact for 400 V AC/0.5 A
infeed for brake rectifier
Version with brake contact for DC-side switching
of the brakes with 500 V DC/0.2 A
0
1
without
x
3
x
4
x
Accessories for 24 V DC, M12 plugs
6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0
1)
M12 coupler plugs
For connecting actuators or sensors
5-pole
A
3RX8 000-0CD55
1
1 unit
574
0.026
M12 angular coupler plugs
For connecting actuators or sensors
5-pole
A
3RX8 000-0CE55
1
1 unit
574
0.027
M12 Y-shaped coupler plugs
For connecting two sensors with a
single cable 5-pole
A
6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0
1
1 unit
2F0
0.046
M12 sealing caps
For closing unused input or output sockets
}
3RX9 802-0AA00
100 10 units
121
0.100
x = additional price on request
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/64
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
AS-Interface Motor Starters and Soft Starters
IP65/67 Motor Starters and Load Feeders
Compact starters (400 V AC)
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 902-0CA00
3RK1 902-0CC00
3RK1 902-0AH00
Connector sets for energy supply, 9-pole
Comprising
1 connector enclosure with Pg16 gland
Female insert, 9-pole
6 female contacts
• Suitable for cable 4 × 2.5 mm2, 6 × 2.5 mm2
• Suitable for cable 4 × 4 mm2/6 × 4 mm2
B
B
3RK1 902-0CA00
3RK1 902-0CB00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
0.057
0.055
Connector sets for power loop-through
connection, 9-pole
Comprising
1 connector enclosure with Pg16 gland
1 pin insert, 9-pole
6 male contacts
• Suitable for cable 4 × 2.5 mm2/6 × 2.5 mm2
• Suitable for cable 4 × 4 mm2/6 × 4 mm2
B
B
3RK1 902-0CC00
3RK1 902-0CD00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
0.059
0.055
B
3RK1 902-0CE00
1
1 unit
121
0.064
Sealing caps
For 9-pole power socket (-X3)
• One set contains one unit
• One set contains ten units
B
B
3RK1 902-0CK00
3RK1 902-0CJ00
1
1 unit
1 10 units
121
121
0.012
0.093
Power supply cables
9-pole
• 6 × 4 mm2, 0.12 m long
• 4 × 4 mm2, 0.12 m long
B
B
3RK1 902-0CH00
3RK1 902-0CG00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
0.206
0.165
Motor connection cables, 4 x 1.5 mm2
With power connector, 9-pole
• Length: 3 m
• Length: 5 m
• Length: 10 m
B
B
B
3RK1 902-0CM00
3RK1 902-0CP00
3RK1 902-0CQ00
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
0.432
0.620
1.278
Motor connection cables, 6 x 1.5 mm2
With power connector, 9-pole
• Length: 3 m
• Length: 5 m
• Length: 10 m
B
B
B
3RK1 902-0CN00
3RK1 902-0CR00
3RK1 902-0CS00
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
0.696
1.110
1.840
B
3RK1 902-0AH00
1
1 unit
121
0.576
B
3RK1 902-0CT00
1
1 unit
121
0.644
B
3RK1 902-0AJ00
1
1 unit
121
0.047
Connector sets for motor connections,
1.5 mm2, 9-pole
Comprising
1 connector enclosure with Pg16 gland
1 pin insert, 9-pole
8 male contacts 1.5 mm2
Crimping tools
• For male and female contacts
1.5 ... 2.5 mm2
• For male and female contacts
1.5 ... 4 mm2
Dismantling tools
For disassembling male and female contacts in
9-pole inserts
Miscellaneous accessories
Manuals for AS-Interface compact starters
German, English
A
3RK1 702-2GB10-2AA0
1
1 unit
192
0.439
B
3RK1 902-0AP00
1
1 unit
121
0.119
Sealing sets for mounting plates
B
For sealing the enclosure at the end of a spur line
3RK1 902-0AR00
100
5 units
121
0.100
B
3RK1 902-0AM00
1
1 unit
121
0.217
Mounting plates for compact starters
For accommodating the shaped cable for
AS-Interface line and auxiliary supply
Hand-held devices for start-up
With 0.5 m connecting cable and plug
3RK1 902-0AP00
3RK1 902-0AM00
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/65
6
Accessories for AS-Interface compact starters (Han Q 8/0)
© Siemens AG 2008
AS-Interface Motor Starters and Soft Starters
IP65/67 Motor Starters and Load Feeders
Motor starters (24 V DC)
■ Overview
Quick-stop function
All AS-Interface 24 V DC motor starters feature a quick-stop
function which can be switched on and off as required using a
switch integrated into the module. The quick-stop function allows a connected motor to be disconnected immediately using
an applied sensor signal (High). The switch for the quick-stop
function is located alongside the input sockets and is protected
by an M12 sealing cap.
Brake
The double direct-on-line starter and the single reversing starter
versions feature an integrated permanently set brake function,
i.e. as soon as the output signal is set to "0", the motor is braked.
Start-up using integrated buttons
Buttons integrated into the module (below the output sockets)
can be used to set the motor used. The buttons are protected by
an M12 sealing cap.
Connection of a drive roller with integrated DC motor to an AS-Interface
24 V DC motor starter
With the K60 AS-Interface 24 V DC motor starters for the low-end
performance range up to 70 W, it is now possible to connect 24 V DC
motors and the associated sensors directly to the AS-Interface
quickly and easily.
6
Three different versions are available:
• Single direct-on-line starters (without brake and reversible
quick-stop function)
• Double direct-on-line starters (with brake and reversible
quick-stop function)
• Reversing starters (with brake and reversible quick-stop
function)
DC motors are connected to the module using M12 plug-in
connections. The sensors and the module electronics can be
supplied from the yellow AS-Interface cable. An auxiliary voltage
(24 V DC) is only required for supplying the outputs, which can
be provided via the black AS-Interface cable.
6/66
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
Note:
Concerning double and reversing starters: If an input with the
quick-stop function receives a "High" signal, the corresponding
output (e.g. quick-stop input 1 –> output 1) is switched off within
the device (the motor is braked). The manual key function (Key
1/2) for local operation is only permitted to be used during "CPU
Stop" in the higher-level PLC.
Note:
Concerning single direct-on-line starters: If an input with the
quick-stop function receives a "High" signal, the corresponding
output (e.g. quick-stop input 1 –> output 1) is switched off within
the device (the motor runs down without being braked). The
manual key function (Key 1) for local operation is only
permitted to be used during "CPU Stop" in the higher-level PLC.
© Siemens AG 2008
AS-Interface Motor Starters and Soft Starters
IP65/67 Motor Starters and Load Feeders
Motor starters (24 V DC)
Applications
S in g le d ir e c t s ta r te r w ith o u t b r a k e
( w ith a d ju s ta b le q u ic k - s to p fu n c tio n )
D o u b le d ir e c t s ta r te r w ith b r a k e
( w ith a d ju s ta b le q u ic k - s to p fu n c tio n )
S in g le r e v e r s in g s ta r te r w ith b r a k e
( w ith a d ju s ta b le q u ic k - s to p fu n c tio n )
1 s t p o s s ib ility : C o n n e c tio n to a m a x im u m o f fo u r
s e n s o r s w ith o u t p o llu tio n in d ic a tio n
1 s t p o s s ib ility : C o n n e c tio n to a m a x im u m o f fo u r
s e n s o r s w ith o u t p o llu tio n in d ic a tio n
1 s t p o s s ib ility : C o n n e c tio n to a m a x im u m o f fo u r
s e n s o r s w ith o u t p o llu tio n in d ic a tio n
S e
S e
S e
S e
4
2
In p u t 1
o ff
o n
n s
n s
n s
n s
o r
o r
o r
o r
s ig
s ig
s ig
s ig
n a
n a
n a
n a
S e n s o r 1
l
l
Q u ic k - s to p f o r
o u tp u t
o n /o ff
4
In p u t 2
2
B ra k e
( w ith c o a s tin g )
O u tp u t
B u tto n
(m a n u a l
o p e r a tio n )
S e n s o r 2
S e n s o r 3
4
2
In p u t 1
4
In p u t 2
o ff
o n
s o
tio
s o
tio
r s
n
r s
n
ig n
s ig
ig n
s ig
2
4
o ff
o n
In p u t 2
O u tp u t 1
M o to r
a l
n a l
a l
n a l
n s
n s
n s
n s
o r
o r
o r
o r
s ig
s ig
s ig
s ig
n a
n a
n a
n a
l
l
S e n s o r 1
l
S e n s o r 2
Q u ic k - s t o p fo r
o u tp u t 1 o n /o ff
Q u ic k - s t o p f o r
o u tp u t 2 o n /o ff
S h o r t - c ir c u it b r a k e
O u tp u t 2
In p u t 1
S e n s o r 4
In p u t 2
s o
tio
s o
tio
r s ig
n s ig
r s ig
n s ig
n a
n a
n a
n a
2
4
M o to r 1
Q u ic k - s t o p f o r
o u tp u t
o n /o ff
S e n s o r 2
B ra k e
( w ith c o a s tin g )
4
In p u t 1
2
4
In p u t 2
2
P lu g b r a k e
O u tp u t 1
M o to r
B u tto n
(m a n u a l
o p e r a tio n )
A d d re s s
B u tto n 1
(m a n u a l
o p e r a tio n )
o ff
o n
B
(m
fo
A
S
P o
S
P o
S e n s o r 1
l
S e n s o r 2
In p u t 1
2
4
o ff
o n
M o to r 1
A d d re s s
S e n s o r 2
S e n s o r 3
S e n s o r 4
M o to r
C lo c k w is e r o ta t io n
C o u n te r - c lo c k w is e
r o ta t io n
u tto n
a n u
r c lo
d d re
2
a l o p e r a t io n
c k w is e r o ta tio n )
s s
O u tp u t
e n
llu
e n
llu
s o
tio
s o
tio
r s ig
n s ig
r s ig
n s ig
n a
n a
n a
n a
l
l
l
S e n s o r 1
l
Q u ic k - s to p fo r
o u tp u t 1 o n /o ff
o ff
o n
S e n s o r 2
Q u ic k - s to p fo r
o u tp u t 1 o n /o ff
2
M o to r 2
B u tto n 2
( m a n u a l o p e r a tio n )
4
In p u t 2
Q u ic k - s t o p f o r
o u tp u t 2 o n /o ff
O u tp u t 2
S e n s o r 1
2 n d p o s s ib ility : C o n n e c tio n to a m a x im u m o f tw o
s e n s o r s w ith p o llu tio n in d ic a tio n
l
Q u ic k - s t o p f o r
o u tp u t 1 o n /o ff
n a l
n a l
n a l
n a l
Q u ic k - s to p fo r
o u tp u t 1 o n /o ff
B u tto n 1
(m a n u a l
o p e r a t io n fo r
c lo c k w is e
r o ta tio n )
l
l
s ig
s ig
s ig
s ig
P lu g b r a k e
O u tp u t
M o to r 2
s o r
s o r
s o r
s o r
Q u ic k - s to p fo r
o u tp u t 1 o n /o ff
o ff
o n
o ff
o n
o ff
o n
2
2 n d p o s s ib ility : C o n n e c tio n to a m a x im u m o f tw o
s e n s o r s w ith p o llu tio n in d ic a tio n
S e n
P o llu
S e n
P o llu
4
S e n s o r 3
A d d re s s
S e n s o r 1
S e n
S e n
S e n
S e n
l
B u tto n 2
( m a n u a l o p e r a tio n )
B u tto n 1
(m a n u a l
o p e r a tio n )
2
O u tp u t
4
o ff
o n
2
2 n d p o s s ib ility : C o n n e c tio n to a m a x im u m o f tw o
s e n s o r s w ith p o llu tio n in d ic a tio n
e n
llu
e n
llu
In p u t 1
S e n s o r 4
A d d re s s
S
P o
S
P o
S e
S e
S e
S e
l
l
P lu g b r a k e
M o to r
C lo c k w is e r o ta t io n
B u tto n 1
(m a n u a l
o p e r a t io n fo r
c lo c k w is e
r o ta tio n )
C o u n te r - c lo c k w is e
B u tto n 2
( m a n u a l o p e r a t io n r o ta t io n
fo r c lo c k w is e r o ta tio n )
A d d re s s
N S A 0 _ 0 0 3 4 8 a
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Single direct-on-line starters1)
4 inputs
1 output
Quick-stop function
C
3RK1 400-1NQ01-0AA4
1
1 unit
121
0.205
Double direct-on-line starters1)
4 inputs
2 outputs
Quick-stop function
B
3RK1 400-1MQ01-0AA4
1
1 unit
121
0.208
Single reversing starters1)
4 inputs
1 output
Quick-stop function
C
3RK1 400-1MQ03-0AA4
1
1 unit
121
0.218
kg
3RK1 400-1MQ01-0AA4
1)
Modules supplied without mounting plate.
Accessories
K60 mounting plates
Suitable for all K60 compact modules
• Wall mounting
}
3RK1 901-0CA00
1
1 unit
121
0.065
• Standard rail mounting
}
3RK1 901-0CB01
1
1 unit
121
0.095
AS-Interface sealing caps M12
For free M12 sockets
}
3RK1 901-1KA00
100
10 units
121
0.100
AS-Interface sealing caps M12,
tamper-proof
For free M12 sockets
A
3RK1 901-1KA01
100
10 units
121
0.100
Sealing sets
B
3RK1 902-0AR00
100
5 units
121
0.100
3RK1 901-0CA00
3RK1 901-1KA00
3RK1 901-1KA01
• For K60 mounting plate and standard distributor
3RK1 902-0AR00
• Cannot be used for K45 mounting plate
• Set contains one straight and one shaped seal
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/67
6
■ Selection and ordering data
© Siemens AG 2008
AS-Interface Motor Starters and Soft Starters
IP20 Motor Starters and Load Feeders
AS-Interface load feeder modules
■ Overview
As the outputs already have overvoltage protection integrated,
no additional measures for the contactors are required.
The outputs are supplied with separate auxiliary voltage – a
selectively configured EMERGENCY-STOP concept is possible
therefore. The inputs are supplied from the AS-Interface data
line. Inputs and outputs have to be wired using integrated,
spring-loaded terminals, each connected to a common potential.
3RA5 fuseless load feeder with connection to AS-Interface
6
The AS-Interface load feeder module adds an input/output module
to the conventional busbar and standard mounting rail adapters.
With this module the control circuit of a load feeder is available
completely factory-wired. The series has been optimized for
operation in conjunction with the SIRIUS load feeders size S00
and S0. Connection to the higher-level automation system is
made through the AS-Interface interface of the load feeder module.
A non-shielded standard litz wire can be used as data line and
for the auxiliary current supply. Connection to the AS-Interface
load feeder module is made using two connectors with the insulation
displacement connection.
Four different AS-Interface load feeder modules are available:
Differences exist in the number of inputs and outputs and in the
type of outputs. The units with solid-stated outputs are designed
for 24 V DC, those with relay outputs are suitable for voltages of
max. 230 V AC. Direct-on-line and reversing starters as well as
double direct-on-line starters and starter combinations can be
wired therefore for pole reversal. The inputs can be used to
separately scan the feedbacks from motor starter protectors and
contactors. The outputs can be used for direct control of the contactor coils.
6/68
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
The 3RA5 fuseless load feeder, comprising the AS-Interface
load feeder module, motor starter protector, contactor and all
necessary connectors (AS-Interface, auxiliary power and 5-pole
power connector), is delivered completely assembled, factorywired and tested. The user can thus save valuable time when
mounting, wiring and servicing. Direct-on-line starters as well as
reversing starters are available with SIRIUS switchgear size S00
up to 10 A and size S0 – on account of the power connector –
up to 16 A. The complete feeders are available with AS-Interface
load feeder modules with solid-state outputs for 24 V DC auxiliary
voltage.
Load feeders with this type of configuration are used to control
standard induction motors for example. The load feeders can be
installed in central control cabinets as well as in local control boxes.
They are particularly suitable for highly automated machines and
plants that place high demands on availability.
© Siemens AG 2008
AS-Interface Motor Starters and Soft Starters
IP20 Motor Starters and Load Feeders
AS-Interface load feeder modules
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
AS-Interface load feeder modules
For standard rail mounting,
for contactors size S00 and S0,
for mounting onto 40 mm or 60 mm busbar systems
and SIRIUS standard mounting rail adapters the
matching support is required (see Accessories)
The AS-Interface connectors for the data and
auxiliary supply cable (yellow and black) must
be ordered separately (see Accessories).
Type
3RK1 400-1KG01-0AA1 • 2 inputs / 1 output
3RK1 400-1MG01-0AA1 • 4 inputs / 2 outputs
Supply in V
24 DC1)
A
A
3RK1 400-1KG01-0AA1
3RK1 400-1MG01-0AA1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
0.097
0.100
120/230 AC2)
A
B
3RK1 402-3KG02-0AA1
3RK1 402-3LG02-0AA1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
0.124
0.143
}
A
3RK1 701-2GB00-0AA0
3RK1 701-2HB00-0AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
192
192
0.197
0.196
B
B
3RK1 901-3AA00
3RK1 901-3BA00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
0.073
0.082
B
B
3RK1 901-3CA00
3RK1 901-3DA00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
0.069
0.080
B
B
3RK1 901-3EA00
3RK1 901-3FA00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
0.064
0.073
B
3RK1 901-3GA00
1
1 unit
121
0.048
C
3RK1 901-0EA00
1
5 units
121
0.111
• Yellow
C
3RK1 901-0NA00
1
5 units
121
0.015
• Black
C
3RK1 901-0PA00
1
5 units
121
0.015
• 2 inputs / 1 relay output
• 3 inputs / 2 relay outputs
Accessories3)
Manuals for AS-Interface load feeder modules
• German, English
• Italian, French
Supports for AS-Interface load feeder modules
• With PE and N conductor connection,
for mounting on busbar adapter with 40 mm
center-to-center clearance.
3RK1 901-0EA00 power connector set is required
- 45 mm width
- 54 mm width
Supports with mounted
power connector coupling
• With PE and N conductor connection,
for mounting on busbar adapter with 60 mm
center-to-center clearance.
3RK1 901-0EA00 power connector set is required
- 45 mm width
- 54 mm width
- 45 mm width
- 54 mm width
6
• Without PE and N conductor connection,
for mounting on busbar adapter with 40 mm or
60 mm center-to-center clearance
• For mounting onto 3RA19 22-1A
SIRIUS standard mounting rail adapter
- 45 mm width
Power connector sets
5-pole, 2.5 mm2
(1 set includes 1 plug and 1 coupling)
3RK1 901-0EA00
AS-Interface connectors for data and
auxiliary supply cables
With insulation displacement terminals for
2 x (0.5 to 0.75 mm2) standard litz wire
3RK1 901-0NA00
3RK1 901-0PA00
1)
Without connectors for data and auxiliary power (yellow and black).
2)
With one connector each for data and auxiliary power (yellow and red).
3)
For busbar accessories, see Catalog LV 1, "SIVACON Power Distribution
Boards, Busway and Cubicle Systems".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/69
© Siemens AG 2008
AS-Interface Motor Starters and Soft Starters
IP20 Motor Starters and Load Feeders
Direct-on-line starters for busbar systems
■ Overview
■ Application
The 3RA5 load feeders control central loads both in local switchboxes and also in control cabinets. They are used in highly
automated installations that place high demands on availability.
■ More information
Types of coordination
The response of the device to short-circuits is described by the type
of coordination according to EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102),
IEC 60947-4-1.
The 3RA5 fuseless load feeders with AS-Interface achieve the
type of coordination "1" at Iq = 50 kA. This ensures that short-circuits of 50 kA will be deactivated without posing a hazard to persons and systems. The contactor may be damaged at such high
short-circuit currents.
6
The 3RA5 fuseless load feeders with AS-Interface offer the
possibility of linking motor starters swiftly and at low cost to
higher-level automation systems. The integrated 3RV1 motor
starter protector for motor protection protects the motor against
overloads and provides short-circuit protection for the cables.
The 3RT1 contactor is used for operational switching.
The switching state is triggered and signaled using the 3RK1 4
load feeder module on the AS-Interface.
• For direct start, a load can be switched on and off with the load
feeder.
6/70
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
AS-Interface Motor Starters and Soft Starters
IP20 Motor Starters and Load Feeders
Direct-on-line starters for busbar systems
■ Selection and ordering data
• For 5- or 4-pole busbar systems, can also be used for 3-pole
busbar systems
• Auxiliary power supply 24 V DC
• Energy and communication connectors included in the
scope of supply
Size
Standard
induction motor
4-pole at
400 V AC1)
Direct start
Setting range for DT
thermal overload
release
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Fuseless load feeders
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Standard Motor
output current
(guide
value)
P
I
kW
A
Order No.
kg
Type of coordination "1"2)
3RA51 10
(with 3RK1 400-1KG01-0AA1,
2I/1O, 24 V DC)
For 40 mm busbar system, 5-pole
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
C
C
C
3RA51 10-0BC15-0BB4
3RA51 10-0CC15-0BB4
3RA51 10-0DC15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.320
0.810
1.395
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
C
C
C
3RA51 10-0EC15-0BB4
3RA51 10-0FC15-0BB4
3RA51 10-0GC15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.360
0.810
1.330
0.25
0.25
0.37
0.8
0.8
1.1
0.55 ... 0.8
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
C
C
C
3RA51 10-0HC15-0BB4
3RA51 10-0JC15-0BB4
3RA51 10-0KC15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.440
0.810
1.395
0.55
0.75
0.75
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
1.8 ... 2.5
C
C
C
3RA51 10-1AC15-0BB4
3RA51 10-1BC15-0BB4
3RA51 10-1CC15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.381
1.355
1.450
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.7
3.6
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
C
C
C
3RA51 10-1DC15-0BB4
3RA51 10-1EC15-0BB4
3RA51 10-1FC15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.393
1.410
1.400
2.2
3
4
5.5
5.2
6.8
9
11.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12
C
C
C
C
3RA51 10-1GC15-0BB4
3RA51 10-1HC15-0BB4
3RA51 10-1JC16-0BB4
3RA51 10-1KC17-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.372
1.443
1.380
1.410
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
C
C
C
3RA51 10-0BD15-0BB4
3RA51 10-0CD15-0BB4
3RA51 10-0DD15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.450
1.340
0.810
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
C
C
C
3RA51 10-0ED15-0BB4
3RA51 10-0FD15-0BB4
3RA51 10-0GD15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.360
1.360
1.490
0.25
0.25
0.37
0.8
0.8
1.1
0.55 ... 0.8
0.7 ... 1
0.9 ... 1.25
C
C
C
3RA51 10-0HD15-0BB4
3RA51 10-0JD15-0BB4
3RA51 10-0KD15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.490
1.403
1.530
0.55
0.75
0.75
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2
1.8 ... 2.5
C
C
C
3RA51 10-1AD15-0BB4
3RA51 10-1BD15-0BB4
3RA51 10-1CD15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.515
1.480
1.480
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.7
3.6
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4
3.5 ... 5
C
C
C
3RA51 10-1DD15-0BB4
3RA51 10-1ED15-0BB4
3RA51 10-1FD15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.520
1.560
1.540
2.2
3
4
5.5
5.2
6.8
9
11.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
9 ... 12
C
C
C
C
3RA51 10-1GD15-0BB4
3RA51 10-1HD15-0BB4
3RA51 10-1JD16-0BB4
3RA51 10-1KD17-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.540
1.550
1.465
1.540
7.5
15.5
11 ... 16
C
3RA51 20-4AD25-0BB4
1
1 unit
101
1.940
Type of coordination "1"2)
S00
3RA51 20
(with 3RK1 400-1KG01-0AA1,
2I/1O, 24 V DC)
S0
For 60 mm busbar system, 4-pole
1)
Selection depends on the concrete startup and
rated data of the protected motor.
2)
At Iq = 50 kA at 400 V.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/71
6
S00
Price
per PU
A
© Siemens AG 2008
AS-Interface Motor Starters and Soft Starters
IP20 Motor Starters and Load Feeders
Reversing starters for busbar systems
■ Overview
■ Application
The 3RA5 load feeders control central loads both in local switchboxes and also in control cabinets. They are used in highly
automated installations that place high demands on availability.
■ More information
Types of coordination
The response of the device to short-circuits is described by the type
of coordination according to EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102),
IEC 60947-4-1.
The 3RA5 fuseless load feeders with AS-Interface achieve the type
of coordination "1" at Iq = 50 kA. This ensures that short-circuits of
50 kA will be deactivated without posing a hazard to persons
and systems. The contactor may be damaged at such high
short-circuit currents.
6
The 3RA5 fuseless load feeders with AS-Interface offer the
possibility of linking motor starters swiftly and at low cost to
higher-level automation systems. The integrated 3RV1 motor starter
protector for motor protection protects the motor against overloads and provides short-circuit protection for the cables. The
3RT1 contactor is used for operational switching. The switching
state is triggered and signaled using the 3RK1 4 load feeder
module on the AS-Interface.
• The feeder for reversing duty is designed for two directions of
rotation of induction motors. On these units, there is no electrical
interlock between the two contactors. Exception: Size S00
features a mechanical interlock.
6/72
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
AS-Interface Motor Starters and Soft Starters
IP20 Motor Starters and Load Feeders
Reversing starters for busbar systems
■ Selection and ordering data
• For 5- or 4-pole busbar systems, can also be used for 3-pole
busbar systems
• Auxiliary power supply 24 V DC
• Energy and communication connectors included in the
scope of supply.
Size
Standard
induction motor
4-pole at
400 V AC1)
N S S 0 _ 0 0 5 0 9
Reversing duty
Setting range for DT
thermal overload
release
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Fuseless load feeders
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Standard Motor
output current
(guide
value)
P
I
kW
A
Order No.
A
kg
Type of coordination "1"2)
3RA52 10
(with 3RK1 400-1MG01-0AA1,
4I/2O, 24 V DC)
For 40 mm busbar systems, 5-pole
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
C
C
C
3RA52 10-0BC15-0BB4
3RA52 10-0CC15-0BB4
3RA52 10-0DC15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.750
0.810
0.810
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
C
C
C
3RA52 10-0EC15-0BB4
3RA52 10-0FC15-0BB4
3RA52 10-0GC15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.810
1.700
1.742
0.25
0.25
0.37
0.8
0.8
1.1
0.55 ... 0.8
0.7 ... 1.0
0.9 ... 1.25
C
C
C
3RA52 10-0HC15-0BB4
3RA52 10-0JC15-0BB4
3RA52 10-0KC15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.810
0.810
1.790
0.55
0.75
0.75
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2.0
1.8 ... 2.5
C
C
C
3RA52 10-1AC15-0BB4
3RA52 10-1BC15-0BB4
3RA52 10-1CC15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.910
1.820
1.759
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.7
3.6
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4.0
3.5 ... 5.0
C
C
C
3RA52 10-1DC15-0BB4
3RA52 10-1EC15-0BB4
3RA52 10-1FC15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.835
1.760
1.777
2.2
3
4
5.5
5.2
6.8
9
11.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8.0
7.0 ... 10
9.0 ... 12
C
C
C
C
3RA52 10-1GC15-0BB4
3RA52 10-1HC15-0BB4
3RA52 10-1JC16-0BB4
3RA52 10-1KC17-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.835
1.761
1.765
0.810
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.14 ... 0.2
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
C
C
C
3RA52 10-0BD15-0BB4
3RA52 10-0CD15-0BB4
3RA52 10-0DD15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.810
1.830
0.810
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.28 ... 0.4
0.35 ... 0.5
0.45 ... 0.63
C
C
C
3RA52 10-0ED15-0BB4
3RA52 10-0FD15-0BB4
3RA52 10-0GD15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.753
1.758
1.869
0.25
0.25
0.37
0.8
0.8
1.1
0.55 ... 0.8
0.7 ... 1.0
0.9 ... 1.25
C
C
C
3RA52 10-0HD15-0BB4
3RA52 10-0JD15-0BB4
3RA52 10-0KD15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.765
0.810
1.818
0.55
0.75
0.75
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2.0
1.8 ... 2.5
C
C
C
3RA52 10-1AD15-0BB4
3RA52 10-1BD15-0BB4
3RA52 10-1CD15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.935
1.935
1.940
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.7
3.6
3.6
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4.0
3.5 ... 5.0
C
C
C
3RA52 10-1DD15-0BB4
3RA52 10-1ED15-0BB4
3RA52 10-1FD15-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.950
1.850
1.870
2.2
3
4
5.5
5.2
6.8
9
11.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8.0
7.0 ... 10
9.0 ... 12
C
C
C
C
3RA52 10-1GD15-0BB4
3RA52 10-1HD15-0BB4
3RA52 10-1JD16-0BB4
3RA52 10-1KD17-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
1.930
1.830
1.949
1.850
7.5
15.5
11 ... 16
C
3RA52 20-4AD25-0BB4
1
1 unit
101
2.564
Type of coordination "1"2)
S00
3RA52 10
(with 3RK1 400-1MG01-0AA1,
4I/2O, 24 V DC)
S0
For 60 mm busbar systems, 4-pole
1)
Selection depends on the concrete startup and
rated data of the protected motor.
2)
At Iq = 50 kA at 400 V.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/73
6
S00
Price
per PU
© Siemens AG 2008
AS-Interface Motor Starters and Soft Starters
IP20 Motor Starters and Load Feeders
Reversing starters for busbar systems
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Manuals for AS-Interface load feeder modules
• German, English
• Italian, French
3RK1 701-2GB00-0AA0
3RK1 701-2HB00-0AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
192
192
0.197
0.196
• With PE and N conductor connection,
for mounting on busbar adapter with 40 mm rail
center-to-center clearance
3RK1 901-0EA00 power connector set is required
- 45 mm width
B
- 54 mm width
B
3RK1 901-3AA00
3RK1 901-3BA00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
0.073
0.082
• With PE and N conductor connection,
for mounting on busbar adapter with 60 mm
center-to-center clearance
Holder with mounted
3RK1 901-0EA00 power connector set is required
3RK1 901-3.A00 power
- 45 mm width
B
connector coupling
- 54 mm width
B
3RK1 901-3CA00
3RK1 901-3DA00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
0.069
0.080
B
B
3RK1 901-3EA00
3RK1 901-3FA00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
0.064
0.073
• For mounting onto 3RA19 22-1A SIRIUS
standard mounting rail adapter
- 45 mm width
B
3RK1 901-3GA00
1
1 unit
121
0.048
Power connector sets
5-pole, 2.5 mm2
(1 set includes 1 plug and 1 coupling)
C
3RK1 901-0EA00
1
5 units
121
0.111
C
C
3RK1 901-0NA00
3RK1 901-0PA00
1
1
5 units
5 units
121
121
0.015
0.015
}
A
Supports for AS-Interface load feeder modules
• With PE and N conductor connection,
for mounting on busbar adapter with 40 mm or
60 mm center-to-center clearance
- 45 mm width
- 54 mm width
3RK1 901-0EA00
6
3RK1 901-0NA00
3RK1 901-0PA00
AS-Interface connectors for data and
auxiliary supply cables
With insulation displacement terminals for
2 x (0.5 ... 0.75 mm2)
Standard litz wires
• Yellow
• Black
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/74
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
ET 200S motor starters
■ Overview
6
Motor starters, Standard, DS1-x direct-on-line starter
• Completely factory-wired motor starters for switching and
protecting any three-phase loads
• Can be used as a direct-on-line, reversing or soft starter
• Standard motor starter with motor starter protector and
contactor assembly up to 5.5 kW
• High-feature motor starter with a combination comprising a
starter circuit breaker, solid-state overload protection and contactor or soft starter up to 7.5 kW
• With self-assembling 40/50 A power bus, i.e. the load voltage
is only supplied once for a group of motor starters
• Hot swapping is permissible
• Inputs and outputs for activating and signaling the statistics
have been integrated
• Diagnostics capability for active monitoring of the switching
and protection functions
• Can be combined with expansion modules: Brake control module
for controlling electromechanical brakes in induction motors
and with two optional inputs for special functions (for quick
stop with the Standard motor starter and for parameterizable
special functions with the High-Feature motor starter)
• For combining with safety technology (see ET 200S Solutions
Local/PROFIsafe Safety Motor Starters, page 6/103 onwards)
for use in safety-related system components (EN 954-1).
Motor starters, High-Feature, DS1e-x direct-on-line starter
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/75
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
ET 200S motor starters
DS1-x standard directon-line starter
IM 151
Solid-state modules
interface module
PM-E
power
module
PM-D
power
module
DSS1e-x HF high feature
soft starter
xB4 brake control
module
DS1e-x HF high
feature direct-online starter
DS1e-x HF high
feature direct-online starter
NSA0_00459
TM-P15 terminal module
for PM-D
Terminal module for standard
direct-on-line starter with infeed
TM-DS45-S32
PE/N M45-PEN-S
terminal block
M65-PEN-F
infeed module
M65-PEN-S
connection module
6
PE/N M45-PEN-F
terminal block
Terminal module for standard
direct-on-line starter without
infeed
TM-DS45-S31
Terminal module for high feature
direct-on-line starter/soft starter
without infeed
TM-DS65-S31
Terminal module for high feature Terminal module for
direct-on-line starter/soft starter TM-xB215-S24-01 brake
control module
with infeed
TM-DS65-S32
Interplay of ET 200S motor starter components
■ Application
With the ET 200S motor starters, any three-phase loads can be
protected and switched. The communications interface makes
them ideal for operation in distributed control cabinets or control
enclosures.
As the motor starters are completely factory-wired, power control
cabinets can be assembled far more quickly and compactly.
Configuration is made easier by the fine modular structure.
When using the ET 200S motor starters, the list of parts per load
feeder is reduced to two main items: The passive terminal module
and the motor starter. This makes the ET 200S ideal for modular
machine concepts as well.
Expansions are easily possible through the subsequent adding
of terminal modules. With their modular terminal design (10 mm²)
the latter also do away with the distribution wiring otherwise
required. Through the permanent wiring and the hot swapping
function (disconnection and connection during operation) a
motor starter can be replaced within seconds if necessary. The
motor starters are therefore recommendable in particular for
applications with special demands on availability.
6/76
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
The possibility of expanding the motor starters with brake control
modules xB1-xB4 means that motors with 24 V DC brakes
(xB1, xB3) as well as motors with 500 V DC brakes (xB2, xB4)
can be controlled. The 24 V DC brakes have an external supply
and can be vented independently of the switching state of the
motor starter. By contrast the 500 V DC brakes mostly have
a direct supply from the terminal board of the motor through a
rectifier module and therefore cannot be vented when the motor
starter is switched off. These brakes cannot be used in combination
with the DSS1e-x motor starter (soft starter).
The outputs of the brake control modules can be used alternatively
for other purposes, e.g. for controlling DC valves. With two locally
acting inputs optionally available on the brake control modules
(xB3, xB4) and another two on the control module of the HighFeature motor starter it is possible to realize autonomous special
functions which work independently of the bus and the higher-level
control system, e.g. as a quick stop on gate valve controls. In
parallel with this, the states of these inputs are signaled to the
control system.
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
ET 200S motor starters
Accessories
Following accessories are available:
DM-V15 distance module
The distance module is available for applications with high motor
currents or high ambient temperatures involving motor starters,
standard. It can be used to the right and left of a DS1-x direct-online starter or to the right of an xB1-4 brake module in order to improve heat removal to the side. The distance module is a completely passive module and does not need to be taken into account with regard to the control system during configuration.
Details of the distance module can be found in the manual "SIMATIC ET 200S". If you have any queries concerning the use of the
distance module, contact Technical Support for Siemens LowVoltage Controls (fax: +49(0)911/895-5907).
PE/N bridge module
PE/N bridge modules are used to bridge gaps in the PE/N bus
which are caused, for example, by using brake control modules,
PM-D(F) power modules or PM-X connection modules. If a
bridge module is used, the supply must not be fed in a new.
They are available in widths of 15 and 30 mm.
L1/L2/L3 bridge module
The L1/L2/L3 bridge modules are used to bridge gaps in the
power bus (see above). They are available in widths of 15 and
30 mm.
6
As the result of the selective protection concept with solid-state
overload evaluation and the use of SIRIUS switchgear size S0,
additional advantages are realized on the High-Feature motor
starters – advantages which soon make themselves positively
felt particularly in manufacturing processes with high plant
stoppage costs:
• Only two variants up to 7.5 kW
• All settings can be parameterized by bus
• Separate overload and short-circuit signals
• Overload can be acknowledged by remote reset
• Current unbalance monitoring
• Stall protection
• Emergency start function in the event of overload
• Current value transmission by bus
• Current limit monitoring
• Class 10 or 20 can be parameterized
• Type of coordination "2" (still functional after short-circuit with
magnitude of 50 kA)
• Very high contact endurance
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/77
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
ET 200S motor starters
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Standard motor startes,
with diagnostics, electromechanical, fuseless,
expandable with brake control module
DS1-x direct-on-line starters
DS1-x
Motor rating of
induction motor
4-pole at 400 V AC,
standard output P
Setting range of the
electronic trip unit
kW
A
< 0.06
0.06
0.09
0.14 ... 0.20
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
A
A
A
3RK1 301-0BB00-0AA2
3RK1 301-0CB00-0AA2
3RK1 301-0DB00-0AA2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
0.922
0.923
0.919
0.10
0.12
0.18
0.28 ... 0.40
0.35 ... 0.50
0.45 ... 0.63
A
A
A
3RK1 301-0EB00-0AA2
3RK1 301-0FB00-0AA2
3RK1 301-0GB00-0AA2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
0.925
0.929
0.922
0.21
0.25
0.37
0.55 ... 0.80
0.70 ... 1.00
0.90 ... 1.25
A
A
A
3RK1 301-0HB00-0AA2
3RK1 301-0JB00-0AA2
3RK1 301-0KB00-0AA2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
0.928
0.923
0.971
0.55
0.75
0.90
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2.0
1.8 ... 2.5
A
A
A
3RK1 301-1AB00-0AA2
3RK1 301-1BB00-0AA2
3RK1 301-1CB00-0AA2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
0.970
0.968
0.972
1.1
1.5
1.9
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4.0
3.5 ... 5.0
A
A
A
3RK1 301-1DB00-0AA2
3RK1 301-1EB00-0AA2
3RK1 301-1FB00-0AA2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
0.976
0.974
0.973
2.2
3.0
4.0
5.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8.0
7 ... 10
9 ... 12
A
A
A
A
3RK1 301-1GB00-0AA2
3RK1 301-1HB00-0AA2
3RK1 301-1JB00-0AA2
3RK1 301-1KB00-0AA2
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
121
0.989
0.969
0.971
0.966
6
RS1-x reversing starters
RS1-x
kW
A
< 0.06
0.06
0.09
0.14 ... 0.20
0.18 ... 0.25
0.22 ... 0.32
B
B
B
3RK1 301-0BB00-1AA2
3RK1 301-0CB00-1AA2
3RK1 301-0DB00-1AA2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
1.342
1.360
1.365
0.10
0.12
0.18
0.28 ... 0.40
0.35 ... 0.50
0.45 ... 0.63
B
A
A
3RK1 301-0EB00-1AA2
3RK1 301-0FB00-1AA2
3RK1 301-0GB00-1AA2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
1.320
1.326
1.318
0.21
0.25
0.37
0.55 ... 0.80
0.70 ... 1.00
0.90 ... 1.25
A
A
A
3RK1 301-0HB00-1AA2
3RK1 301-0JB00-1AA2
3RK1 301-0KB00-1AA2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
1.341
1.336
1.390
0.55
0.75
0.90
1.1 ... 1.6
1.4 ... 2.0
1.8 ... 2.5
A
A
A
3RK1 301-1AB00-1AA2
3RK1 301-1BB00-1AA2
3RK1 301-1CB00-1AA2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
1.390
1.388
1.370
1.1
1.5
1.9
2.2 ... 3.2
2.8 ... 4.0
3.5 ... 5.0
A
A
A
3RK1 301-1DB00-1AA2
3RK1 301-1EB00-1AA2
3RK1 301-1FB00-1AA2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
1.372
1.384
1.370
2.2
3.0
4.0
5.5
4.5 ... 6.3
5.5 ... 8.0
7 ... 10
9 ... 12
A
A
B
B
3RK1 301-1GB00-1AA2
3RK1 301-1HB00-1AA2
3RK1 301-1JB00-1AA2
3RK1 301-1KB00-1AA2
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
121
1.394
1.374
1.370
1.390
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/78
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
ET 200S motor starters
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
High-Feature motor starters,
with diagnostics, solid-state overload protection,
fuseless, expandable with brake control module
DS1e-x direct-on-line starters
With switch interface
Setting range of the electronic trip unit in A
0.3 ... 3
2.4 ... 8
2.4 ... 16
A
A
A
3RK1 301-0AB10-0AA4
3RK1 301-0BB10-0AA4
3RK1 301-0CB10-0AA4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
1.340
1.327
1.330
A
A
A
3RK1 301-0AB10-1AA4
3RK1 301-0BB10-1AA4
3RK1 301-0CB10-1AA4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
1.950
1.940
1.943
A
B
A
3RK1 301-0AB20-0AA4
3RK1 301-0BB20-0AA4
3RK1 301-0CB20-0AA4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
1.168
1.195
1.198
A
Control kits
For manually operating the contactor contacts
during start-up and servicing (one set contains
five control kits)
3RK1 903-0CA00
1
1 unit
121
0.015
Control units
For direct contactor control (manual control)
24 V DC
A
3RK1 903-0CG00
1
1 unit
121
0.038
DM-V15 distance modules
For DS1-x direct-on-line starters with
high temperatures or high current loading
15 mm wide
A
3RK1 903-0CD00
1
1 unit
121
0.128
Control modules 2DI 24 V DC COM
A
Digital input module with 2 inputs for local
motor starter functions for mounting onto the
front of motor starters
Operational voltage 24 V DC (supplied from U1),
short-circuit resistant, floating contact with
serial interface for connecting Switch ES
Connected using LOGO!-PC cable, max.
cable length (out and back) 50 m
3RK1 903-0CH20
1
1 unit
121
0.025
A
LOGO! PC cables
For connecting the High-Feature motor starter
with ES interface switch to a PC
6ED1 057-1AA00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
0.159
3RK1 922-3BA00
1
1 unit
121
0.130
RS1e-x reversing starters
Setting range of the electronic trip unit in A
DS1e-x
0.3 ... 3
2.4 ... 8
2.4 ... 16
DSS1e-x soft starters
Setting range of the electronic trip unit in A
0.3 ... 3
2.4 ... 8
2.4 ... 16
Accessories for motor starters, standard
6
3RK1 903-0CA00
3RK1 903-0CG00
3RK1 903-0CD00
Accessories for High-Feature motor starters
3RK1 903-0CH20
Hand-held devices
For ET 200S High-Feature motor starter,
(also for ET 200pro and ECOFAST),
for local operation.
A serial interface cable must be ordered
separately.
B
3RK1 922-3BA00
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/79
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
ET 200S motor starters
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Accessories for Standard / High-Feature motor starters and frequency converters
M15-PEN bridge modules
15 mm wide for bridging a 15 mm module
A
3RK1 903-0AH00
1
1 unit
121
0.019
M30-PEN bridge modules
30 mm wide for bridging a 30 mm module
A
3RK1 903-0AJ00
1
1 unit
121
0.032
M15-L123 bridge modules
15 mm wide for bridging a 15 mm module
A
3RK1 903-0AE00
1
1 unit
121
0.027
M30-L123 bridge modules
30 mm wide for bridging a 30 mm module
A
3RK1 903-0AF00
1
1 unit
121
0.046
• xB1 for motor starters and
frequency converters
24 V DC/ 4 A
A
3RK1 903-0CB00
1
1 unit
121
0.106
• xB2 for motor starters and
frequency converters
500 V DC/ 0.7 A
A
3RK1 903-0CC00
1
1 unit
121
0.109
• xB3 for motor starters
24 V DC / 4 A / 2 DI 24 V DC local control
With diagnostics
With two inputs
A
3RK1 903-0CE00
1
1 unit
121
0.110
• xB4 for motor starters
A
500 V DC / 0.7 A / 2 DI 24 V DC local control
With diagnostics
With two inputs
3RK1 903-0CF00
1
1 unit
121
0.114
3RK1 903-0AH00
3RK1 903-0AJ00
6
3RK1 903-0AE00
3RK1 903-0AF00
Brake control modules
For motors with mechanical brakes
3RK1 903-0CB00
Terminal modules for brake control modules
• TM-xB15 S24-01
For xB1 or xB2
A
3RK1 903-0AG00
1
1 unit
121
0.174
• TM-xB215 S24-01
For xB3 or xB4
A
3RK1 903-0AG01
1
1 unit
121
0.188
• Rated current 25 A
A
6SL3 203-0BE22-5AA0
1
1 unit
337
2.700
• Rated current 50 A
A
6SL3 203-0BE25-0AA0
1
1 unit
337
3.000
EMC filters for frequency converters
For achieving EMC Class A, the frequency
converter is connected upstream to the shared
power bus; EMC-compatible design with
shielded motor cables required
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/80
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
ET 200S motor starters
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
6SL3 254-0AM00-0AA0
1
1 unit
335
0.050
A
RS 232/zero modem cables (5 m)
Connection cable for starting up the ET 200S
FC frequency converter with the "STARTER" PC
tool
6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
1
1 unit
261
0.280
6
MMC parameter memory for frequency
A
converters
Suitable for MMC slot of ICU24/ICU24F control
module; other memory cards are not accepted
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/81
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Power modules for ET 200S motor starters
■ Overview
■ Application
PM-D power modules are used for monitoring the two 24 V DC
auxiliary voltages for the group of motor starters following on the
right or for supplying power to the group of frequency converters
following on the right. The voltage is fed in through TM-D terminal
modules to the self-assembling potential bars.
A voltage failure is signaled through PROFIBUS diagnostics to
the higher-level master. Additional LEDs inform locally about the
status of the auxiliary voltages.
The separation of auxiliary voltages for signal checkback and
power section actuation enables the entire group to be shut
down while maintaining the diagnostics capability.
• For supplying and monitoring the auxiliary voltages for motor starters
• Disconnection of a complete group of motor starters is possible
without any additional outlay (safety category 1 according to
EN 954-1)
• For plugging onto TM-P15 terminal module
• For supplying and monitoring the power supply for the
ET 200S FC frequency converter
6
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
PM-D power modules
For 24 V DC with diagnostics
A
3RK1 903-0BA00
1
1 unit
121
0.071
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4LA10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LB10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LC10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LD10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LF10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LG10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LH10-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
0.005
0.005
0.043
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
3RK1 903-0BA00
Accessories
Color coding plates
6 x 200 color coding plates for
terminal modules
One set contains 10 strips of 20 color coding
plates per color
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
White
Yellow
Yellow and green
Red
Blue
Brown
Petrol
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/82
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Terminal modules for ET 200S motor starters
■ Overview
■ Application
Terminal modules for motor starters and frequency converters
Terminal modules are purely mechanical components for
accommodating the ET 200S peripherals. The self-assembling
voltage buses integrated in the terminal modules reduce wiring
outlay to the single infeed. All modules following on the right are
automatically supplied upon plugging the terminal modules
together. The robust design and keyed connection technology
enables use in harsh industrial conditions.
The terminal modules for motor starters and frequency converters
are available in different variants:
• Terminal modules for TM-DS and TM-RS motor starters
• Terminal modules for frequency converters:
- TM-ICU for the control modules
- TM-IPM for the power sections
• Terminal modules for expansion modules (TM-xB)
Terminal modules for TM-DS and TM-RS motor starters
The TM-DS and TM-RS terminal modules are available in various
versions for the motor starters, standard and the High-Feature
motor starters. The terminal modules with the suffix "-S32" have
connection terminals for feeding into the integrated 40 A/50 A
power bus and connection terminals for the motor connection
cable. They are mounted at the beginning (left) of a power bus
segment.
Terminal modules for frequency converters
• Mechanical modules in which the components of the
frequency converter are inserted
• For constructing the permanent wiring and self-assembling
voltage bus
• For connecting the motor cables
• Integrated shield attachments for receiving the busbar
3 x 10 mm
Terminal modules for power modules
• Connection by means of screw terminals
• Light colored enclosure for visual distinction
• Always before the first TM-DS/TM-RS
The terminal modules with the suffix "-S31" have only connection
terminals for the motor connection cable. These terminal modules
follow on the right after a "-S32" terminal module. To configure a
new load group, another "-S32" terminal module is plugged in. All
connection terminals of the terminal modules for motor starters
are equipped with strong 10 mm² terminals. The "-S32" terminal
modules are supplied with three caps for closing the power bus
contacts on the final terminal module of a segment.
Terminal modules for frequency converters
The TM-ICU terminal module is used for both variants of the
ICU24 / ICU24F control module. A TM-IPM is then always
plugged in after a TM-ICU. The TM-IPM with a width of 65 mm is
used to accommodate the IPM25 power section with 0.75 kW. A
terminal module with a width of 130 mm is needed for the power
sections with 2.2 or 4.0 kW.
Each TM-IPM terminal module has a shield attachment for
accommodating a shield bar. Hence shielded motor cables can
be grounded using shield terminals.
The terminal modules with the suffix "-S32" have connection
terminals for feeding into the integrated 50 A power bus and
connection terminals for the motor connection cable. They are
mounted at the beginning (left) of a power bus segment.
The terminal modules with the suffix "-S31" have only connection
terminals for the motor connection cable. These terminal modules
follow on the right after a "-S32" terminal module. To configure a
new load group, another "-S32" terminal module is plugged in.
All connection terminals of the terminal modules for frequency
converters are equipped with strong 10 mm² terminals.
The "-S32" terminal modules are supplied with three caps for
closing the power bus contacts on the final terminal module of a
segment.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/83
6
Terminal modules for motor starters
• Mechanical modules in which the motor starter and expansion
modules are inserted
• For constructing the permanent wiring and self-assembling
voltage bus
• For connecting the motor connection cables
• Positive-locking connection to ensure enhanced vibration
resistance
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Terminal modules for ET 200S motor starters
Terminal modules for expansion modules (TM-xB)
The TM-xB terminal modules are used to accommodate the xB1,
xB2, xB3 and xB4 brake control modules. The TM-xB terminal
module must always follow directly after a terminal module for
motor starters, standard, High-Feature motor starters or frequency converters as control of the solid-state braking switch is
provided through an output of the motor starter/frequency converter. The xB215 terminal modules for the brake control modules have not only the terminals for connecting the cable for the
motor brake but also the terminals of the two local acting inputs.
These local inputs are not evaluated by a frequency converter; for
this reason the xB215 terminal module may be plugged in only
downstream from a motor starter (Technical Specifications, Selection and
Ordering Data, see the section "Accessories for Motor Starters
and Frequency Converters").
PE/N terminal blocks
The PE/N terminal block is required for direct connection of the
protective conductor in the motor cable without intermediate
terminals. It is plugged together with the terminal module for mo-
tor starters / frequency converters before the latter is mounted
on the standard mounting rail. With two PE - terminals and one N terminal, the "-F" variant is connected to the "-S32" terminal modules
for motor starters / frequency converters. The "-S" variant is combined with the "-S31" terminal module. The "-F" terminal modules
are supplied with two caps for closing the PE/N bus contacts on
the final terminal module of a segment. The modules for the motor starters, standard, have a width of 45 mm and the modules
for the High-Feature motor starters / frequency converters have
a width of 65 mm.
There is no electrical connection between the terminals of the
PE/N terminal block and the internal shielding of the frequency
converter.
The PE/N terminal block must not be used for the shielding of the
motor cable. For EMC-compatible wiring of the frequency converter
the shield of the motor cable must be connected through a shield
bar to the integrated shield attachment in the terminal module of
the converter. In addition the shield bar must be connected by
the shorted possible route to the enclosure of the EMC filter.
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
• TM-DS45-S32
for DS1-x direct-on-line starters
With incoming power bus connection
including three caps for terminating the
power bus
A
3RK1 903-0AB00
1
1 unit
121
0.376
• TM-DS45-S31
for DS1-x direct-on-line starters
Without incoming power bus connection
A
3RK1 903-0AB10
1
1 unit
121
0.374
• TM-RS90-S32
for RS1-x reversing starters
With incoming power bus connection
including three caps for terminating the
power bus
A
3RK1 903-0AC00
1
1 unit
121
0.498
• TM-RS90-S31
for RS1-x reversing starters
Without incoming power bus connection
A
3RK1 903-0AC10
1
1 unit
121
0.618
Components for motor starter, standard
6
Terminal modules
3RK1 903-0AB00
3RK1 903-0AB10
3RK1 903-0AC00
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/84
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Terminal modules for ET 200S motor starters
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
PE/N M45-PEN-F terminal blocks
45 mm wide
Including two caps
In combination with TM-DS45-S32 /
TM-RS90-S32
A
3RK1 903-2AA00
1
1 unit
121
0.077
PE/N M45-PEN-S terminal blocks
45 mm wide
In combination with TM-DS45-S31 /
TM-RS90-S31
A
3RK1 903-2AA10
1
1 unit
121
0.087
• TM-DS65-S32 for DS1e-x and
DSS1e-x direct-on-line starters
With incoming power bus connection
including three caps for terminating the
power bus
A
3RK1 903-0AK00
1
1 unit
121
0.473
• TM-DS65-S31 for DS1e-x and
DSS1e-x direct-on-line starters
Without incoming power bus connection
A
3RK1 903-0AK10
1
1 unit
121
0.472
• TM-RS130-S32 for RS1e-x reversing
starters
With incoming power bus connection
including three caps for terminating the
power bus
A
3RK1 903-0AL00
1
1 unit
121
0.787
• TM-RS130-S31 for RS1e-x reversing
starters
Without incoming power bus connection
A
3RK1 903-0AL10
1
1 unit
121
0.847
M65-PEN-F infeed modules
65 mm wide
Including two caps
In combination with TM-DS65-S32 /
TM-RS130-S32
A
3RK1 903-2AC00
1
1 unit
121
0.093
M65-PEN-S connection modules
65 mm wide
In combination with TM-DS65-S31 /
TM-RS130-S31
A
3RK1 903-2AC10
1
1 unit
121
0.099
A
3RK1 903-0AA00
1
1 unit
121
0.224
3RK1 903-2AA00
3RK1 903-2AA10
Components for High-Feature motor starters
3RK1 903-0AK00
Components for power modules
TM-P15 S27-01 terminal modules
For PM-D power module
3RK1 903-0AA00
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/85
6
Terminal modules
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Terminal modules for ET 200S motor starters
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
A
3RK1 903-3EA10
1
1 unit
121
0.097
• With incoming power bus connection
(TM-IPM65-S32)
A
3RK1 903-3EC00
1
1 unit
121
0.020
• Without incoming power bus connection
(TM-IPM65-S31)
A
3RK1 903-3EC10
1
1 unit
121
0.020
• With incoming power bus connection
(TM-IPM130-S32)
A
3RK1 903-3ED00
1
1 unit
121
0.020
• Without incoming power bus connection
(TM-IPM130-S31)
A
3RK1 903-3ED10
1
1 unit
121
0.020
M65-PEN-F infeed modules
A
3RK1 903-2AC00
1
1 unit
121
0.093
M65-PEN-S connection modules
A
3RK1 903-2AC10
1
1 unit
121
0.099
Components for frequency converters and
Failsafe frequency converters
TM-ICU15 terminal modules
For ICU24 / ICU24F control module
of the frequency converter
TM-IPM65 terminal modules
For IPM25 power section, 0.75 kW,
of the frequency converter
6
TM-IPM130 terminal modules
For IPM25 power section, 2.2 kW and
4.0 kW, of the frequency converter
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/86
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Interface/solid-state modules
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
IM 151-1 interface modules
IM 151-1 BASIC interface modules
A
For ET 200S; transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s; up to 12 power,
solid-state and motor starter modules can be connected;
connection to bus through 9-pole Sub-D including bus termination module
6ES7151-1CA00-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.184
IM 151-1 COMPACT 32 DI 24 V DC interface modules
A
For ET 200S; transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s; 32 digital inputs,
up to 12 power, solid-state and motor starter modules can be connected;
connection to bus through 9-pole Sub-D including bus termination module
6ES7151-1CA00-1BL0
1
1 unit
250
0.207
IM 151-1 COMPACT 16 DI DC 24V / 16 DO 24 V/0.5 A interface modules A
For ET 200S; transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s;
16 digital inputs and 16 digital outputs,
up to 12 power, solid-state and motor starter modules can be connected;
connection to bus through 9-pole Sub-D including bus termination module
6ES7151-1CA00-3BL0
1
1 unit
250
0.207
IM 151-1 STANDARD interface modules
A
For ET 200S; transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s;
data volume of 244 bytes each for inputs and outputs;
up to 63 power, solid-state and motor starter modules can be connected;
connection to bus through 9-pole Sub-D including bus termination module
6ES7151-1AA04-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.186
IM 151-1 FO STANDARD interface modules
A
For ET 200S; transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s;
data volume of 128 bytes each for inputs and outputs;
up to 63 power, solid-state and motor starter modules can be connected;
connection to bus using integrated fiber-optic cable including bus termination
module
6ES7151-1AB02-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.194
IM 151-1 HIGH FEATURE interface modules
A
For ET 200S; transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s;
data volume of 244 bytes each for inputs and outputs;
up to 63 modules can be connected; connection of PROFIsafe modules,
isochrone mode (clocked operation); connection to bus through 9-pole
Sub-D including bus termination module
6ES7151-1BA02-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.001
TM-C120S terminal modules
Terminal module for ET 200S COMPACT, screw terminals
A
6ES7 193-4DL10-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.140
TM-C120C terminal modules
Terminal module for ET 200S COMPACT, spring-loaded terminals
A
6ES7 193-4DL00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.140
TE-U120S4x10 terminal modules
A
Additional terminal for TM-C120x terminal modules of ET 200S COMPACT;
screw terminals for 3-conductor connection;
please order two for 4-conductor connection.
Can also be plugged into TM-E/TM-P if the same height of the terminal
modules exists over a width of at least 120 mm
6ES7 193-4FL10-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.140
TE-U120C4x10 terminal modules
A
Additional terminal for TM-C120x terminal modules of ET 200S COMPACT;
spring-loaded terminals for 3-conductor connection;
please order two for 4-conductor connection.
Can also be plugged into TM-E/TM-P if the same height of the terminal
modules exists over a width of at least 120 mm
6ES7 193-4FL00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.140
Manuals for ET 200S distributed I/O system
Can be downloaded as a PDF file from the Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-docu
SIMATIC Manual Collection
Electronic manuals on DVD, several languages:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300, C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed I/O),
SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication)
A
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
1
1 unit
230
0.227
SIMATIC Manual Collection – Update service for 1 year
Scope of supply: The current DVD S7 Manual Collection as well as the
three subsequent updates
X
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
1
1 unit
230
0.300
100 Simplex connectors
For plastic fiber-optic cable including 5 polishing sets
A
6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0
1
1 unit
552
0.200
50 plug-in adapters
Each for 2 Simplex connectors
A
6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0
1
1 unit
250
0.117
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.002
Inscription sheets in A4 format (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 labeling strips for I/O modules and 20 labeling
strips for interface modules.
• Petrol
• Red
• Yellow
• Light beige
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/87
6
Accessories
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Interface/solid-state modules
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4BA10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BB10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BD10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BH10-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.230
0.200
0.200
0.200
A
6ES7 193-4JA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.027
A
A
A
A
6ES5 710-8MA11
6ES5 710-8MA21
6ES5 710-8MA31
6ES5 710-8MA41
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.440
0.466
0.820
1.930
SIPLUS IM 151-1 STANDARD interface modules
D
(extended temperature range and medial load)
For ET 200S; transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s;
data volume of 244 bytes each for inputs and outputs;
up to 63 power, solid-state and motor starter modules can be connected;
connection to bus through 9-pole Sub-D including bus termination module
6AG1 151-1AA04-2AB0
1
1 unit
471
0.186
SIPLUS IM 151-1 HIGH FEATURE interface modules
D
(extended temperature range and medial load)
For ET 200S; transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s;
data volume of 244 bytes each for inputs and outputs;
up to 63 modules can be connected; connection of PROFIsafe modules,
isochrone mode (clocked operation); connection to bus through 9-pole
Sub-D including bus termination module
6AG1 151-1BA02-2AB0
1
1 unit
471
0.180
IM 151-1 interface modules (continued)
Inscription sheets in A4 format (10 units)
Can be used for ET 200S COMPACT.
Each sheet contains 10 labeling strips
• Beige
• Yellow
• Red
• Petrol
Termination modules
As spare part for ET 200S
SIMATIC S5, 35 mm standard mounting rails
• 483 mm long for 19" cabinets
• 530 mm long for 600 mm cabinets
• 830 mm long for 900 mm cabinets
• Length 2 m
SIPLUS IM 151-1 interface modules (extended temperature range)
6
Accessories
TM-C120S terminal modules
Terminal modules for ET 200S COMPACT, screw terminals
A
6ES7 193-4DL10-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.140
TM-C120C terminal modules
Terminal modules for ET 200S COMPACT, spring-loaded terminals
A
6ES7 193-4DL00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.140
TE-U120S4x10 terminal modules
A
Additional terminal for TM-C120x terminal modules of ET 200S COMPACT;
screw terminals for 3-conductor connection;
please order two for 4-conductor connection.
Can also be plugged into TM-E/TM-P if the same height of the terminal
modules exists over a width of at least 120 mm
6ES7 193-4FL10-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.140
TE-U120C4x10 terminal modules
A
Additional terminal for TM-C120x terminal modules of ET 200S COMPACT;
spring-loaded terminals for 3-conductor connection;
please order two for 4-conductor connection.
Can also be plugged into TM-E/TM-P if the same height of the terminal
modules exists over a width of at least 120 mm
6ES7 193-4FL00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.140
Manuals for ET 200S distributed I/O system
Can be downloaded as a PDF file from the Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-docu
SIMATIC Manual Collection
Electronic manuals on DVD, several languages:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300, C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed I/O),
SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication)
A
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
1
1 unit
230
0.227
SIMATIC Manual Collection – Update service for 1 year
Scope of supply: The current CD S7 Manual Collection as well as the
three subsequent updates
X
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
1
1 unit
230
0.300
100 Simplex connectors
For plastic fiber-optic cable including 5 polishing sets
A
6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0
1
1 unit
552
0.200
50 plug-in adapters
Each for 2 Simplex connectors
A
6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0
1
1 unit
250
0.117
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.002
Inscription sheets in A4 format (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 labeling strips for I/O modules and 20 labeling
strips for interface modules.
• Petrol
• Red
• Yellow
• Light beige
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/88
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Interface/solid-state modules
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SIPLUS IM 151-1 interface modules (extended temperature range)
(continued)
Inscription sheets in A4 format (10 units)
Can be used for ET 200S COMPACT.;
each sheet contains 10 labeling strips
• Beige
• Yellow
• Red
• Petrol
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4BH10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BD10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BB10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BA10-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.230
A
A
A
A
6ES5 710-8MA11
6ES5 710-8MA21
6ES5 710-8MA31
6ES5 710-8MA41
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.440
0.466
0.820
1.930
IM 151-3 PN interface modules
For ET 200S; transmission rates up to 100 Mbit/s;
data volume dependent on number of modules mounted,
up to 63 modules can be connected, connection to bus through RJ45
A
6ES7 151-3AA22-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.200
IM 151-3 PN PROFINET High Feature interface modules
For ET 200S; transmission rates up to 100 Mbit/s;
up to 63 modules with max. width of 2 m can be connected,
connection to bus through RJ45, including termination module
A
6ES7 151-3BA22-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.200
IM 151-3 FO interface modules
For ET 200S;
with 2 PROFINET fiberoptic interfaces and integrated 2-port switch,
up to 63 modules up to 2 m wide can be connected,
including bus termination module
A
6ES7 151-3BB22-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.200
Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 Plug 90
RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet, with robust metal enclosure
and integrated cutting and clamping contacts for connection of Industrial
Ethernet FC installation cables; with 90° cable feeder
• 1 unit
A
• 10 units
A
• 50 units
A
6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0
6GK1 901-1BB20-2AB0
6GK1 901-1BB20-2AE0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
530
530
530
0.030
0.300
1.500
Industrial Ethernet Fast Connect installation cables
• Fast Connect standard cables
• Fast Connect trailing cables
• Fast Connect marine cables
A
A
A
6XV1 840-2AH10
6XV1 840-3AH10
6XV1 840-4AH10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
527
527
527
0.055
0.055
0.055
A
6GK1 900-0ML00-0AA0
1
1 unit
520
3.400
A
6GK1 900-0MB00-0AC0
1
1 unit
552
0.200
A
6GK1 900-0MN00-0AA0
1
1 unit
552
0.150
A
6GK1 900-0NL00-0AA0
1
1 unit
552
3.400
A
6GK1 900-0NB00-0AC0
1
1 unit
552
0.200
Industrial Ethernet Fast Connect stripping tools
A
6GK1 901-1GA00
1
1 unit
530
0.100
MMC 64 Kbyte1)
For storing the unit's name
A
6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0
1
1 unit
230
0.014
MMC 128 Kbyte1)
For storing the unit's name
A
6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
1
1 unit
230
0.014
MMC 512 Kbyte
For storing the unit's name
A
6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0
1
1 unit
230
0.014
MMC 2 MByte1)
For storing the unit's name and/or the firmware update
A
6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0
1
1 unit
230
0.014
MMC 4 MByte1)
For storing the unit's name and/or the firmware update
A
6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0
1
1 unit
230
0.014
MMC 8 MByte1)
For storing the unit's name and/or the firmware update
A
6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0
1
1 unit
230
0.001
Termination modules
As spare part for ET 200S
SIMATIC S5, 35 mm standard mounting rails
• 483 mm long for 19" cabinets
• 530 mm long for 600 mm cabinets
• 830 mm long for 900 mm cabinets
• Length 2 m
IM 151-3 PN interface modules
Termination kits
• SC RJ POF Plug
Termination kit for local mounting of SC RJ connectors, comprising insulation
stripping tool, kevlar shears, microscope, abrasive paper and support
• IE SC RJ POF Plug
Threaded connectors for local mounting on POF fiber-optic cables
(1 pack = 20 units)
• IE SC RJ Refill Set POF
Refill set for SC RJ POF Plug termination kit,
comprising abrasive paper and disk (set of 5)
• SC RJ PCF Plug
Termination kit for local mounting of SC RJ connectors,
comprising insulation stripping tool, buffer insulation stripping tool,
kevlar shears, fiber cleaver, microscope
• Industrial Ethernet SC RJ PCF Plug
Threaded connectors for local mounting on PCF fiber-optic cables
(1 pack = 10 units)
1)
Manuals for ET 200S distributed I/O system
Can be downloaded as a PDF file from the Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-docu
1)
For operation of the IM 151-3, an MMC is essential.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/89
6
Accessories
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Interface/solid-state modules
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SIMATIC Manual Collection
Electronic manuals on DVD, several languages:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300, C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed I/O),
SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication)
A
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
1
1 unit
230
0.227
SIMATIC Manual Collection – Update service for 1 year
Scope of supply: The current DVD S7 Manual Collection as well as the
three subsequent updates
X
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
1
1 unit
230
0.300
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.002
Termination modules as spare part for ET 200S
A
6ES7 193-4JA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.027
35 mm standard mounting rails
• 483 mm long for 19" cabinets
• 530 mm long for 600 mm cabinets
• 830 mm long for 900 mm cabinets
• Length 2 m
A
A
A
A
6ES5 710-8MA11
6ES5 710-8MA21
6ES5 710-8MA31
6ES5 710-8MA41
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.440
0.466
0.820
1.930
IM 151-7 CPU FO (48 K) interface modules
Including termination module
A
6ES7 151-7AB00-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.257
IM 151-7 CPU (96 K) interface modules
Including termination module
A
6ES7 151-7AA20-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.241
A
6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0
1
1 unit
230
0.014
MMC 128 Kbyte
For program backups
A
6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
1
1 unit
230
0.014
MMC 512 Kbyte1)
For program backups
A
6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0
1
1 unit
230
0.014
MMC 2 MByte
For program backups and/or the firmware update
A
6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0
1
1 unit
230
0.014
MMC 4 MByte1)
For program backups
A
6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0
1
1 unit
230
0.014
MMC 8
For program backups
A
6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0
1
1 unit
230
0.001
External Prommer
For e.g. MMC with USB interface
A
6ES7 792-0AA00-0XA0
1
1 unit
260
1.282
IM 151-3 PN interface modules (continued)
Inscription sheets in A4 format (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 labeling strips for I/O modules and 20 labeling
strips for interface modules.
•
•
•
•
Petrol
Red
Yellow
Light beige
Industrial Ethernet switches
IM 151-7 CPU interface modules
Accessories
MMC 64 Kbyte1)
For program backups
6
1)
1)
MByte1)
PG
With integrated MMC interface
on request
Inscription sheets in A4 format (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 labeling strips for I/O modules and 20 labeling
strips for interface modules.
• Petrol
• Red
• Yellow
• Light beige
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.002
A
6ES7 193-4JA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.027
A
A
A
A
6ES5 710-8MA11
6ES5 710-8MA21
6ES5 710-8MA31
6ES5 710-8MA41
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.440
0.466
0.820
1.930
Manuals for ET 200S distributed I/O system
Can be downloaded as a PDF file from the Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-docu
Termination modules
As spare part for ET 200S
SIMATIC S5, 35 mm standard mounting rails
• 483 mm long for 19" cabinets
• 530 mm long for 600 mm cabinets
• 830 mm long for 900 mm cabinets
• Length 2 m
1)
For operation of the CPU, an MMC is essential.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/90
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Interface/solid-state modules
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
A
6ES7 138-4HA00-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.124
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.002
A
6ES7 151-7FA20-0AB0
1
1 unit
241
0.247
A
B
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
241
241
0.300
0.300
Distributed Safety upgrade
From V5.x to V5.3; floating license for 1 user
A
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5
1
1 unit
241
0.300
MMC 64 Kbyte
For program backups
A
6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0
1
1 unit
230
0.014
MMC 128 Kbyte
For program backups
A
6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
1
1 unit
230
0.014
MMC 512 Kbyte
For program backups
A
6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0
1
1 unit
230
0.014
MMC 2 MByte
For program backups and/or the firmware update
A
6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0
1
1 unit
230
0.014
MMC 4 MByte
For program backups
A
6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0
1
1 unit
230
0.014
External Prommer
for MMC with USB interface
A
6ES7 792-0AA00-0XA0
1
1 unit
260
1.282
Termination modules
As spare part for ET 200S
A
6ES7 193-4JA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.027
A
A
A
A
6ES5 710-8MA11
6ES5 710-8MA21
6ES5 710-8MA31
6ES5 710-8MA41
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.440
0.466
0.820
1.930
PM-E power modules 24 V DC1)
For solid-state modules, with diagnostics
A
6ES7 138-4CA01-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.040
PM-E power modules 24 to 48 V DC
For solid-state modules, with diagnostics,
with status bit "Load voltage available"
A
6ES7 138-4CA50-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.041
PM-E power modules 24 to 48 V DC, 42 to 230 V AC
For solid-state modules, with diagnostics and fuse
A
6ES7 138-4CB11-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.045
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.002
Master interface modules for IM 151-7 CPU/ IM 151-7 F-CPU
interface modules
Master interface modules for IM 151-7 CPU/IM 151-7 F-CPU
interface modules
Accessories
Inscription sheets in A4 format (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 labeling strips for I/O modules and 20 labeling
strips for interface modules.
•
•
•
•
Petrol
Red
Yellow
Light beige
Manuals for ET 200S distributed I/O system
Can be downloaded as a PDF file from the Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-docu
IM 151-7 F-CPU interface modules
IM 151-7 F-CPU interface modules
For constructing a failsafe automation system
Distributed Safety V5.4 programming tools
Task: Configuration software for configuring failsafe user programs for
SIMATIC S7-300F, S7-400F and ET 200S
Requirements: STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher
• Floating license
• Software Update Service
SIMATIC S5, 35 mm standard mounting rails
• 483 mm long for 19" cabinets
• 530 mm long for 600 mm cabinets
• 830 mm long for 900 mm cabinets
• Length 2 m
PM-E power modules for solid-state modules
Accessories
Inscription sheets in A4 format (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 labeling strips for I/O modules and 20 labeling
strips for interface modules.
•
•
•
•
1)
Petrol
Red
Yellow
Light beige
For all solid-state and technology modules except 2 DI 120 V AC/2 DI 230 V AC/2 DO 120/230 V AC.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/91
6
Accessories
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Interface/solid-state modules
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
PM-E power modules 24 V DC 1)
For solid-state modules, with diagnostics
D
6AG1 138-4CA01-2AA0
1
1 unit
471
0.040
PM-E power modules 24 to 48 V DC
For solid-state modules, with diagnostics,
with status bit "Load voltage available"
D
6AG1 138-4CA50-2AB0
1
1 unit
471
0.041
PM-E power modules 24 to 48 V DC, 42 to 230 V AC
For solid-state modules, with diagnostics and fuse
C
6AG1 138-4CB11-2AB0
1
1 unit
471
0.045
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.002
A
A
6ES7 138-4AA01-0AA0
6ES7 138-4AA11-0AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
0.135
0.045
A
6ES7138-4FD00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.035
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.002
Power modules for SIPLUS PM-E solid-state modules
(extended temperature range)
SIPLUS PM-E power modules
(extended temperature range and medial load)
Accessories
Inscription sheets in A4 format (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 labeling strips for I/O modules and 20 labeling
strips for interface modules.
•
•
•
•
Petrol
Red
Yellow
Light beige
Reserve modules
Reserve modules for ET 200S
For reserving space in unused slots
• 15 mm width (5 units)
• 30 mm width (1 unit)
Potential distributor modules
Potential distributor modules for ET 200S
For supplying the load voltage to additional terminals,
15 mm wide, 1 unit
Accessories for inscription
6
Inscription sheets in A4 format (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 labeling strips for I/O modules and 20 labeling
strips for interface modules.
•
•
•
•
Petrol
Red
Yellow
Light beige
Digital solid-state modules
Digital input modules
Order unit: 5 units
•
•
•
•
2 DI 24 V DC Standard
2 DI 24 V DC High Feature
4 DI 24 V DC Standard
4 DI 24 V DC High Feature
A
A
A
A
6ES7 131-4BB01-0AA0
6ES7 131-4BB01-0AB0
6ES7 131-4BD01-0AA0
6ES7 131-4BD01-0AB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.175
0.007
0.180
0.185
•
•
•
•
2 DI 120 V AC
2 DI 230 V AC
4 DI 24 ... 48 V UC
4 DI 24 V DC SOURCE INPUT
A
A
A
A
6ES7 131-4EB00-0AB0
6ES7 131-4FB00-0AB0
6ES7 131-4CD00-0AB0
6ES7 131-4BD51-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.180
A
A
A
6ES7 131-4RD00-0AB0
6ES7 131-4BF00-0AA0
6ES7 131-4BF50-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
0.042
0.001
0.005
Order unit: 1 unit
• 4 DI 24 V DC NAMUR
• 8 DI 24 V DC Standard
• 8 DI 24 V DC Standard SOURCE INPUT
Digital output modules
Order unit: 5 units
•
•
•
•
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A High Feature
2 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard
2 DO 24 V DC/2 A High Feature
A
A
A
A
6ES7 132-4BB01-0AA0
6ES7 132-4BB01-0AB0
6ES7 132-4BB31-0AA0
6ES7 132-4BB31-0AB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.180
0.187
0.185
0.204
•
•
•
•
4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard
4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard SOURCE OUTPUT
4 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard
2 DO 24 V to 230 V AC /1 A
A
A
A
A
6ES7 132-4BD01-0AA0
6ES7 132-4BD50-0AA0
6ES7 132-4BD32-0AA0
6ES7 132-4FB01-0AB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.187
0.187
0.189
0.215
• 2 DO 24 V DC to 230 V AC/5 A relay, NO contact
• 2 DO 24...48 V DC to 230 V AC/5 A relay, CO
A
A
6ES7 132-4HB01-0AB0
6ES7 132-4HB10-0AB0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
0.218
0.200
A
A
6ES7 132-4BF00-0AA0
6ES7 132-4BF50-0AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
0.001
0.050
Order unit: 1 unit
• 8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard
• 8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard SOURCE OUTPUT
1)
For all solid-state and technology modules except 2 DI 120 V AC/2 DI 230 V AC/2 DO 120/230 V AC.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/92
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Interface/solid-state modules
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.002
D
6AG1 131-4BD01-2AA0
1
1 unit
471
0.180
D
C
6AG1 132-4BB01-2AB0
6AG1 132-4BD01-2AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
471
473
0.187
0.187
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.002
Digital solid-state modules (continued)
Accessories
Inscription sheets in A4 format (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 labeling strips for I/O modules and 20 labeling
strips for interface modules.
•
•
•
•
Petrol
Red
Yellow
Light beige
SIPLUS digital solid-state modules
(extended temperature range)
SIPLUS digital input modules
(extended temperature range and medial load)
Order unit: 5 units
• 4 DI 24 V DC Standard
SIPLUS digital output modules
(extended temperature range and medial load)
Order unit: 5 units
• 4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A High Feature
• 4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard
Accessories
Inscription sheets in A4 format (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 labeling strips for I/O modules and 20 labeling
strips for interface modules.
•
•
•
•
Petrol
Red
Yellow
Light beige
Analog solid-state modules
•
•
•
•
2 AI U Standard
2 AI U High Feature
2 AI I Standard 2-wire
2 AI I High Speed 2-wire
A
A
A
A
6ES7 134-4FB01-0AB0
6ES7 134-4LB02-0AB0
6ES7 134-4GB01-0AB0
6ES7 134-4GB52-0AB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.045
0.047
0.045
0.032
•
•
•
•
2 AI I Standard 4-wire
2 AI I High Feature 2/4-wire (15 bits + sign)
2 AI RTD Standard
2 AI TC Standard
A
A
A
A
6ES7 134-4GB11-0AB0
6ES7 134-4MB02-0AB0
6ES7 134-4JB50-0AB0
6ES7 134-4JB00-0AB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.045
0.050
0.047
0.044
A
A
A
6ES7 134-4NB51-0AB0
6ES7 134-4NB01-0AB0
6ES7 134-4GD00-0AB0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
0.046
0.045
0.045
A
A
A
A
A
6ES7 135-4FB01-0AB0
6ES7 135-4FB52-0AB0
6ES7 135-4LB02-0AB0
6ES7 135-4GB01-0AB0
6ES7 135-4MB02-0AB0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
250
0.045
0.045
0.046
0.046
0.063
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.002
Shield attachments
Order unit: 5 units
For plugging into TM-E and TM-P
A
6ES7 193-4GA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.050
Shield terminals
Order unit: 5 units
For busbars 3 × 10 mm
A
6ES7 193-4GB00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.050
Ground connection terminals
Order unit: 1 unit
For conductor cross-sections up to 25 mm2
A
8WA2 868
1 50 units
041
0.014
Busbars 3 × 10 mm
Order unit: 1 unit
A
8WA2 842
1
041
0.267
• 2 AI RTD High Feature
• 2 AI TC High Feature
• 4 AI Standard 2-wire
Analog output modules
Order unit: 1 unit
•
•
•
•
•
2 AO U Standard
2 AO U High Speed
2 AO U High Feature
2 AO I Standard
2 AO I High Feature
Accessories for inscription
Inscription sheets in A4 format (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 labeling strips for I/O modules and 20 labeling
strips for interface modules.
•
•
•
•
Petrol
Red
Yellow
Light beige
Accessories for system-integrated shield connections
1 unit
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/93
6
Analog input modules
Order unit: 1 unit
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Interface/solid-state modules
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
PM-E F pm PROFIsafe 24 V DC power modules
For the safe disconnection of digital output modules
A
6ES7 138-4CF02-0AB0
1
1 unit
241
0.100
PM-E F pp PROFIsafe 24 V DC power modules
For the safe disconnection of digital output modules
A
6ES7 138-4CF41-0AB0
1
1 unit
241
0.100
IM 151-1 HIGH FEATURE interface modules
A
For ET 200S; transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s;
data volume of 244 bytes each for inputs and outputs;
up to 63 modules can be connected; connection of PROFIsafe modules,
isochrone mode (clocked operation); connection to bus through 9-pole
Sub-D including bus termination module
6ES7151-1BA02-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.001
IM 151-3 PN HF interface modules
For ET 200S; transmission rates up to 100 Mbit/s;
up to 63 I/O modules up to 2 m width can be connected;
2 x connection to bus with RJ45 plug, including bus termination module
A
6ES7 151-3BA22-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.200
IM 151-3 PN FO interface modules
For ET 200S; 2 PROFINET fiberoptic interfaces, integrated 2-port switch,
up to 63 I/O modules up to 2 m wide can be connected,
including bus termination module
A
6ES7151-1BB22-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.200
TM-P30S44-A0
Order unit: 1 unit
7 × 2 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail, AUX1 disconnected through
to the left, screw terminals for PM-E F PROFIsafe
A
6ES7 193-4CK20-0AA0
1
1 unit
241
0.140
TM-P30C44-A0
Order unit: 1 unit
7 × 2 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail, AUX1 disconnected through
to the left, spring-loaded terminals for PM-E F PROFIsafe
A
6ES7 193-4CK30-0AA0
1
1 unit
241
0.127
• Floating license
• Software Update Service
A
B
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
241
241
0.300
0.300
Distributed Safety upgrade
From V5.x to V5.3; floating license for 1 user
A
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5
1
1 unit
241
0.300
SIMATIC Manual Collection
Manuals on DVD-ROM, five languages: S7-200/300/400, C7, LOGO!,
SIMATIC DP, PC, PG, STEP 7, Engineering Software,
Runtime Software, PCS 7, SIMATIC HMI, SIMATIC NET
A
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
1
1 unit
230
0.227
SIMATIC Manual Collection update service for 1 year
X
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
1
1 unit
230
0.300
4/8 F-DI PROFIsafe 24 V DC solid-state modules
30 mm width, up to Category 4 (EN 954-1)
A
6ES7 138-4FA03-0AB0
1
1 unit
241
0.001
4 F-DO PROFIsafe 24 V DC/2 A solid-state modules
30 mm width, up to Category 4 (EN 954-1)
A
6ES7 138-4FB02-0AB0
1
1 unit
241
0.100
4 F-DI solid-state modules / 3 F-DO PROFIsafe 24 V DC/2 A
30 mm width, up to Category 3 (EN 954-1) / SIL 2 (IEC 62061)
A
6ES7 138-4FC00-0AB0
1
1 unit
241
0.001
PM-E F PROFIsafe F power modules
Accessories
Terminal modules for power modules
6
Distributed Safety V5.4 programming tools
Task: Configuration software for configuring failsafe user programs for
SIMATIC S7-300F, S7-400F and ET 200S
Precondition: STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher
F solid-state modules
Accessories
See F terminal modules
Terminal modules for solid-state modules
IM151-1 High-Feature interface modules
For ET 200S; transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s;
up to 63 modules can be connected; connection to bus through 9-pole
Sub-D, including termination module
A
6ES7 151-1BA02-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.001
IM151-3 PN HF interface modules
for ET 200S; transmission rates up to 100 Mbit/s;
up to 63 I/O modules up to 2 m width can be connected;
2 x connection to bus with RJ45 plug, including bus termination module
A
6ES7 151-3BA22-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.200
IM151-3 PN FO interface modules
for ET 200S; 2 PROFINET fiberoptic interfaces, integrated 2-port switch,
up to 63 I/O modules up to 2 m wide can be connected,
including bus termination module
A
6ES7 151-3BB22-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.200
• Floating license
• Software Update Service
A
B
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
241
241
0.300
0.300
Distributed Safety upgrade
From V5.x to V5.3; floating license for 1 user
A
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5
1
1 unit
241
0.300
Distributed Safety V5.4 programming tools
Task: Configuration software for configuring failsafe user programs for
SIMATIC S7-300F, S7-400F and ET 200S
Precondition: STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/94
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Interface/solid-state modules
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SIMATIC Manual Collection
Electronic manuals on DVD, several languages:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300, C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed I/O),
SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication)
A
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
1
1 unit
230
0.227
SIMATIC Manual Collection – Update service for 1 year
Scope of supply: The current DVD S7 Manual Collection as well as the
three subsequent updates
X
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
1
1 unit
230
0.300
A
6ES7 138-4FR00-0AA0
1
1 unit
241
0.001
F solid-state modules (continued)
RELAY F solid-state modules
1 F-RO 24 V DC/5A 24 V..230 AC/5A solid-state modules
Accessories
See F terminal modules
Terminal modules for solid-state modules
IM151-1 High-Feature interface modules
For ET 200S; transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s;
up to 63 modules can be connected; with isynchronous mode
connection to bus through 9-pole Sub-D, including termination module
A
6ES7 151-1BA02-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.001
IM151-3 PN HF interface modules
For ET 200S; transmission rates up to 100 Mbit/s;
up to 63 I/O modules up to 2 m width can be connected;
2 x connection to bus with RJ45 plug, including bus termination module
A
6ES7 151-3BA22-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.200
IM151-3 PN FO interface modules
For ET 200S; 2 PROFINET fiberoptic interfaces, integrated 2-port switch,
up to 63 I/O modules up to 2 m wide can be connected,
including bus termination module
A
6ES7 151-3BB22-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.200
A
B
A
A
X
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
241
241
241
230
230
0.300
0.300
0.300
0.227
0.300
4/8 F-DI PROFIsafe 24 V DC solid-state modules
30 mm width, up to Category 4 (EN 954-1)
X
6AG1 138-4FA02-2AB0
1
1 unit
471
0.100
4 F-DO PROFIsafe 24 V DC/2 A solid-state modules
30 mm width, up to Category 4 (EN 954-1)
D
6AG1 138-4FB02-2AB0
1
1 unit
471
0.100
Distributed Safety V5.4 programming tools
•
•
•
•
•
Floating license
Software Update Service
Distributed Safety upgrade
SIMATIC Manual Collection
SIMATIC Manual Collection – Update service for 1 year
SIPLUS F solid-state modules (extended temperature range)
Accessories
See F terminal modules
Terminal modules for solid-state modules
A
6ES7 151-1BA02-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.001
• Floating license
• Software Update Service
A
B
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
241
241
0.300
0.300
Distributed Safety upgrade
From V5.x to V5.3; floating license for 1 user
A
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5
1
1 unit
241
0.300
SIMATIC Manual Collection
Electronic manuals on DVD, several languages:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300, C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed I/O),
SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication)
A
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
1
1 unit
230
0.227
SIMATIC Manual Collection – Update service for 1 year
Scope of supply: The current DVD S7 Manual Collection as well as the
three subsequent updates
X
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
1
1 unit
230
0.300
IM151-1 High-Feature interface modules
For ET 200S; transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s;
up to 63 modules can be connected; with isynchronous mode
connection to bus through 9-pole Sub-D, including termination module
Distributed Safety V5.4 programming tools
Task: Configuration software for configuring failsafe user programs for
SIMATIC S7-300F, S7-400F and ET 200S
Precondition: STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/95
6
SIPLUS F solid-state modules
(extended temperature range and medial load)
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Interface/solid-state modules
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
TM-P15S23-A1
Order unit: 1 unit
2 x 3 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, screw terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CC20-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.072
TM-P15C23-A1
Order unit: 1 unit
2 x 3 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, spring-loaded terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CC30-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.071
TM-P15S23-A0
Order unit: 1 unit
2 x 3 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 disconnected through to the left, screw terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CD20-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.077
TM-P15C23-A0
Order unit: 1 unit
2 x 3 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 disconnected through to the left, spring-loaded terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CD30-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.069
TM-P15S22-01
Order unit: 1 unit
2 x 2 terminals, no termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, screw terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CE00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.060
TM-P15C22-01
Order unit: 1 unit
2 x 2 terminals, no termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, spring-loaded terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CE10-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.064
TM-P30S44-A0
Order unit: 1 unit
7 x 2 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail, AUX1 disconnected through
to the left, screw terminals for PM-E F PROFIsafe
A
6ES7 193-4CK20-0AA0
1
1 unit
241
0.140
TM-P30C44-A0
Order unit: 1 unit
7 x 2 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail, AUX1 disconnected through
to the left, spring-loaded terminals for PM-E F PROFIsafe
A
6ES7 193-4CK30-0AA0
1
1 unit
241
0.127
TM-E30S44-01
Order unit: 1 unit
4 x 4 terminals, no termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, screw terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CG20-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.140
TM-E30C44-01
Order unit: 1 unit
4 x 4 terminals, no termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, spring-loaded terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CG30-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.120
TM-E30S46-A1
Order unit: 1 unit
4 x 6 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, screw terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CF40-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.184
TM-E30C46-A1
Order unit: 1 unit
4 x 6 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, spring-loaded terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CF50-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.160
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4LA20-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LB20-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LC20-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LD20-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.001
0.001
0.001
0.001
• Blue
• Brown
• Turquoise
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4LF20-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LG20-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LH20-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
0.001
0.001
0.001
Order unit: 1200 units, for SIMATIC ET 200S terminal modules;
contains 60 strips of 20
• Yellow
• Yellow and green
A
A
6ES7 193-4LB10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LC10-0AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
0.005
0.043
Ground connection terminals
Order unit: 1 unit
For conductor cross-sections up to 25 mm2
A
8WA2 868
1 50 units
041
0.014
Busbars 3 × 10 mm
Order unit: 1 unit
A
8WA2 842
1
1 unit
041
0.267
A
A
B
8WA8 861-0AB
8WA8 861-0AC
8WA8 861-0DA
100 200 units
100 200 units
100 200 units
041
041
041
0.080
0.080
0.080
F terminal modules
F terminal modules for power modules
6
F terminal modules for solid-state modules
Accessories
Color coding plates
Order unit: 200 units for TM-P, TM-E
•
•
•
•
White
Yellow
Yellow and green
Red
Inscription labels, with inscription
Order unit: 1 set
• 200 units for slot numbering (1 to 20) 10 ×
• 200 units for slot numbering (1 to 40) 5 ×
• 200 units for slot numbering (1 to 64) 1 ×, (1 to 68) 2 ×
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/96
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Interface/solid-state modules
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
A
8WA8 848-2AY
4 IQ-Sense sensor modules
A
6ES7 138-4GA00-0AB0
1
8 x IQ-Sense sensor modules
A
6ES7 338-7XF00-0AB0
1
A
A
A
A
3SF7 240-3JQ00
3SF7 210-3JQ00
3SF7 241-3JQ00
3SF7 211-3JQ00
A
C
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
F terminal modules (continued)
Inscription labels, blank
200 units for slot numbering
100 100 units
041
0.080
1 unit
250
0.010
1 unit
230
0.240
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
575
575
575
575
0.093
0.123
0.094
0.118
3SF7 214-3JQ00
3SF6 232-3JA00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
575
575
0.126
0.084
C
3SF6 233-3JA00
1
1 unit
575
0.084
A
6ES7 138-4DB03-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.044
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.002
B
6FX5 002-2CC12-. . . .
1
1 unit
701
0.460
A
6ES7 138-4DD00-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.049
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.002
A
6ES7 138-4DC00-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.048
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.002
1
1 unit
250
0.079
4 IQ-Sense and 8 IQ-Sense sensor modules
Sensors
For connecting to the 4 IQ-Sense sensor module
•
•
•
•
Diffuse sensor, type C40 IQ-Sense
Diffuse sensor, type K80 IQ-Sense
Retroflective sensor, type C40 IQ-Sense
Retroflective sensor, type K80 IQ-Sense
• Diffuse sensor with background suppression, type K80 IQ-Sense
• M18 IQ-Sense ultrasonic sensors
Detection range 5 to 30 cm
• M18 IQ-Sense ultrasonic sensors
Detection range 15 to 100 cm
SSI modules
SSI modules
For the connection of absolute encoders with SSI interface
Accessories
Inscription sheets in A4 format (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 labeling strips for I/O modules and 20 labeling
strips for interface modules.
•
•
•
•
Petrol
Red
Yellow
Light beige
Signal cables
Assembled for SSI absolute encoders 6FX2001-5,
without Sub-D connector, UL/DESINA
2 PULSE pulse generators
2PULSE pulse generators and timer modules
For ET 200S
6
Accessories
Inscription sheets in A4 format (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 labeling strips for I/O modules and 20 labeling
strips for interface modules.
•
•
•
•
Petrol
Red
Yellow
Light beige
1STEP step modules
1STEP step modules
For simple positioning tasks with stepper motor axes
Accessories
Inscription sheets in A4 format (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 labeling strips for I/O modules and 20 labeling
strips for interface modules.
•
•
•
•
Petrol
Red
Yellow
Light beige
SIMOSTEP stepper motors
see ST 70 Catalog
Power sections for stepper motors FM STEPDRIVE
see ST 70 Catalog
1POS U positioning modules
1POS U positioning modules
A
Single-channel positioning module for ET 200S for positioning of adjusting
and operating axes
6ES7 138-4DL00-0AB0
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/97
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Interface/solid-state modules
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
A
6ES7 138-4DA04-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.054
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.002
Shield attachments
For TM-P and TM-E terminal modules,
as support for busbar 3 x 10 mm, 5 units
A
6ES7 193-4GA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.050
Shield terminals
For connection of braided shields to busbars, 5 units
A
6ES7 193-4GB00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.050
on req.
on req.
on req.
1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter modules
1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter modules
For universal counting and measuring tasks with ET 200S
Accessories
Inscription sheets in A4 format (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 labeling strips for I/O modules and 20 labeling
strips for interface modules.
•
•
•
•
Petrol
Red
Yellow
Light beige
SIMODRIVE sensor incremental encoders
Mountable sensor, optically incremental with HTL level,
operational voltage 10 – 30 V
Signal cables
Assembled, for HTL and TTL sensors, without Sub-D connector,
UL/DESINA
6FX2 001-4. . . .
B
6FX5 002-2CA12-. . . .
1
1 unit
701
0.110
A
6ES7 138-4DE02-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.080
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.200
0.200
0.200
0.002
Shield attachments
For TM-P and TM-E terminal modules,
as support for busbar 3 x 10 mm, 5 units
A
6ES7 193-4GA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.050
Shield terminals
For connection of braided shields to busbars, 5 units
A
6ES7 193-4GB00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.050
on req.
on req.
on req.
1 COUNT 5 V/500 kHz counter modules
1 COUNT 5 V/500 kHz counter modules
For universal counting and measuring tasks with ET 200S
Accessories
Inscription sheets in A4 format (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 labeling strips for I/O modules and 20 labeling
strips for interface modules.
6
•
•
•
•
Petrol
Red
Yellow
Light beige
SIMODRIVE incremental encoders
With RS 422 (TTL), operational voltage 10 – 30 V
Signal cables
Assembled, for HTL and TTL sensors, without Sub-D connector,
UL/DESINA
6FX2 001-2. . . .
B
6FX5 002-2CA12-. . . .
1
1 unit
701
0.110
A
A
6ES7 138-4DF01-0AB0
6ES7 138-4DF11-0AB0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
0.045
0.046
TM-E15S 26-A1 terminal modules
Order unit: 5 units
A
6ES7 193-4CA40-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.480
TM-E15C26-A1 terminal modules
Order unit: 5 units
A
6ES7 193-4CA50-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.440
TM-E15N24-A1 terminal modules
Order unit: 5 units
A
6ES7 193-4CA80-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.558
TM-E15S24-01 terminal modules
Order unit: 5 units
A
6ES7 193-4CB20-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.007
TM-E15C24-01 terminal modules
Order unit: 5 units
A
6ES7 193-4CB30-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.060
TM-E15N24-01 terminal modules
Order unit: 5 units
A
6ES7 193-4CB70-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.443
1 SI interface modules
1SI interface modules
• ASCII and 3964(R) protocol
• Modbus and USS protocol
Accessories
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/98
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Interface/solid-state modules
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
B
7MH4910-0AA01
1
1 unit
816
0.093
C
7MH4910-0AK01
1
1 unit
816
0.216
C
7MH4607-8CA
1
1 unit
815
0.250
Terminal modules
TM-E 30 mm wide (required for each SIWAREX module)
A
6ES7193-4CG20-0AA0
or compatible
1
1 unit
250
0.140
Shield attachments
Contents 5 units, sufficient for 5 cables
A
6ES7193-4GA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.050
Shield connection terminals
Contents: 5 units, sufficient for 5 cables
Note: One shield connection terminal is required for
A
6ES7193-4GB00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.050
Neutral busbars, galvanized
3 x 10 mm, 1.5 m long
A
8WA2 842
1
1 unit
041
0.267
Feeder terminals for neutral busbar
A
8WA2868
1 50 units
041
0.014
SIWAREX JB connection boxes, aluminium enclosure
For parallel switching of up to 4 weigh-cells and for connecting several
connection boxes
C
7MH4710-1BA
1
1 unit
815
1.520
SIWAREX JB connection boxes, high-grade steel enclosure
For parallel switching of up to 4 weigh-cells
D
7MH4710-1EA
1
1 unit
815
1.500
Ex-Interface, type SIWAREX Pi
With UL and FM approval, but without ATEX approval
for the inherently safe connection of weigh-cells,
suitable for the weigher modules SIWAREX U, CS, MS, FTA, FTC and M.
Use in the EU is not possible.
D
7MH4710-5AA
1
1 unit
815
2.850
SIWAREX Pi Ex-Interface manual
X
C71000-T5974-C29
1
1 unit
815
0.100
C
C
7MH4710-5BA
7MH4710-5CA
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
815
815
0.500
0.500
SIWAREX CS
SIWAREX CS
Weighing electronics for weighers in SIMATIC ET 200S
SIWAREX CS manuals
• In various languages
Free download from:
http://www.siemens.com/weighingtechnology
SIWAREX CS "Getting started"
Sample software for a simple introduction to programming weighers in STEP 7.
Free download from:
http://www.siemens.com/weighingtechnology
SIWAREX CS configuration package on CD-ROM for SIMATIC S7,
Version V5.4 and higher
• SIWATOOL CS software for weigher calibration (in various languages)
• Manuals on CD (in various languages)
• SIWAREX CD "Getting started"
SIWATOOL connection cables
From SIWAREX U/CS with serial PC interface,
for 9-pole PC interfaces (RS 232), length 3 m
Installation materials (essential)
• Weigher connection and
• The TTY interface or
• RS 232 interface
6
Remote displays (optional)
The digital remote displays can be connected directly through the TTY
interface to the SIWAREX CS.
Usable remote display:
S102
Siebert Industrieelektronik GmbH
Postfach 1180
D-66565 Eppelborn
Tel.: 06806/980-0
Fax: 06806/980-999
Internet: http://www.siebert.de
Detailed information is available from the manufacturer.
Accessories
Ex-Interface, type SIWAREX IS
With ATEX approval, but without UL and FM approval
for the inherently safe connection of weigh-cells, including manual,
suitable for the weigher modules SIWAREX U, CS, MS, FTA, FTC, M and CF,
Use in the EU is possible.
• With short-circuit current < DC 199 mA
• With short-circuit current < DC 137 mA
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/99
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Interface/solid-state modules
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
SIWAREX CS (continued)
Cables (optional)
Cables Li2Y 1 x 2 x 0.75 ST + 2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) – CY, sheath color orange C
For connecting SIWAREX U, CS, MS, FTA, FTC, M and CF to the connection
and distribution box (JB), extension box (EB) or Ex-Interface (Ex-I) and
between two JBs, for local laying, occasional bending is possible, 10.8 mm
external diameter, for ambient temperature -40 to +80 °C
7MH4702-8AG
1
1 unit
815
0.160
Cables Li2Y 1 x 2 x 0.75 ST + 2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) – CY, sheath color blue C
Connecting of connection and distribution box (JB) or extension box (EB)
in hazardous areas and Ex-Interface (Ex-I),
for local laying, occasional bending is possible,
blue PVC insulating covering, approx. 10.8 mm external diameter,
for ambient temperature -40 to +80 °C
7MH4702-8AF
1
1 unit
815
0.160
C
7MH4407-8BD0
1
1 unit
815
0.080
C
7MH4920-0AA01
1
1 unit
816
0.093
Terminal modules
TM-E 30 mm wide (required for each SIWAREX module)
A
6ES7193-4CG20-0AA0
or compatible
1
1 unit
250
0.140
Shield attachments
Contents 5 units, sufficient for 5 cables
A
6ES7193-4GA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.050
Shield connection terminals
Contents: 5 units, sufficient for 5 cables
One shield connection terminal is required for each sensor cable
A
6ES7193-4GB00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.050
Neutral busbars, galvanized
3 x 10 mm, 1.5 m long
A
8WA2 842
1
1 unit
041
0.267
Feeder terminals for neutral busbar
A
8WA2868
1 50 units
041
0.014
C
7MH4710-2AA
1
1 unit
815
0.500
Cables Li2Y 1 x 2 x 0.75 ST + 2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) – CY, sheath color orange C
For connecting SIWAREX U, CS, MS, FTA, FTC, M and CF to the connection
and distribution box (JB), extension box (EB) or Ex-Interface (Ex-I) and
between two JBs, for local laying, occasional bending is possible, 10.8 mm
external diameter, for ambient temperature -40 to +80 °C
7MH4702-8AG
1
1 unit
815
0.160
Cables LiYCY 4 x 2 x 0.25 mm²
For TTY (switch 2 core pairs each in parallel),
for connecting a remote indication
SIWAREX CF
SIWAREX CF
Force measuring module for DMS sensors in SIMATIC ET 200S
(SIWAREX CF configuration package not required)
SIWAREX CF manuals
• German, English
Free download from:
http://www.siemens.com/weighingtechnology
SIWAREX CF "Getting started"
Sample software for a simple introduction to programming in STEP 7.
Free download from:
http://www.siemens.com/weighingtechnology
6
Installation materials (essential)
Accessories
SIWAREX EB extension boxes
For extending sensor cables
Cables (optional)
Terminal modules for power- and solid-state modules
TM-P terminal modules for PM-E power modules
TM-P15S23-A1
Order unit: 1 unit
2 × 3 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, screw terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CC20-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.072
TM-P15C23-A1
Order unit: 1 unit
2 × 3 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, spring-loaded terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CC30-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.071
TM-P15N23-A1
Order unit: 1 unit
2 × 3 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, FastConnect
A
6ES7 193-4CC70-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.082
TM-P15S23-A0
Order unit: 1 unit
2 × 3 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 disconnected through to the left, screw terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CD20-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.077
TM-P15C23-A0
Order unit: 1 unit
2 × 3 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 disconnected through to the left, spring-loaded terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CD30-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.069
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/100
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Interface/solid-state modules
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Terminal modules for power and solid-state modules (continued)
TM-P15N23-A0
Order unit: 1 unit
2 × 3 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 disconnected through to the left, FastConnect
A
6ES7 193-4CD70-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.082
TM-P15S22-01
Order unit: 1 unit
2 × 2 terminals, no termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, screw terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CE00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.060
TM-P15C22-01
Order unit: 1 unit
2 × 2 terminals, no termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, spring-loaded terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CE10-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.064
TM-P15N22-01
Order unit: 1 unit
2 × 2 terminals, no termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, FastConnect
A
6ES7 193-4CE60-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.053
TM-P30S44-A0
Order unit: 1 unit
7 × 2 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail, AUX1 disconnected through
to the left, screw terminals for PM-E F PROFIsafe
A
6ES7 193-4CK20-0AA0
1
1 unit
241
0.140
TM-P30C44-A0
Order unit: 1 unit
7 × 2 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail, AUX1 disconnected through
to the left, spring-loaded terminals for PM-E F PROFIsafe
A
6ES7 193-4CK30-0AA0
1
1 unit
241
0.127
TM-E15S24-A1
Order unit: 5 units
2 × 4 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, screw terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CA20-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.372
TM-E15C24-A1
Order unit: 5 units
2 × 4 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, spring-loaded terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CA30-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.060
TM-E15S24-01
Order unit: 5 units
2 × 4 terminals, no termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, screw terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CB20-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.007
TM-E15C24-01
Order unit: 5 units
2 × 4 terminals, no termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, spring-loaded terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CB30-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.060
TM-E15S23-01
Order unit: 5 units
2 × 3 terminals, no termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, screw terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CB00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.020
TM-E15C23-01
Order unit: 5 units
2 × 3 terminals, no termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, spring-loaded terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CB10-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.320
TM-E15N23-01
Order unit: 5 units
2 × 3 terminals, no termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, FastConnect
A
6ES7 193-4CB60-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.387
TM-E15N24-01
Order unit: 5 units
2 × 4 terminals, no termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, FastConnect
A
6ES7 193-4CB70-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.443
TM-E15S26-A1
Order unit: 5 units
2 × 6 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, screw terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CA40-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.480
TM-E15C26-A1
Order unit: 5 units
2 × 6 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, spring-loaded terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CA50-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.440
TM-E15N24-A1
Order unit: 5 units
2 × 4 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, FastConnect
A
6ES7 193-4CA70-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.435
TM-E15N26-A1
Order unit: 5 units
2 × 6 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, FastConnect
A
6ES7 193-4CA80-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.558
1)
6
TM-E terminal modules for solid-state modules1)
Note for selecting suitable TM-E and TM-P configuration aids.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/101
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Motor Starters
Interface/solid-state modules
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Terminal modules for power and solid-state modules (continued)
TM-E terminal modules for solid-state modules1) (continued)
TM-E30S44-01
Order unit: 1 unit
4 × 4 terminals, no termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, screw terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CG20-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.140
TM-E30C44-01
Order unit: 1 unit
4 × 4 terminals, no termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, spring-loaded terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CG30-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.120
TM-E30S46-A1
Order unit: 1 unit
4 × 6 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, screw terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CF40-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.184
TM-E30C46-A1
Order unit: 1 unit
4 × 6 terminals, termination onto AUX1 rail,
AUX1 connected through to the left, spring-loaded terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CF50-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.160
TM-E15S24-AT
Order unit: 1 unit
For internal temperature compensation for 2 AI TC High Feature,
screw terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CL20-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.076
TM-E15C24-AT
Order unit: 1 unit
For internal temperature compensation for 2 AI TC High Feature,
spring-loaded terminals
A
6ES7 193-4CL30-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.064
Shield attachments
Order unit: 5 units, for plugging into TM-E and TM-P
A
6ES7 193-4GA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.050
Shield terminals
Order unit: 5 units, for busbars 3 × 10 mm
A
6ES7 193-4GB00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.050
Ground connection terminals
Order unit: 1 unit, for conductor cross-sections up to 25 mm2
A
8WA2 868
1 50 units
041
0.014
Busbars 3 × 10 mm
Order unit: 1 unit
A
8WA2 842
1
1 unit
041
0.267
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4LA20-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LB20-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LC20-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LD20-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.001
0.001
0.001
0.001
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4LF20-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LG20-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LH20-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
0.001
0.001
0.001
A
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4LA10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LB10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LC10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LD10-0AA0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
250
0.005
0.005
0.043
0.005
• Blue
• Brown
• Turquoise
A
A
A
6ES7 193-4LF10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LG10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LH10-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
0.005
0.005
0.005
Inscription labels, with inscription
Order unit: 1 set
• 200 units for slot numbering (1 to 20) 10 ×
• 200 units for slot numbering (1 to 40) 5 ×
• 200 units for slot numbering (1 to 64) 1 ×, (1 to 68) 2 ×
A
A
B
8WA8 861-0AB
8WA8 861-0AC
8WA8 861-0DA
100 200 units
100 200 units
100 200 units
041
041
041
0.080
0.080
0.080
Inscription labels, blank
200 units for slot numbering
A
8WA8 848-2AY
100 100 units
041
0.080
6
Accessories for shield connection
Accessories for coding
Color coding plates
Order unit: 200 units for TM-P, TM-E
•
•
•
•
White
Yellow
Yellow and green
Red
• Blue
• Brown
• Turquoise
Order unit: 1200 units, for ET 200S terminal modules;
contains 60 strips of 20 labels
•
•
•
•
1)
White
Yellow
Yellow and green
Red
Note for selecting suitable TM-E and TM-P configuration aids.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/102
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Safety Motor Starter Solutions Local/PROFIsafe
General data
■ Overview
■ Application
The ET 200S Safety motor starter Solutions are preferred in all
production and process automation fields in which the enhancement
of plant availability and flexibility plays a key role.
• Safety motor starters Solutions local are preferred from the
safety technology point of view for locally restricted safety
applications. These motor starters are not dependent on a
safe control system.
• Safety motor starters Solutions PROFIsafe are often found
by contrast in safety applications of the more complex type
that are interlinked. In this case a safe control system is used
with the bus systems PROFINET or PROFIBUS with the
PROFIsafe profile.
The ET 200S Safety motor starter Solutions comprise:
• Safety modules
• motor starters, standard
• High-Feature motor starters
• Failsafe motor starters
With the ET 200S Safety motor starter Solutions there is no
complicated and hence cost-intensive configuring and wiring
outlay compared to the conventional safety technology.
The ET 200S Safety motor starter Solutions are designed for
Category 4 according to EN 954-1 or SIL 3 IEC 61508.
6
They enable the use of safety-oriented direct-on-line starters or
reversing starters in the SIMATIC ET 200S distributed peripherals
system on PROFINET or PROFIBUS. The fine modular architecture
of the system enables optimum imaging of machine or plant
applications.
Within an ET 200S station the Safety motor starter Solutions can
also be combined with motor starters, standard or High-Feature
motor starters without safety functions or the SIMATIC
ET 200S FC frequency converter up to max. 4 kW up to
Category 3 according to EN 954-1 or SIL 2 according to
IEC 61508.
Standard and High-Feature ET 200S motor starters can be found
on page 6/75 onwards.
The "SIMATIC ET 200 Configurator" software can be found in
Catalog CA 01 on CD or DVD. You can also download the
"SIMATIC ET 200 Configurator" software from the Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/sirius-starting
http://www.siemens.com/ET200S
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/103
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Safety Motor Starter Solutions Local/PROFIsafe
ET 200S Failsafe motor starters
■ Overview
■ Benefits
Advantages over conventional safety technology
• Significant savings in components (less hardware)
• Less mounting and installation work
• Motor starters are failsafe and offer high availability
■ Application
Use
The Failsafe motor starter is predestined for use in combination
with PROFIsafe (see figure ET 200S Safety Motor Starter Solution
PROFIsafe with Failsafe Motor Starters on page 6/112). Another
field of application is in combination with ASIsafe or safety relays
(see example 2 on page 6/107 Failsafe Motor Starters with ASIsafe
and 3TK28).
The Failsafe motor starter has been developed on the basis of
the High-Feature motor starter. It differs in that, in addition to a
motor starter protector and contactor assembly, a safe solid-state
evaluation circuit is installed for error detection purposes which
makes the motor starter failsafe.
If the contactor to be switched fails in an EMERGENCY-STOP
case, the evaluation electronics detects a fault and opens the
motor starter protector in the motor starter through a shunt trip
unit in a failsafe manner. The second redundant shutdown
component is therefore no longer a main contactor, as is
generally the case, but the motor starter protector installed
in the motor.
6
All functions of the High-Feature starter are already integrated
The new Failsafe motor starters are characterized by easy,
space-saving mounting as well as minimal wiring outlay.
Like the High-Feature starters, the Failsafe motor starters have
a switching capacity of up to 7.5 kW (16 A) which is achieved
with just two motor starter versions. Another important feature
is the high availability due to the high short-circuit strength
(type of coordination 2).
6/104
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Safety Motor Starter Solutions Local/PROFIsafe
ET 200S Failsafe motor starters
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
ET 200S Failsafe motor starters
F-DS1e-x direct-on-line starters
Failsafe direct-on-line starters up to 7.5 kW
at 400 V AC
Mechanically switching
Solid-state UE protection
F-DS1e-x direct-on-line
starter
• 0.3 ... 3 A
A
3RK1 301-0AB13-0AA4
1
1 unit
121
1.693
• 2.4 ... 8 A
B
3RK1 301-0BB13-0AA4
1
1 unit
121
1.717
• 2.4 ... 16 A
A
3RK1 301-0CB13-0AA4
1
1 unit
121
1.673
F-RS1e-x reversing starters
Failsafe reversing starters up to 7.5 kW
at 400 V AC
Mechanically switching
Solid-state UE protection, fuseless
• 0.3 ... 3 A
A
3RK1 301-0AB13-1AA4
1
1 unit
121
2.517
• 2.4 ... 8 A
B
3RK1 301-0BB13-1AA4
1
1 unit
121
2.576
• 2.4 ... 16 A
A
3RK1 301-0CB13-1AA4
1
1 unit
121
2.513
• With incoming energy bus connection
(TM-FDS65-S32-01)
A
3RK1 903-3AC00
1
1 unit
121
0.471
• Without incoming energy bus connection
(TM-FDS65-S31-01)
A
3RK1 903-3AC10
1
1 unit
121
0.473
• With incoming energy bus connection
(TM-FRS130-S32-01)
A
3RK1 903-3AD00
1
1 unit
121
0.807
• Without incoming energy bus connection
(TM-FRS130-S31-01)
A
3RK1 903-3AD10
1
1 unit
121
0.848
M65-PEN-F terminal blocks PE/N
With incoming energy connection,
with caps
A
3RK1 903-2AC00
1
1 unit
121
0.093
M65-PEN-S terminal blocks
without incoming energy connection
A
3RK1 903-2AC10
1
1 unit
121
0.099
Components for Failsafe motor starters
TM-FDS65-S32-01/S31-01 terminal modules
For F-DS1e-x direct-on-line starters
with coding
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/105
6
TM-FRS130-S32-01/S31-01 terminal modules
For F-RS1e-x reversing starter with coding
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Safety Motor Starter Solutions Local/PROFIsafe
Safety modules local
■ Overview
PM-D F1
safety module
PM-X
safety module
DS1-x
standard
direct starter
PM-D F2
safety module
DS1e-x
high feature
direct starter
PM-X
safety module
IM 151
interface module
G_NSA0_00434
Terminal module
for PM-X safety module
Terminal module
for PM-D F1/2
safety module
Auxiliary switch of
the failsafe equipment
for F-Kit 1
direct starter
6
Terminal module
for direct starter
with TM-DS45-S32
supply connection
PE/N terminal block
with M65-PEN-F
supply connection
Terminal module
for direct starter
without TM-DS65-S31
supply connection
Terminal module
for PM-D F1/2
safety module
Terminal module
for PM-X safety module
Terminal module
for direct starter
without TM-DS45-S31
supply connection
Terminal module
for direct starter
with TM-DS65-S32
supply connection
PE/N terminal block
without M65-PEN-S
supply connection
Interplay of ET 200S Safety motor starters Solutions local components
Safety motor starters Solutions local
• For use of standard, High Feature or Failsafe motor starters in
systems with safety categories 2 to 4 (according to EN 954-1)
• No complex wiring for conventional safety technology
• Can also be used in combination with external safety relays
• Can also be used to activate external safety systems
• Safety module available for function-monitored and automatic
starting
• Safety module available for stop category 0 and 1
• Safety module for monitoring the auxiliary voltages for motor
starters
• Safety modules can be plugged into the TM-PF30 terminal
modules.
PM-D F1 safety module
6/106
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Safety Motor Starter Solutions Local/PROFIsafe
Safety modules local
Failsafe Kit
The Failsafe Kit (F-Kit) must be added to each Standard motor
starter in a safety segment in order to monitor the switching function.
Example 1:
PLC
PM-D F1
High-Feature motor starters and their terminal modules come as
standard with the functionality of the F-Kits integrated.
Examples
The diverse possible uses of the Safety motor starters Solutions
local are presented in the manual SIMATIC ET 200S Motor Starters
in the context of typical sample applications.
Safety functional examples for easy, quick and low-cost implementations of applications with Safety motor starters Solutions
local are available on the Internet:
PM-X
PROFINET
PROFIBUS
ET 200S
Motor 1
Motor 2
Motor 3
Motor 4
Motor 5
Position switch
with sep. actuator
EMERGENCY-STOP
NSA0_00433a
ET 200S Safety motor starter Solutions local with 2 safety circuits
(= switch-off groups), motor starters, standard and High-Feature
motor starters.
Example 2:
F-Kit 1 supplements the DS1-x direct-on-line starter, F-Kit 2 the
RS1-x reversing starter.
The F-Kits are comprised of:
• Contact supports for the terminal modules
• One or two auxiliary switch blocks for the contactor/contactors
of the motor starter
• Connecting cables
PM-D F2
PM-X
PM-D FX1
PROFINET
PROFIBUS
6
PM-D F1/F2/F3/F4/F5 safety modules
• PM-D F1/F2/F3/F4 safety modules monitor auxiliary voltages
and contain the complete functionality of a safety relay:
- PM-D F1
For evaluation of EMERGENCY-STOP circuits with the function
"monitored start".
- PM-D F2
For monitoring of protective doors with the function
"automatic start".
- PM-D F3
Expansion to PM-D F1/F2 for time-delayed disconnection.
- PM-D F4
For expansion of safety circuits with other ET 200S motor
starters, e.g. in a different line.
- PM-D F5
Transmits the status from PM-D F1 ... 4 through four
floating enabling circuits to external safety equipment
(contact multipliers)
• The PM-D F1 and PM-D F2 modules can be combined with
the PM-D F3 or PM-D F4 modules.
• A PM-D F5 can be positioned at any point between
a PM-D F1 ... 4 and a PM-X.
• Safety modules monitor the U1 and U2 auxiliary voltages. A
voltage failure is relayed as a diagnostics signal over the bus.
- No additional PM-D safety module is required when the
safety modules are used.
- Each safety circuit, beginning with a PM-D F1 ... 4, must be
terminated with one PM-X each.
ET 200S
Standard PLC
Motor 1
Version 1
Safety relay,
e. g. 3TK28
Motor 2
Version 2
ASIsafe
AS-i
AS-i
Further information is available on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/sirius-starting
NSA0_00431a
http://www.siemens.com/ET200S
ET 200S Safety motor starter Solutions local with 2 external
safety combinations (= safety relays or ASIsafe monitors) and
with Failsafe motor starters (PM-DFX-1 application).
2 of the 6 available safe switch-off groups are used.
Signals with relevance for safety can be input to ET 200S
through a PM-DFX1 infeed terminal module through the enabling
circuits of the ASIsafe monitor or the safety relay to control the
Failsafe motor starters which then selectively switch off the
downstream motors.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/107
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Safety Motor Starter Solutions Local/PROFIsafe
Safety modules local
■ Application
Safety motor starters Solutions local
Terminal modules for (TM-PF30) safety module
With the Safety motor starters Solutions local it is easy to configure
several safety circuits. The safety sensors are connected directly
and locally to the safety modules. These safety modules perform
the work of the otherwise obligatory safety relays and safely shut
down the downstream motor starters in accordance with the
function selected. The crosslinks required for this are already
integrated in the system and need no additional wiring. All signals
from the safety modules are automatically relayed as diagnostics
signals, e.g. in the event of crossover in the EMERGENCY-STOP
circuit.
For supplying load and sensor voltage to the potential bars of
the motor starters, and for connection of the 2-channel sensor
circuit (e.g. EMERGENCY-STOP pushbutton) and a reset button.
Different terminal modules are available for the configuring of
separate safety circuits or for the cascading of safety circuits,
and for applications with time-delayed disconnection.
The highest safety category 4 according to EN 954-1 can be
obtained with Safety motor starters Solutions local. They can
thus be used for evaluation of EMERGENCY-STOP circuits or for
monitoring protective doors and also for time-delayed disconnections. With the contact multiplier the safety-relevant signals
can also be made available to external systems.
All standard safety applications can be covered through combination
of different TM-PF30 terminal modules. Needless to say, ET 200S
motor starters can also be used in conjunction with external
safety relays or with ASIsafe.
Use of the PM-DFX1 safety module: The PM-DFX1 safety module
is used for feeding in 1 to 6 switch-off groups. The infeed voltage
can be switched using 1 to 6 external safety shutdown devices
(either ASIsafe monitors or 3TK28 safety relays). This safety
module is used in applications with external safety shutdown
devices where there is a need for the fully selective safety
shutdown of failsafe motor starters/frequency converters
(see example 2, page 6/107).
6
With the Safety motor starters Solutions local, up to 80 % of wiring
is saved compared to conventional safety technology with local
safety applications.
6/108
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
Terminal modules for (TM-X) safety module
For connection of an external infeed contactor (2nd shutdown
possibility). With terminals for contactor coil and feedback
contact. Is always required to terminate a group of
safety-oriented motor starters.
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Safety Motor Starter Solutions Local/PROFIsafe
Safety modules local
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Safety modules
3RK1 903-1BA00
PM-D F1
A
With diagnostics
Safety module for EMERGENCY-STOP application
Monitored start
3RK1 903-1BA00
1
1 unit
121
0.216
PM-D F2
With diagnostics
Safety module for protective door monitoring
Automatic start
A
3RK1 903-1BB00
1
1 unit
121
0.218
PM-D F3
With diagnostics
Safety module for expanding PM-D F1/2 for
another voltage group
Time-delayed 0 to 15 s
A
3RK1 903-1BD00
1
1 unit
121
0.209
PM-D F4
With diagnostics
Safety module for expanding
PM-D F1/2 for another voltage group
A
3RK1 903-1BC00
1
1 unit
121
0.225
PM-D F5
A
With diagnostics
Safety module for expanding
PM-D F1 ... 4 with four floating enabling circuits
Contact multipliers
3RK1 903-1BE00
1
1 unit
121
0.222
PM-D FX1
With diagnostics
Infeed terminal module for supply of
1 to 6 switch-off groups
A
3RK1 903-3DA00
1
1 unit
121
0.123
FC-M contact multipliers
With 4 safe floating contacts
A
3RK1 903-3CA00
1
1 unit
121
0.223
PM-X safety modules
With diagnostics
Module for connecting a safety group and for
connecting an external infeed contactor or for
connecting to an external safety circuit
A
3RK1 903-1CB00
1
1 unit
121
0.068
F-Kit 1
Failsafe equipment for
DS1-x1) motor starters, standard
A
3RK1 903-1CA00
1
1 unit
121
0.030
F-Kit 2
Failsafe equipment for
RS1-x1) motor starters, standard
A
3RK1 903-1CA01
1
1 unit
121
0.056
3RK1 903-3DA00
3RK1 903-1CA00
6
Accessories
3RK1 903-1CA01
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/109
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Safety Motor Starter Solutions Local/PROFIsafe
Safety modules local
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
TM-PF30 S47-B1
For PM-D F1/2 Safety Modules
With infeed U1/U2 and sensor connection
A
3RK1 903-1AA00
1
1 unit
121
0.408
TM-PF30 S47-B0
For PM-D F1/2 Safety Modules
With sensor connection
A
3RK1 903-1AA10
1
1 unit
121
0.393
TM-PF30 S47-C1
For PM-D F3/4 Safety Modules
With infeed U1/U2 and control input IN+/IN-
A
3RK1 903-1AC00
1
1 unit
121
0.399
TM-PF30 S47-C0
For PM-D F3/4 Safety Modules
With infeed U2
A
3RK1 903-1AC10
1
1 unit
121
0.378
TM-PF30 S47-D0
For PM-D F5 Safety Modules
A
3RK1 903-1AD10
1
1 unit
121
0.400
TM-X15 S27-01
For PM-X Safety Module
A
3RK1 903-1AB00
1
1 unit
121
0.201
TM-P15-S27-01 terminal modules
For PM-D power module
A
3RK1 903-0AA00
1
1 unit
121
0.224
Components for safety modules
Terminal modules
3RK1 903-1AA00
TM-PFX30 S47-G0/G1 terminal modules
For PM-D F X1 Safety Module
(infeed terminal module)
A
3RK1 903-3AE10
1
1 unit
121
0.408
A
3RK1 903-3AE00
1
1 unit
121
0.405
TM-FCM30 S47-F01 terminal modules
For F-CM contact multiplier
A
3RK1 903-3AB10
1
1 unit
121
0.410
The function of the Failsafe-Kit is already integrated into High-Feature motor starters.
6
1)
• Infeed left (TM-PFX30 S47-G0)
• Infeed center (TM-PFX30 S47-G1)
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/110
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Safety Motor Starter Solutions Local/PROFIsafe
Safety modules PROFIsafe
■ Overview
PM-D F PROFIsafe
safety module
NSA0_00435
IM 151
interface module
Terminal module
for PM-D F PROFIsafe
TM-PF30 S47-F0
F-RS1e-x
failsafe reversing starter
F-DS1e-x
failsafe direct starter
Terminal module
for F-RS1e-x
without TM-FRS130-S31-01
supply connection
Terminal module
for F-DS1e-x
with TM-FDS65-S32
supply connection
PE/N terminal block
with M65-PEN-F
supply connection
6
Terminal module
for F-DS1e-x
without TM-FDS65-S31
supply connection
PE/N terminal block
without M65-PEN-S
supply connection
Interaction of ET 200S Safety motor starter Solutions PROFIsafe components
Safety motor starters Solutions PROFIsafe
PM-D F PROFIsafe with TM-PF30 S47-F0 terminal module
Sensor and actuator assignment are freely configurable within
the framework of the distributed safety concept:
Integration of the safety technology in the standard automation
is realized through a single bus system (see Advantages of
PROFIsafe), using PROFIBUS as well as PROFINET.
• For the use of Failsafe motor starters in plants with safety category
2 to 4 according to EN 954-1 and SIL 2 and 3 according to
IEC 61508. The use of standard or High-Feature motor starters
is also possible with certain assemblies
• High flexibility (any assignment of sensors to motor starters
using the PLC)
• Full selectivity of disconnection of the Failsafe motor starters
• No complex wiring for conventional safety technology, e.g. no
infeed contactors even in the highest safety category
• Can also be used to activate external safety systems through
F-CM contact multiplier
• Safety module available for any safety function
• Safety module available for stop category 0 and 1
• Safety module for monitoring the auxiliary voltages for motor
starters
• Safety modules can be plugged into the TM-PF30 terminal
modules.
The logic of the safety functions is implemented by software.
Safety-oriented PROFIsafe communication and the use of a
safety-oriented control system are required.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/111
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Safety Motor Starter Solutions Local/PROFIsafe
Safety modules PROFIsafe
High degree of flexibility with safety technology
Failsafe motor starters for PROFIsafe
In EMERGENCY-STOP applications, the Failsafe motor starters are
selectively switched off through the upstream PM-D F PROFIsafe
safety module. For each safety module, six switch-off groups
can be formed. In the first delivery stage, the failsafe freelyprogrammable logic of the SIMATIC controller is used to interface
with the relevant Failsafe sensor technology. The interface between
PROFIsafe and installations that use conventional safety technology
is implemented through the F-CM Failsafe contact multiplier with
four floating contacts.
Example:
The diverse possible uses of the Safety motor starter Solutions
PROFIsafe are presented in the manual SIMATIC ET 200S motor
starters in the context of typical sample applications.
Safety functional examples for easy, quick and low-cost
implementations of applications with safety motor starters
Solution PROFIsafe are available on the Internet:
Further information is available on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/sirius-starting
■ Application
Safety motor starter Solutions PROFIsafe
If a safety-oriented SIMATIC CPU is used, the ET 200S is available
as a safety-oriented peripheral. Nevertheless, in such a station it
is possible to configure conventional motor starters and input/
output modules mixed with modules with safety functions.
Thanks to the PROFIsafe profile, the safety functions are available
in the complete network, which means that the Safety motor
starter Solutions PROFIsafe enable the selective disconnection
of a Failsafe motor starters or the disconnection of a group of
Standard and High-Feature motor starters regardless of where
and on which peripheral station the safe control devices were
connected. As such, this solution provides an unprecedented
level of flexibility and reduction of wiring for applications in
wide-spread plants or with a sporadic demand for changes in
the assignment of safety segments.
The Safety motor starter Solutions PROFIsafe are ideally suited
for safety concepts with category 2 to 4 according to EN 954-1
or up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508.
Each safety module switches up to 6 switch-off groups for
Failsafe motor starters/frequency converters.
http://www.siemens.com/ET200S
PM-D F PROFIsafe safety modules
PM-D F
PROFIsafe
F-PLC
The PM-D F PROFIsafe safety module receives the shutdown
signal from the interface module of the ET 200S and safely
switches off 1 to 6 switch-off groups. This safety module is used
in PROFIsafe applications where there is a need for the selective
safety shutdown of Failsafe motor starters/frequency converters.
ET 200S
PROFINET
PROFIBUS
6
EMERGENCYMotor 1
STOP
EMERGENCY- Position
STOP
switch
Motor 2
Cable-operated
switch
NSA0_00432a
ET 200S Safety motor starters Solutions PROFIsafe with Failsafe motor
starters and fully selective disconnection (PM-DF PROFIsafe application)
Within an ET 200S station, the Failsafe motor starters are assigned
to one of 6 safety segments. For plants with distributed configuration the shutdown signals of these safety segments are preferably
issued by a higher-level, safety-oriented control system through
PROFIsafe. This permits the greatest flexibility for assigning the
motor starters to different safety circuits.
Alternatively, an ET 200S F-CPU can also be used for control
purposes.
6/112
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S Safety Motor Starter Solutions Local/PROFIsafe
Safety modules PROFIsafe
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
PM-D F PROFIsafe safety modules
For PROFIBUS and PROFINET
For Failsafe motor starters
For Failsafe contact multipliers
With six switch-off groups (SG1 to SG6)
A
3RK1 903-3BA01
1
1 unit
121
0.139
F-CM contact multipliers
With 4 safe floating contacts
A
3RK1 903-3CA00
1
1 unit
121
0.223
TM-PF30 S47-F0 terminal modules
For PM-D F PROFIsafe safety modules
A
3RK1 903-3AA00
1
1 unit
121
0.360
TM-FCM30 S47-F01 terminal modules
For F-CM contact multipliers
A
3RK1 903-3AB10
1
1 unit
121
0.410
A
3RK1 903-3EA10
1
1 unit
121
0.097
• With incoming power bus connection
(TM-IPM65-S32)
A
3RK1 903-3EC00
1
1 unit
121
0.020
• Without incoming power bus connection
(TM-IPM65-S31)
A
3RK1 903-3EC10
1
1 unit
121
0.020
• With incoming power bus connection
(TM-IPM130-S32)
A
3RK1 903-3ED00
1
1 unit
121
0.020
• Without incoming power bus connection
(TM-IPM130-S31)
A
3RK1 903-3ED10
1
1 unit
121
0.020
M65-PEN-F terminal blocks PE/N
With incoming energy connection,
With caps
A
3RK1 903-2AC00
1
1 unit
121
0.093
M65-PEN-S terminal blocks
Without incoming energy connection
A
3RK1 903-2AC10
1
1 unit
121
0.099
Components for safety modules PROFIsafe
Components for frequency converters and Failsafe frequency
converters
TM-ICU15 terminal modules
For ICU24 / ICU24F control module of the
frequency converter
TM-IPM65 terminal modules
For IPM25 power section,
0.75 kW of frequency converter
6
TM-IPM130 terminal modules
For IPM25 power section,
2.2 kW and 4.0 kW of frequency converter
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/113
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200pro Motor Starters
Standard and High Feature
■ Overview
■ Benefits
ET 200pro motor starters provide the following advantages:
• High flexibility thanks to a modular and compact design
• Little variance among all motor starter versions
(2 units up to 5.5 kW)
• Extensive parameterization using STEP 7 HW-Config
• Increase of plant availability through fast replacement of units
(easy mounting and plug-in technology)
• Extensive diagnostics and information for preventive maintenance
• Parameterizable inputs for local control functions (High Feature)
• Cabinet-free construction thanks to high degree of protection IP65
■ Application
6
With the ET 200pro motor starters, any three-phase loads can be
protected and switched. They are an integral part of ET 200pro
and have the high degree of protection IP65. This makes them
ideal for operation in modular, distributed peripherals without
control cabinets or control enclosures.
Motor starters
• Only two variants up to 5.5 kW
• All settings can be parameterized by bus
• Comprehensive diagnostics signals
• Overload can be acknowledged by remote reset
• Current unbalance monitoring
• Stall protection
• Emergency start function in the event of overload
• Current value transmission by bus
• Current limit monitoring
• Direct-on-line or reversing starters
• Power bus can be plugged in using the new HAN Q4/2 plug-in
connectors
• Conductor cross-sections up to 6 x 4 mm²
• 25 A per segment
(power looped through using jumper plug)
• In the Standard and High Feature versions
(with 4 DI onBoard)
• Electromechanical switching and electronic switching
• Electronic starter for direct activation or with integrated
smooth-starter function
• Supplied with 400 V AC brake contact as an option
Isolator module
The isolator module with switch disconnector function is used for
safe disconnection of the 400 V operational voltage during repair
work in the plant and provides an integrated group fusing function
(i.e. additional group short-circuit protection for all subsequently
supplied motor starters).
Depending on the power distribution concept, all stations can be
equipped with an isolator module as an option.
Safety applications
Safety local isolator module
With the Safety local modules
• Safety local isolator module and
• 400 V disconnecting module
it is possible to achieve safety category 4/SIL 3 with an appropriate
connection.
Safety Solution PROFIsafe
With the Safety PROFIsafe modules
• F-Switch and
• 400 V disconnecting module
it is also possible to achieve safety category 4/SIL 3 with an
appropriate connection.
6/114
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
The ET 200pro motor starters are available both with mechanical
as well as electronic contacts.
The ET 200pro electromechanical starters are offered as direct
(DSe/DSe) and reversing starters (RSe/RSe) in the High Feature
version with the following equipment:
• 4 digital inputs
• Device versions with or without control for externally fed
brakes with 400 V AC
• With expanded parameterization capabilities.
The ET 200pro electronic starters are offered as direct
(DSe/DSe) and reversing starters (RSe/RSe) in the High Feature
version with the following equipment:
• 4 digital inputs
• With soft-start and smooth ramp-down function
• With the deactivated smooth start function as an electronic
starter for applications with a high level of switching frequency
• Device versions with or without control for externally fed
brakes with 400 V AC
• With expanded parameterization capabilities.
As the result of the protection concept with solid-state overload
evaluation and the use of SIRIUS controls size S00, additional
advantages are realized on the standard and High-Feature motor
starters - advantages which soon make themselves positively
felt particularly in manufacturing processes with high plant
stoppage costs:
• Configuration is made easier by the fine modular structure.
When using the ET 200pro motor starters, the list of parts per
load feeder is reduced to two main units: the bus module and
the motor starter. This makes the ET 200pro ideal for modular
machine concepts or solutions for conveying systems and in
machine-tool building.
• Expansions are easily possible through the subsequent adding
of modules. The innovative plug-in technology also does away
with the wiring needed up to now. Through the hot swapping
function, (disconnection and connection during operation) a
motor starter can be replaced within seconds if necessary,
without having to shut down the ET 200pro station and with it
the process in the plant. The motor starters are therefore
recommendable in particular for applications with special
demands on availability. Storage costs are optimized in
addition by the low level of variance (2 units up to 5.5 kW).
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200pro Motor Starters
Standard and High Feature
The ordering option for motor starters with a 400 V AC brake output
provides the possibility of controlling motors with 400 V AC
brakes. With four locally acting inputs available on the High-Feature
motor starter it is possible to realize autonomous special functions
which work independently of the bus and the higher-level control
system, e.g. as a quick stop on gate valve controls or limit position
disconnectors. In parallel with this, the states of these inputs are
signaled to the control system.
When using the optional isolator module with switch disconnector
and group fusing function for the ET 200pro, the 400 V supply of
the motor starters can be switched on and off directly in the field,
i.e. locally.
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Motor starters, standard, mechanical
Motor protection: thermal model
DSe1) direct-on-line starters
• Without brake output
• With brake output 400 V AC
A
C
3RK1 [email protected]
3RK1 [email protected]
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
1.728
1.728
C2)
C2)
3RK1 [email protected]
3RK1 [email protected]
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
1.728
1.728
C
C2)
3RK1 [email protected]
3RK1 [email protected]
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
1.728
1.728
C
C2)
3RK1 [email protected]
3RK1 [email protected]
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
1.728
1.728
RSe1) reversing starters
• Without brake output
• With brake output 400 V AC
DSe standard
High-Feature motor starters, mechanical
Motor protection: thermal model
DSe1) direct-on-line starters
• Without brake output and with 4 inputs
• With brake output 400 V AC and 4 inputs
RSe1) reversing starters
6
• Without brake output and with 4 inputs
• With brake output 400 V AC and 4 inputs
RSe High-Feature
Additional
price per PU
Additional price
Setting range of rated operational current
• 0.15 ... 2.0 A
• 1.5 ... 12.0 A
K
L
without
x
High-Feature motor starters3), solid-state
Full motor protection, comprising thermal motor protection and thermistor motor protection
sDSSte/sDSte direct-on-line starters1)3)
• Without brake output and with 4 inputs
• With brake output 400 V AC and 4 inputs
A
A
3RK1 [email protected]
3RK1 [email protected]
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
1.700
1.700
A
A
3RK1 [email protected]
3RK1 [email protected]
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
1.875
1.875
sRSSte/sRSte reversing starters1)3)
• Without brake output and with 4 inputs
• With brake output 400 V AC and 4 inputs
sRSSte High Feature
Additional
price per PU
Additional price
Setting range of rated operational current
• 0.15 ... 2.0 A
• 1.5 ... 12.0 A
x = additional price
1)
Only functions when used together with the backplane bus module and the
wide module rack. The backplane bus module and the wide module rack
must be ordered separately (see "Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters").
2)
Delivery time class A for setting range of rated operational current
0.15 ... 2.0 A
K
L
3)
without
x
The solid-state motor starters can be used not only as solid-state motors
starters with a high level of switching frequency but also as fully fledged
soft starters for soft starting and smooth ramp-down. The changeover
from motor starter to soft starter takes place through reparameterization
in HW Config.
Depending on the settings, this results in the following current ranges:
- Parameterization as solid-state starter: 0.15 ... 2 A and 1.5 ... 9 A (4 kW)
- Parameterization as soft starter: 0.15 ... 2 A and 1.5 ... 12 A (5.5 kW).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/115
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200pro Motor Starters
ET 200pro isolator modules
■ Overview
■ Benefits
The isolator module with integrated group fusing function
(i.e. additional group short-circuit protection for all subsequently
supplied motor starters) and switch disconnector function is
used for safe disconnection of the 400 V operational voltage in
the plant.
The following properties apply to the isolator module:
• Increase of plant availability through fast replacement of units
(easy mounting and plug-in technology)
• Cabinet-free construction by means of the high degree of
protection IP65
Depending on the power distribution concept, all stations can be
equipped with an isolator module as an option.
The isolator module is available in addition in a safety version.
See Safety local Isolator Modules.
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
ET 200pro isolator modules, mechanical
Isolator modules1)
Rated operational current 25 A
A
3RK1 304-0HS00-6AA0
1
1 unit
121
1.728
Safety local isolator modules2)3)
Rated operational current 16 A
C
3RK1 304-0HS00-7AA0
1
1 unit
121
1.728
6
3RK1 304-0HS00-6AA0
3RK1 304-0HS00-7AA0
1)
Only functions when used together with the corresponding backplane bus
module 110 mm and the wide module rack. The backplane bus module
and the wide module rack must be ordered separately
(see "Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters").
2)
The Safety local isolator module only functions when used together with
the 400 V disconnecting module.
3)
Only in combination with the special backplane bus module for the Safety
local isolator module (see "Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters").
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/116
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200pro Motor Starters
Safety modules
■ Overview
■ Application
Safety local isolator module
The Safety local isolator module features the same functions as
a standard isolator module with an additional local safety function.
The Safety local isolator module contains a 3TK28 41 module
and is equipped with M12 terminals for the connection of
external safety components.
Terminals 1 and 2 can be used to connect either 1-channel
or 2-channel EMERGENCY-STOP circuits or protective door
circuits (IN 1, IN 2).
For monitored starts, an external START switch can be connected
to terminal 3.
The required safety functions can be set using 2 slide switches
located under the left M12 opening.
In the event of an EMERGENCY-STOP, the Safety local isolator
module trips the downstream 400 V disconnecting module. This
safely isolates the 400 V circuit up to Cat. 4/SIL 3.
The Safety local isolator module is a maintenance switch with
integrated safety evaluation functions that can be parameterized
using DIP switches.
In combination with the 400 V disconnecting module, the
Safety local isolator module can be used for safety applications
up to Cat. 4/SIL 3 according to EN 954-1.
400 V disconnecting module
It is used for:
• Connection of a 1- or 2-channel EMERGENCY-STOP circuit up
to category 3-4/SIL 3 (protective door or EMERGENCY-STOP
pushbuttons) and parameterizable start behavior
• Control of the 400 V disconnecting module by means of a
safety rail signal
The 400 V disconnecting module can be used together with the
Safety local isolator module for local safety applications and
together with the F-Switch for PROFIsafe safety applications.
400 V disconnecting module
The auxiliary circuit supply of the device is over a safety power
rail in the backplane bus module.
The 400 V disconnecting module enables the safe disconnection
of the operational voltage of 400 V up to category 3-4/Sil 3. For
operation in a Safety Solution local application it functions only
in combination with the safety local isolator module.
For operation in a Safety PROFIsafe application it functions only
in combination with the F-Switch.
F-Switch
Failsafe digital inputs/outputs in degree of protection IP65/66/67
for near-machine, cabinet-free use.
Failsafe digital inputs
• For the failsafe reading in of sensor information
(1-/2-channel)
• Including integrated evaluation
for 2v2 signals
• Internal sensor supplies (incl. testing) available
It contains two contactors connected in series for safety-oriented
disconnection of the main circuit.
The 400 V disconnecting module can be used together with the
Safety local isolator module or with the F-Switch for safety
applications up to Cat. 4/SIL 3 according to EN 954-1.
F-Switch
The F-Switch is a failsafe solid-state module for PROFIsafe
safety applications. It has two failsafe inputs and outputs for
safe switching of the 24 V supply over backplane bus bars.
In combination with the 400 V disconnecting module it can be
used in PROFIsafe applications for the failsafe disconnection of
ET 200pro motor starters up to Cat. 4/SIL 3.
Failsafe digital outputs
• 3 failsafe PP-switching outputs for safe switching of the
backplane bus bars
The F-Switch is certified up to Cat. 4 (EN 954-1) and up to SIL 3
(IEC 61508) and has detailed diagnostics.
It supports PROFIsafe in PROFIBUS configurations as well as in
PROFINET configurations.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/117
6
Safety local isolator module
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200pro Motor Starters
Safety modules
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
ET 200pro safety modules
Safety local isolator modules1)2)
Rated operational current 16 A
C
3RK1 304-0HS00-7AA0
1
1 unit
121
1.728
400 V disconnecting modules3)4)
Rated operational current 25 A
C
3RK1 304-0HS00-8AA0
1
1 unit
121
1.728
A
6ES7 148-4FS00-0AB0
1
1 unit
241
0.319
A
6ES7 194-4DA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
241
0.351
3RK1 304-0HS00-7AA0
3RK1 304-0HS00-8AA0
F-Switch PROFIsafe
24 V DC,
including bus module
Connection module to be ordered
separately
6ES7 148-1FS00-0AB0
6
Connection modules for F-Switch
24 V DC
1)
The Safety local isolator module only functions when used together with
the 400 V disconnecting module.
2)
Only in combination with the special backplane bus module for the Safety
local isolator module (see "Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters").
3)
The 400 V disconnecting module only functions when used together with
the Safety local isolator module.
4)
Only functions when used together with the backplane bus module and the
wide module rack. The backplane bus module and the wide module rack
must be ordered separately (see "Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters").
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/118
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200pro Motor Starters
Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters
■ Overview
RSM
1
MS
MS
NSA0_00465
NSA0_00467
MS
MS
3
4
7
9
Infeed on the RSM isolator module
2
Legend:
M
M
Basic design of an ET 200pro motor starter
MS
Power feeder plugs (see page 6/120)
%
Power connection plugs (see page 6/120)
&
Power jumper plugs (see page 6/120)
(
Motor connection plugs (see page 6/120)
)
Motor plugs (see page 6/120)
)
Motor plugs with EMC suppressor circuit (see page 6/120)
+
Power loop-through plugs (see page 6/120)
,
Power connection cables (see page 6/120)
-
Power connection cables for isolator modules (see page 6/120)
.
Motor cables (see page 6/121)
NSA0_00466
MS
$
6
5 / 6
10
8
Infeed on the ET 200pro motor starter
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/119
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200pro Motor Starters
Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Approx.
weight
per PU
in kg
6
ET 200pro accessories
$ Power feeder plugs
Connector set for energy supply, e.g. for
connecting to T terminal connectors, comprising
a coupling enclosure, straight outgoing unit
(with bracket), pin insert for HAN Q4/2,
incl. gland
• 5 male contacts 2.5 mm2
B
• 5 male contacts 4 mm2
B
2
• 5 male contacts 6 mm
B
3RK1 911-2BS60
3RK1 911-2BS20
3RK1 911-2BS40
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
0.100
0.100
0.100
% Power connection plugs
Connector set for energy supply for connection
to ET 200pro motor starters/ET 200pro isolator modules, comprising a cable-end connector hood, angled outgoing unit, female insert
for HAN Q4/2, incl. gland
• 5 female contacts 2.5 mm2
C
• 5 female contacts 4 mm2
B
• 5 female contacts 6 mm2
B
3RK1 911-2BE50
3RK1 911-2BE10
3RK1 911-2BE30
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
121
2.000
2.000
2.000
& Power jumper plugs
B
3RK1 922-2BQ00
1
1 unit
121
0.330
( Motor connection plugs
Connector set for motor cable for connection
to ET 200pro motor starters, comprising a
cable-end connector hood, angled outgoing
unit, pin insert for HAN Q8/0, incl. gland
• 8 male contacts 1.5 mm2
• 6 male contacts 2.5 mm2
B
B
3RK1 902-0CE00
3RK1 902-0CC00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
0.064
0.059
) Motor plugs
Connector set for motor cable for connection
to motors, comprising a cable-end connector
hood, straight outgoing unit, female insert for
HAN 10e, incl. star jumper, incl. gland
• 7 female contacts 1.5 mm2
B
• 7 female contacts 2.5 mm2
B
3RK1 911-2BM21
3RK1 911-2BM22
1
1
1 set
1 set
121
121
0.240
0.240
* Motor plugs with EMC suppressor
circuit
Connector set for motor cable for connection
to motors, comprising a cable-end connector
hood, straight outgoing unit, female insert for
HAN 10e with EMC suppressor circuit, incl.
star jumper, incl. gland
• 7 female contacts 1.5 mm2
B
• 7 female contacts 2.5 mm2
B
3RK1 911-2BL21
3RK1 911-2BL22
1
1
1 set
1 set
121
121
0.270
0.270
+ Power loop-through plugs
Connector set for power loop-through for
connection to ET 200pro motor starters/
ET 200pro isolator modules, comprising a
cable-end connector hood, angled outgoing
unit, pin insert for HAN Q4/2, incl. gland
• 4 male contacts 2.5 mm2
• 4 male contacts 4 mm2
B
B
3RK1 911-2BF50
3RK1 911-2BF10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
121
121
0.110
0.300
, Power connection cables,
assembled at one end
Power connection cable for ET 200pro motor
starters, ECOFAST, open at one end, for
HAN Q4/2, angled, insert turned at isolator
module end, 4 x 4 mm2
• Length 1.5 m
• Length 5.0 m
B
B
3RK1 911-0DB13
3RK1 911-0DB33
1
1
1 set
1 set
121
121
0.590
1.800
- Power connection cables for isolator
modules, assembled at one end
Power connection cable for ET 200pro motor
starters,open at one end, for HAN Q4/2,
angled, insert turned at isolator module end,
4 x 4 mm2
• Length 1.5 m
• Length 5.0 m
B
B
3RK1 911-0DF13
3RK1 911-0DF33
1
1
1 set
1 set
121
121
0.590
1.800
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/120
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200pro Motor Starters
Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Approx.
weight
per PU
in kg
• Motor cable for motor without brake,
for ET 200pro, ET 200X, AS-i Compact,
4 x 1.5 mm2
B
3RK1 911-0EB31
1
1 set
121
0.800
• Motor cable for motor with brake,
for ET 200pro, 6 x 1.5 mm2
B
3RK1 911-0ED31
1
1 set
121
1.150
Module racks, wide1)
• Length 500 mm
• Length 1000 mm
• Length 2000 mm
A
A
A
6ES7 194-4GB00-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GB60-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GB20-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
2.400
0.001
16.000
Module racks, wide, compact1)
• Length 500 mm
• Length 1000 mm
• Length 2000 mm
A
A
A
6ES7 194-4GD00-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GD10-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GD20-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
0.001
0.001
0.001
Backplane bus modules 110 mm2)
B
3RK1 922-2BA00
1
1 unit
121
0.330
Backplane bus modules for Safety local
isolator modules
B
3RK1 922-2BA01
1
1 unit
121
0.330
. Motor cables, assembled at one end
Open at one end, HAN Q8, angled,
length 5 m
B
3RK1 922-2BP00
1
1 unit
121
0.330
B
3RK1 922-3BA00
1
1 unit
121
0.130
Sealing caps (for power supply)
(1 pack contains 10 units)
B
3RK1 902-0CJ00
1 10 units
121
0.093
Dismantling tools for HAN Q4/2
C
3RK1 902-0AB00
1
1 unit
121
0.024
Crimping tools for pins/sockets 4 mm2 and C
6 mm2
3RK1 902-0CW00
1
1 unit
121
0.620
Crimping tools for male contacts and
sockets up to 4.0 mm2 (HAN Q8/0)
B
3RK1 902-0CT00
1
1 unit
121
0.644
Dismantling tools for male contacts and
sockets (HAN Q8/0)
B
3RK1 902-0AJ00
1
1 unit
121
0.047
M12 sealing caps
For sealing unused input and output sockets
(one set contains ten sealing caps)
}
3RX9 802-0AA00
100 10 units
121
0.100
6
3RK1 922-3BA00
RS 232 interface cables
Hand-held devices
For ET 200pro motor starter, (also for
ET 200S High Feature and ECOFAST),
for local operation.
A serial interface cable must be ordered
separately.
1)
The wide module rack can accommodate all ET 200pro motor starters and
any optional modules (isolator module, Safety local isolator module and
400 V disconnecting module).
2)
The backplane bus module is a prerequisite for operation of the ET 200pro
motor starter and the optional module.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/121
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200pro Motor Starters
Components for ET 200pro
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Interface modules IM 154-1 and IM 154-2
IM154-1 interface modules
For ET 200pro; for communication between ET 200pro and
higher-level masters over PROFIBUS DP
A
6ES7 154-1AA00-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.395
IM154-2 High-Feature interface modules
For ET 200pro; for communication between ET 200pro and
higher-level masters over PROFIBUS DP; support of PROFIsafe
A
6ES7 154-2AA00-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.410
CM IM DP ECOFAST connection modules
A
For connection of PROFIBUS DP and 24 V power supply to PROFIBUS
interface modules, two ECOFAST Cu connections
6ES7 194-4AA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.100
A
6ES7 194-4AC00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.292
CM IM DP M12 7/8“ connection modules
A
For connection of PROFIBUS DP and 24 V power supply to PROFIBUS
interface modules, 2 x M12 and 2 x 7/8“
6ES7 194-4AD00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.150
Accessories
CM IM DP Direct connection modules
For direct connection of PROFIBUS DP and 24 V power supply to
PROFIBUS interface modules, up to six M20 screwed cable glands
Accessories for CM IM DP ECOFAST
6
PROFIBUS ECOFAST hybrid cables, assembled
With 2 ECOFAST connectors, trailing cable with 2 x Cu 0.64 mm2 and
4 x Cu 1.5 mm2
• Length 1.5 m
• Length 3.0 m
• Length 5.0 m
A
A
A
6XV1 830-7BH15
6XV1 830-7BH30
6XV1 830-7BH50
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
550
550
550
0.400
0.535
0.880
• Length 10 m
• Length 15 m
• Length 20 m
A
A
A
6XV1 830-7BN10
6XV1 830-7BN15
6XV1 830-7BN20
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
550
550
550
1.600
2.155
2.870
• Length 25 m
• Length 30 m
• Length 35 m
A
A
A
6XV1 830-7BN25
6XV1 830-7BN30
6XV1 830-7BN35
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
550
550
550
3.640
4.410
5.180
• Length 40 m
• Length 45 m
• Length 50 m
A
A
A
6XV1 830-7BN40
6XV1 830-7BN45
6XV1 830-7BN50
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
550
550
550
5.950
6.720
7.490
• Length 1.5 m
• Length 3.0 m
• Length 5.0 m
A
A
A
6XV1 860-3PH15
6XV1 860-3PH30
6XV1 860-3PH50
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
550
550
550
0.400
0.750
0.870
• Length 10 m
• Length 15 m
• Length 20 m
A
A
A
6XV1 860-3PN10
6XV1 860-3PN15
6XV1 860-3PN20
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
550
550
550
1.640
2.410
3.180
• Length 25 m
• Length 30 m
• Length 35 m
A
A
A
6XV1 860-3PN25
6XV1 860-3PN30
6XV1 860-3PN35
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
550
550
550
3.950
4.720
5.490
• Length 40 m
• Length 45 m
• Length 50 m
A
A
A
6XV1 860-3PN40
6XV1 860-3PN45
6XV1 860-3PN50
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
550
550
550
6.160
6.930
7.700
A
A
6XV1 830-7AN50
6XV1 830-7AT10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
550
550
7.700
15.400
B
A
6XV1 860-4PN50
6XV1 860-4PT10
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
550
550
7.700
15.400
A
A
6GK1 905-0CA00
6GK1 905-0CB00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
552
552
0.212
0.215
• With pin insert, pack of 5
• With female insert, pack of 5
A
A
6GK1 905-0CC00
6GK1 905-0CD00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
552
552
0.247
0.247
ECOFAST covers
For protection of unused bus connections on ET 200pro;
pack of 10 units per packing unit
A
6ES7 194-1JB10-0XA0
1
1 unit
2F0
0.051
PROFIBUS ECOFAST GP hybrid cables, assembled
With 2 ECOFAST connectors, trailing cable with 2 x Cu 0.64 mm2 and
4 x Cu 1.5 mm2
PROFIBUS ECOFAST hybrid cables, non-assembled
Trailing cable with 2 x Cu 0.64 mm2 and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm2
• Length 50 m
• Length 100 m
PROFIBUS ECOFAST GP hybrid cables, non-assembled
Trailing cable with 2 x Cu 0.64 mm2 and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm2
• Length 50 m
• Length 100 m
PROFIBUS ECOFAST hybrid connectors 180
ECOFAST Cu, 2 x Cu, 4 x 1.5 mm2, HANBRID connectors
• With pin insert, pack of 5
• With female insert, pack of 5
PROFIBUS ECOFAST hybrid connectors, angled
ECOFAST Cu, 2 x Cu, 4 x 1.5 mm2, HANBRID connectors
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/122
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200pro Motor Starters
Components for ET 200pro
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
IM 154-1 and IM 154-2 interface modules (continued)
Accessories for CM IM DP Direct
A
6XV1 830-3EH10
1
1 unit
550
0.072
PROFIBUS FC Food bus cables
A
With PE outer sheath for operation in the food and beverage industry,
2-core, shielded, sold by the meter,
minimum order quantity 20 m, maximum order quantity 1000 m
6XV1 830-0GH10
1
1 unit
551
0.069
PROFIBUS FC Robust bus cables
With PUR outer sheath for operation in environments exposed to
chemicals and mechanical loads, 2-core, shielded, sold by the meter,
minimum order quantity 20 m, maximum order quantity 1000 m
A
6XV1 830-0JH10
1
1 unit
551
0.075
Power cables
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing, sold by the meter,
minimum order quantity 20 m, maximum order quantity 1000 m
A
6XV1 830-8AH10
1
1 unit
550
0.149
• Length 1.5 m
• Length 2.0 m
• Length 3.0 m
A
A
A
6XV1 830-3DH15
6XV1 830-3DH20
6XV1 830-3DH30
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
550
550
550
0.400
0.480
0.800
• Length 5.0 m
• Length 10 m
• Length 15 m
A
A
A
6XV1 830-3DH50
6XV1 830-3DN10
6XV1 830-3DN15
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
550
550
550
1.200
2.400
1.240
• Length 1.5 m
• Length 2.0 m
• Length 3.0 m
A
A
A
6XV1 822-5BH15
6XV1 822-5BH20
6XV1 822-5BH30
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
550
550
550
0.700
0.780
0.570
• Length 5.0 m
• Length 10 m
• Length 15 m
A
A
A
6XV1 822-5BH50
6XV1 822-5BN10
6XV1 822-5BN15
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
550
550
550
3.000
1.650
2.540
A
A
6GK1 905-0EA00
6GK1 905-0EB00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
552
552
0.250
0.265
• With pin insert, pack of 5
• With female insert, pack of 5
A
A
6GK1 905-0FA00
6GK1 905-0FB00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
552
552
0.265
0.250
M12 sealing caps
For protection of unused M12 terminals on ET 200pro
}
3RX9 802-0AA00
100 10 units
121
0.100
7/8" sealing caps
For protection of unused 7/8" terminals on ET 200pro;
pack of 10 units per packing unit
A
6ES7 194-3JA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.040
A
A
A
6ES7 194-4GA00-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GA60-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GA20-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
1.580
0.001
6.369
A
A
A
6ES7 194-4GC70-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GC60-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GC20-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
0.001
0.001
6.580
A
A
A
6ES7 194-4GB00-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GB60-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GB20-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
2.400
0.001
16.000
A
A
A
6ES7 194-4GD00-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GD10-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GD20-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
0.001
0.001
0.001
A
6ES7 194-4HB00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.050
PROFIBUS trailing cables
Max. acceleration 4 m/s2, at least 3000000 bending cycles,
bending radius at least 60 mm, 2-core, shielded, sold by the meter,
minimum order quantity 20 m, maximum order quantity 1000 m
Accessories for CM IM DP M12 7/8“
PROFIBUS M12 connecting cables
Preassembled with two M12 plugs, 5-pole
7/8" connecting cables for power supply
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing, preassembled
with two 7/8" plugs, 5-pole
• With pin insert, pack of 5
• With female insert, pack of 5
6
M12 connectors
For ET 200eco, with axial cable feeder
7/8" connectors
For ET 200eco, with axial cable feeder
General accessories
ET 200pro module carriers
• Narrow, for interface, solid-state and power modules
- 500 mm
- 1000 mm
- 2000 mm, can be cut to size
• Compact, for interface, solid-state and power modules
- 500 mm
- 1000 mm
- 2000 mm, can be cut to size
• Wide, for interface, solid-state, power modules and motor starters
- 500 mm
- 1000 mm
- 2000 mm, can be cut to size
• Wide, compact, for I/O modules and motor starters
- 500 mm
- 1000 mm
- 2000 mm
Spare fuses
12.5 A quick, for interface and power modules,
pack of 10
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/123
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200pro Motor Starters
Components for ET 200pro
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
IM 154-1 and IM 154-2 interface modules (continued)
General accessories (continued)
Technical product specifications
For CAX applications, one off license
A
6ES7 991-0CD01-0YX0
1
1 unit
266
0.200
SIMATIC Manual Collection
Electronic manuals on DVD, several languages:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300, C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed I/O),
SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication)
A
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
1
1 unit
230
0.227
SIMATIC Manual Collection – Update service for 1 year
Scope of supply: The current DVD S7 Manual Collection as well as
the three subsequent updates
X
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
1
1 unit
230
0.300
A
6ES7 154-4AB10-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.200
CM IM PN M12 connection modules, 7/8"
For connection of PROFINET PN and 24 V power supply to
PROFINET interface modules, 2 x M12 and 2 x 7/8"
A
6ES7 194-4AJ00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.150
CM IM PN 2xRJ45 connection modules
For connection of PROFINET PN and 24 V power supply to
PROFINET interface modules,
2 x RJ45 and 2 x push-pull power connectors
A
6ES7 194-4AF00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.150
CM IM PN 2xSCRJ FO connection modules
For connection of PROFINET PN and 24 V power supply to
PROFINET interface modules,
2 x SCRJ FO and 2 x push-pull power connectors
A
6ES7 194-4AG00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.150
M12 sealing caps
For protection of unused M12 terminals on ET 200pro
}
3RX9 802-0AA00
100 10 units
121
0.100
• Length 0.3 m
• Length 0.5 m
• Length 1.0 m
A
A
A
6XV1 870-8AE30
6XV1 870-8AE50
6XV1 870-8AH10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
527
527
527
0.120
0.130
0.140
• Length 1.5 m
• Length 2.0 m
• Length 3.0 m
A
A
A
6XV1 870-8AH15
6XV1 870-8AH20
6XV1 870-8AH30
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
527
527
527
0.150
0.180
0.250
• Length 5.0 m
• Length 10 m
• Length 15 m
A
A
A
6XV1 870-8AH50
6XV1 870-8AN10
6XV1 870-8AN15
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
527
527
527
0.390
0.740
1.100
• Length 1.5 m
• Length 2.0 m
• Length 3.0 m
A
A
A
6XV1 822-5BH15
6XV1 822-5BH20
6XV1 822-5BH30
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
550
550
550
0.700
0.780
0.570
• Length 5.0 m
• Length 10 m
• Length 15 m
A
A
A
6XV1 822-5BH50
6XV1 822-5BN10
6XV1 822-5BN15
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
550
550
550
3.000
1.650
2.540
Power cables
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing, sold by the meter,
minimum order quantity 20 m, maximum order quantity 1000 m
A
6XV1 830-8AH10
1
1 unit
550
0.149
• With pin insert, pack of 5
• With female insert, pack of 5
A
A
6GK1 905-0FA00
6GK1 905-0FB00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
552
552
0.265
0.250
7/8" Power T-Tap
Power T piece with two 7/8" female inserts and one 7/8" pin insert,
pack of 5
A
6GK1 905-0FC00
1
1 unit
552
0.600
IM 154-4 PN interface modules
IM 154-4 PN High-Feature interface modules
For communication between ET 200pro and higher-level controller
over PROFINET IO; support of PROFIsafe
Accessories
6
IE M12 connecting cables
Preassembled with two M12 plug
7/8" connecting cables for power supply
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing, preassembled
with two 7/8" plugs, 5-pole
7/8" connectors
For ET 200eco, with axial cable feeder
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/124
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200pro Motor Starters
Components for ET 200pro
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
IM 154-4 PN interface modules (continued)
General accessories
ET 200pro module carriers
• Narrow, for interface, solid-state and power modules
- 500 mm
- 1000 mm
- 2000 mm, can be cut to size
A
A
A
6ES7 194-4GA00-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GA60-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GA20-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
1.580
0.001
6.369
A
A
A
6ES7 194-4GC70-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GC60-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GC20-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
0.001
0.001
6.580
A
A
A
6ES7 194-4GB00-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GB60-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GB20-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
2.400
0.001
16.000
A
A
A
6ES7 194-4GD00-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GD10-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GD20-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
250
0.001
0.001
0.001
Spare fuses
12.5 A quick, for interface and power modules,
pack of 10
A
6ES7 194-4HB00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.050
SIMATIC Manual Collection
Electronic manuals on DVD, several languages:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300, C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed I/O),
SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication)
A
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
1
1 unit
230
0.227
SIMATIC Manual Collection – Update service for 1 year
Scope of supply: The current DVD S7 Manual Collection as well as
the three subsequent updates
X
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
1
1 unit
230
0.300
IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU interface modules
A
PROFINET IO Controller for operating distributed I/Os on PROFINET,
with integrated PLC functionality
6ES7 154-8AB00-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.001
• Compact, for interface, solid-state and power modules
- 500 mm
- 1000 mm
- 2000 mm, can be cut to size
• Wide, for interface, solid-state, power modules and motor starters
- 500 mm
- 1000 mm
- 2000 mm, can be cut to size
• Wide, for I/O modules and motor starters
- 500 mm
- 1000 mm
- 2000 mm
Accessories
Connection modules
For CPU IM154-8 PN/DP, with 4 x M12 and 2 x 7/8",
for connection of PROFINET and PROFIBUS DP
A
6ES7 194-4AN00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.609
SCALANCE X-200 Industrial Ethernet switches
With integrated SNMP access, web diagnostics,
copper cable diagnostics and PROFINET diagostics,
SCALANCE X208PRO for configuring line, star and ring structures,
in degree of protection IP65, with eight 10/100 Mbit/s M12 ports,
including eleven M12 dust covers
A
6GK5 208-0HA00-2AA6
1
1 unit
524
1.000
A
A
A
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1 901-1BB20-2AE0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
530
530
530
0.030
0.300
1.500
• Fast Connect standard cables
• Fast Connect trailing cables
• Fast Connect marine cables
A
A
A
6XV1 840-2AH10
6XV1 840-3AH10
6XV1 840-4AH10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
527
527
527
0.055
0.055
0.055
Industrial Ethernet Fast Connect
Stripping tools
A
6GK1 901-1GA00
1
1 unit
530
0.100
• 0.3 m
• 0.5 m
• 1.0 m
A
A
A
6XV1 870-8AE30
6XV1 870-8AE50
6XV1 870-8AH10
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
527
527
527
0.120
0.130
0.140
• 1.5 m
• 2.0 m
• 3.0 m
A
A
A
6XV1 870-8AH15
6XV1 870-8AH20
6XV1 870-8AH30
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
527
527
527
0.150
0.180
0.250
• 5.0 m
• 10 m
• 15 m
A
A
A
6XV1 870-8AH50
6XV1 870-8AN10
6XV1 870-8AN15
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
527
527
527
0.390
0.740
1.100
Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 Plug 180
RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet, with robust metal
enclosure and integrated cutting and clamping contacts for connection
of Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables; with 180° cable feeder
• 1 unit
• 10 units
• 50 units
Industrial Ethernet Fast Connect installation cables
IE connecting cables M12-180/M12-180
Factory-fitted IE FC TP trailing cables GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET type C)
with two 4-pole M12 plugs (4-pole, D-coded), degree of protection
IP65/IP67, length:
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/125
6
IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU interface modules
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200pro Motor Starters
Components for ET 200pro
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU interface modules (continued)
Accessories (continued)
IE M12 Plug PRO
M12 plug-in connector (D-coded) for field assembly,
metal enclosure, fast connection method,
for SCALANCE X208PRO and IM 154-4 PN
• 1 unit
• 8 units
A
A
6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA0
6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA8
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
530
530
0.030
0.300
A
6GK1 901-0DM20-2AA5
1
1 unit
530
0.030
8 DI digital input modules
24 V DC, with module diagnostics, including bus module.
Connection module to be ordered separately.
A
6ES7 141-4BF00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.141
8 DI High-Feature digital input modules
24 V DC, with channel diagnostics, including bus module.
Connection module to be ordered separately.
A
6ES7 141-4BF00-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.100
4 DO digital output modules
24 V DC, 2 A, with module diagnostics, including bus module.
Connection module to be ordered separately.
A
6ES7 142-4BD00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.141
4 DO High-Feature digital output modules
24 V DC, 2 A, with channel diagnostics, including bus module.
Connection module to be ordered separately.
A
6ES7 142-4BD00-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.100
8 DO digital output modules
24 V DC, 0.5 A, with module diagnostics, including bus module.
Connection module to be ordered separately.
A
6ES7 142-4BF00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.001
CM IO 4 x M12 connection modules
A
4 M12 sockets for connection of digital or analog sensors of actuators
to ET 200pro
6ES7 194-4CA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.300
A
6ES7 194-4CB00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.305
• ET 200PRO, 8 X M8
A
• 2 x M12, 8-pole; to be used with: EM 8DI 24 V DC and
A
8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A
• 1 x M23, to be used with: EM 8 DI 24 V DC and 8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A A
6ES7 194-4EB00-0AA0
6ES7 194-4FB00-0AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
250
250
0.357
0.156
6ES7 194-4FA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.201
Module labeling plates
For color coding of CM IOs in the colors white, red, blue and green;
pack of 100
A
6ES7 194-4HA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.300
M12 sealing caps
For protection of unused M12 terminals on ET 200pro
}
3RX9 802-0AA00
100 10 units
121
0.100
Labels
20 x 7, pastel turquoise, pack of 340
C
3RT1 900-1SB20
100 340 units
101
22.000
IE Panel Feedthrough
Control cabinet gland for transition from M12 connection method
(D-coded, IP65/IP67) to RJ45 connection method (IP20),
1 pack = 5 units
EM 141 and EM 142 digital expansion modules
6
Accessories
CM IO 8 x M12 connection modules
8 M12 sockets for connection of digital sensors or actuators to
ET 200pro
Connection modules for digital solid-state modules
M12 plugs, for field assembly
5-pole, for connecting digital sensors and actuators, 1 unit
on request
M12 connecting cables
With PUR sheath, for connecting digital sensors and actuators,
preassembled, with box and plug at both ends
• 3 x 0.34 mm2, fixed lengths, 1 unit
- 0.6 m
- 1m
- 1.5 m
on request
on request
on request
• 4 x 0.34 mm2, fixed lengths, 1 unit
- 0.6 m
- 1m
- 1.5 m
on request
on request
on request
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/126
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200pro Motor Starters
Components for ET 200pro
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
EM 144 and EM 145 analog expansion modules
4AI U analog input modules
High-Feature, ±10 V; ±5 V; 0 to 10 V; 1 to 5 V, channel diagnostics,
including bus module. Connection module to be ordered separately.
A
6ES7 144-4FF00-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.149
4AI I analog input modules
High-Feature, ±20 mA; 0 to 20 mA; 4 to 20 mA, channel diagnostics,
including bus module. Connection module to be ordered separately.
A
6ES7 144-4GF00-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.149
4AI RTD analog input modules
High-Feature; resistors: 150, 300, 600 and 3000 Ohm;
resistance thermometers: Pt100, 200, 500, 1000, Ni100, 120, 200,
500 and 1000; channel diagnostics, including bus module.
Connection module to be ordered separately.
A
6ES7 144-4JF00-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.181
4AO U analog output modules
High-Feature, ±10 V; 0 to 10 V; 1 to 5 V, channel diagnostics,
including bus module. Connection module to be ordered separately.
A
6ES7 145-4FF00-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.100
4AO I analog output modules
High-Feature, ±20 mA; 0 to 20 mA; 4 to 20 mA, channel diagnostics,
including bus module. Connection module to be ordered separately.
A
6ES7 145-4GF00-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.100
CM IO 4 x M12 connection modules
A
4 M12 sockets for connection of digital or analog sensors of actuators
to ET 200pro
6ES7 194-4CA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.300
Module labeling plates
For color coding of CM IOs in the colors white, red, blue and green;
pack of 100
A
6ES7 194-4HA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.300
M12 sealing caps
For protection of unused M12 terminals on ET 200pro
}
3RX9 802-0AA00
100 10 units
121
0.100
8/16 F-DI PROFIsafe failsafe digital input modules
24 V DC, including bus module. Connection module to be ordered
separately.
A
6ES7 148-4FA00-0AB0
1
1 unit
241
0.100
4/8 F-DI, 4 F-DO 2 A failsafe digital input/output modules
24 V DC, including bus module. Connection module to be ordered
separately.
A
6ES7 148-4FC00-0AB0
1
1 unit
241
0.100
Connection modules
For the 4/8 F-DI/4 -DO, 24 V DC/2 A failsafe solid-state module
A
6ES7 194-4DC00-0AA0
1
1 unit
241
0.100
Connection modules
For the 8/16 F-DI, 24 V DC/2 A failsafe solid-state module
A
6ES7 194-4DD00-0AA0
1
1 unit
241
0.100
IM154-2 High-Feature interface modules
For the ET 200pro, including termination module
A
6ES7 154-2AA00-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.410
PROFINET IM154-4 PN interface modules
Including termination module
A
6ES7 154-4AB00-0AB0
1
1 unit
250
0.200
M12 sealing caps
For protection of unused M12 terminals on ET 200pro
}
3RX9 802-0AA00
100 10 units
121
0.100
M12 plugs, for field assembly
5-pole, for connecting digital sensors and actuators, 1 unit
A
3RX8 000-0CD55
1
1 unit
574
0.026
C
A
3RX1 634
3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
574
574
0.056
0.069
A
A
A
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB0
3RX8 000-0CC44-1AF0
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB5
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
574
574
574
0.060
0.217
0.078
A
6ES7148-4CA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.100
CM PM-E ECOFAST connection modules
For resupply of 24 V load voltage,
one ECOFAST Cu terminal
A
6ES7 194-4BA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.100
CM PM-E Direct connection modules
For resupply of 24 V load voltage,
up to two M20 screwed cable glands
A
6ES7 194-4BC00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.100
CM PM-E 7/8" connection modules
For resupply of 24 V load voltage, 1 x 7/8"
A
6ES7 194-4BD00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.100
Accessories
Failsafe digital expansion modules
M12 connecting cables
With PUR sheath, for connecting digital sensors and actuators,
preassembled, with box and plug at both ends
• 3 x 0.34 mm2, fixed lengths, 1 unit
- 1m
- 1.5 m
2
• 4 x 0.34 mm , fixed lengths, 1 unit
- 0.6 m
- 1m
- 1.5 m
PM-E power modules
PM-E power modules 24 V DC
For resupply and group formation of the 24 V DC load voltage for
solid-state modules within an ET 200pro station.
Accessories
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/127
6
Accessories
© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200pro Motor Starters
Components for ET 200pro
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
PM-E power modules (continued)
Accessories (continued)
6ES7 194-4HB00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.050
PROFIBUS FC Food bus cables
A
With PE outer sheath for operation in the food and beverage industry,
2-core, shielded, sold by the meter,
minimum order quantity 20 m, length of cable 1000 m
6XV1 830-0GH10
1
1 unit
551
0.069
PROFIBUS FC Robust bus cables
With PUR outer sheath for operation in environments exposed to
chemicals and mechanical loads, 2-core, shielded, sold by the meter,
minimum order quantity 20 m, length of cable 1000 m
A
6XV1 830-0JH10
1
1 unit
551
0.075
PROFIBUS FC trailing cables
Minimum bending radius approx. 60 mm, 2-core, shielded, sold by
the meter, minimum order quantity 20 m, length of cable 1000 m
A
6XV1 830-3EH10
1
1 unit
550
0.072
A
6XV1 830-8AH10
1
1 unit
550
0.149
• Length 1.5 m
• Length 2.0 m
• Length 3.0 m
A
A
A
6XV1 822-5BH15
6XV1 822-5BH20
6XV1 822-5BH30
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
550
550
550
0.700
0.780
0.570
• Length 5.0 m
• Length 10 m
• Length 15 m
A
A
A
6XV1 822-5BH50
6XV1 822-5BN10
6XV1 822-5BN15
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
550
550
550
3.000
1.650
2.540
7/8" connectors
With axial cable feeder
• With pin insert, pack of 5
• With female insert, pack of 5
A
A
6GK1 905-0FA00
6GK1 905-0FB00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
552
552
0.265
0.250
A
6ES7 148-4CA60-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.100
CM PM-O PP connection modules
A
For tapping 24 V load voltage and solid-state/sensor supply voltage,
2 x push-pull plug-in connectors
6ES7 194-4BH00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.100
6ES7 148-4EA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.001
6ES7 148-4EB00-0AA0
1
1 unit
250
0.642
Spare fuses
12.5 A quick, for interface and power modules,
pack of 10
A
Accessories for CM PM-E Direct
Power cables
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing, sold by the meter,
minimum order quantity 20 m, maximum order quantity 1000 m
Accessories for CM PM-E 7/8"
7/8" connecting cables for power supply
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing,
preassembled with two 7/8" plugs, 5-pole
6
PM-O power modules
PM-O DC 2 x 24 V power modules
• For tapping the 24 V load voltage 2L+ and the solid-state/sensor
supply voltage 1L+ within an ET 200pro station.
Accessories
ET 200pro pneumatic interfaces
EM 148-P pneumatic interfaces
• DO 16 x P/CPV 10 for direct connection of the FESTO valve terminals A
CPV 10 16 DO x P
• DO 16 x P/CPV 14 for direct connection of the FESTO valve terminals A
CPV 14 16 DO x P
• FESTO valve terminals CPV 10
• FESTO valve terminals CPV 14
Obtainable from: Festo
Obtainable from: Festo
ET 200pro FC frequency converters
ET 200pro FC frequency converters
3 AC 380 ... 480 V +10/-10 %
47 ... 63 Hz
Overload:
150%, 60 s,
200%, 3 s
Rating:
1.1 kW (0 °C ... 55 °C)
1.5 kW (0 °C ... 45 °C)
}
6SL3235-0TE21-1RB0
1
1 unit
337
2.500
• ET 200pro FC frequency converters with integrated safety functions }
• ET 200pro FC Standard frequency converters
6SL3235-0TE21-1SB0
1
1 unit
337
2.500
6SL3260-2TA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
337
0.450
Accessories
Backplane bus modules for accommodating the frequency converter }
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/128
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
ECOFAST Motor Starters and Soft Starters
3RK1 3 ECOFAST motor starters and soft starters
■ Overview
The functionality in the ECOFAST system ranges from direct-on-line
starters, to reversing starters and soft starters through to frequency
converters.
Brake contacts are available as an option for the starters. Two or
four integrated digital inputs enable sensors to be scanned locally.
All starters are equipped throughout with standardized interfaces
for data and energy according to the ECOFAST specification:
• HanBrid for PROFIBUS DP and insulation piercing method for
AS-Interface
• Han Q4/2 for the power supply
• Han 10 E for motor connection
The starters can be connected using T pieces for data and T terminal
connectors for power to prevent interruption.
Distributed motor starters are used for switching and protecting
loads locally. Variants with graded functional scope and with
different installation possibilities ensure that both the functional
requirements of the process and the constructional boundary
conditions of the machine or installation are taken into account.
Distributed motor starters are available for PROFIBUS DP and
AS-Interface.
The 3RK1 922-3BA00 hand-held device is also available for
local operation (see page 6/79).
Detailed technical specifications of the ECOFAST motor starters
and soft starters can be found in the manual "ECOFAST Motor
Starters".
The starters can be installed close to the motor or mounted on
the motor.
The following are available
• Single devices for geographically distributed motors and
• Isolated solutions (ET 200X) for operating mechanisms installed
close together.
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Switching
function
PROFIBUS DP Mechanical
Motor
protection
Setting range/
performance
range
Brake
output
Thermistor
0.3 ... 9 A/4 kW1)
No
B
3RK1 303-2AS54-1AA0
1
1 unit
121
1.592
400 V AC B
3RK1 303-2AS54-1AA3
1
1 unit
121
1.580
B
3RK1 303-5BS44-3AA0
1
1 unit
121
1.635
400 V AC B
3RK1 303-5BS44-3AA3
1
1 unit
121
1.645
No
B
3RK1 303-5CS44-3AA0
1
1 unit
121
1.625
400 V AC B
3RK1 303-5CS44-3AA3
1
1 unit
121
1.647
B
3RK1 303-6BS74-3AA0
1
1 unit
121
2.170
400 V AC B
3RK1 303-6BS74-3AA3
1
1 unit
121
2.225
B
3RK1 303-6DS74-3AA0
1
1 unit
121
2.245
400 V AC B
3RK1 303-6DS74-3AA3
1
1 unit
121
2.138
Electronic, soft, Full motor
multispeed, protection
R2SS
0.6 ... 4 A/1.5 kW 400 V AC B
3RK1 303-6ES84-3AA3
1
1 unit
121
3.083
Mechanical
0.3 ... 9 A/4 kW1)
B
3RK1 323-2AS54-1AA0
1
1 unit
121
1.538
400 V AC B
3RK1 323-2AS54-1AA3
1
1 unit
121
1.560
B
3RK1 323-5BS44-3AA0
1
1 unit
121
1.603
400 V AC B
3RK1 323-5BS44-3AA3
1
1 unit
121
1.633
No
B
3RK1 323-5CS44-3AA0
1
1 unit
121
1.607
400 V AC B
3RK1 323-5CS44-3AA3
1
1 unit
121
1.637
B
3RK1 323-6BS74-3AA0
1
1 unit
121
2.120
400 V AC B
3RK1 323-6BS74-3AA3
1
1 unit
121
2.185
B
3RK1 323-6DS74-3AA0
1
1 unit
121
2.119
400 V AC B
3RK1 323-6DS74-3AA3
1
1 unit
121
2.220
0.6 ... 4 A/1.5 kW 400 V AC B
3RK1 323-6ES84-3AA3
1
1 unit
121
3.038
Thermal motor
model
0.3 ... 3 A/1.1 kW No
2.4 ... 9 A/4 kW
Electronic,
soft
Full motor
protection
0.3 ... 3 A/1.1 kW No
2.4 ... 12 A/5.5 kW No
AS-Interface
Thermistor
Thermal motor
model
Electronic,
soft
Full motor
protection
No
0.3 ... 3 A/1.1 kW No
2.4 ... 9 A/4 kW
0.3 ... 3 A/1.1 kW No
2.4 ... 12 A/5.5 kW No
Electronic, soft, Full motor
multispeed, protection
R2SS
1)
6
kg
Fieldbus
interface
The range from 0.3 ... 9 A is fixed and cannot be set or modified manually.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/129
© Siemens AG 2008
3RE Encapsulated Starters
General data
Reversing starters
■ Overview
The reversing starters are available in two sizes:
• Size S00 is suitable for induction motors up to 5.5 kW with
400 V AC and a maximum rated motor current of 12 A. The
starters are available in the following two variants:
- molded-plastic enclosure for reversing starters including
contactor assembly – in this case the overload relay must be
selected and ordered according to the rated motor current.
- molded-plastic enclosure for reversing starters (without
contactor assembly) – in this case the contactor assembly,
auxiliary switch and overload relay must be selected and
ordered separately.
• Size S0 is suitable for induction motors up to 11 kW with
400 V AC and a maximum rated motor current of 25 A. The
starters are available in the following variants:
- molded-plastic enclosure for direct-on-line starters (without
contactor assembly) – in this case the contactor assembly,
auxiliary switch and overload relay must be selected and
ordered separately.
■ Benefits
The 3RE1 encapsulated starters are available as direct-on-line
starters and as reversing starters.
6
Direct-on-line starters
The direct-on-line starters are available in three sizes:
• Size S00 is suitable for induction motors up to 5.5 kW with
400 V AC and a maximum rated motor current of 12 A. The
starters are available in the following two variants:
- molded-plastic enclosure for direct-on-line starters including
contactor – in this case the overload relay must be selected
and ordered according to the rated motor current.
- molded-plastic enclosure for direct-on-line starters (without
contactor) – in this case the contactor and overload relay
must be selected and ordered separately.
• Size S0 is suitable for induction motors up to 11 kW with
400 V AC and a maximum rated motor current of 25 A. The
starters are available in the following two variants:
- molded-plastic enclosure for direct-on-line starters including
contactor – in this case the overload relay must be selected
and ordered according to the rated motor current.
- molded-plastic enclosure for direct-on-line starters (without
contactor) – in this case the contactor, auxiliary switch and
overload relay must be selected and ordered separately.
• Size S2 is suitable for induction motors up to 22 kW with
400 V AC and a maximum rated motor current of 50 A.
The starters are available in the following variants:
- molded-plastic enclosure for direct-on-line starters (without
contactor) – in this case the contactor, auxiliary switch and
overload relay must be selected and ordered separately.
6/130
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
The 3RE1 encapsulated starters are enclosed with a high degree
of protection (IP65) and are used for the switching and inverse-time
delayed protection of loads. They are ideally suited for
implementation directly at the machine.
■ Application
The 3RE1 encapsulated starters are used for switching and for
the inverse-time delayed protection of load feeders up to 22 kW
at 400 V AC.
The starters are available as direct-on-line starters for motors
with a single direction of rotation and as reversing starters for
motors with two directions of rotation.
© Siemens AG 2008
3RE Encapsulated Starters
3RE10 direct-on-line starters
■ Selection and ordering data
Size
Rated data
Utilization category
AC-2/AC-3
Tu: up to + 35 °C
Operational
current Ie
at 400 V
Output of
induction
motors
at 400 V/50 Hz
A
kW
Rated control
supply voltage Us
DT Screw terminals
Order No.
V
Hz
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Direct-on-line starters including contactor
S00
12
5.5
230 AC
400 AC
50 / 60
50 / 60
B
B
3RE10 10-8XC17-0AP0
3RE10 10-8XC17-0AV0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.510
0.510
S0
17
7.5
230 AC
400 AC
50
50
B
B
3RE10 20-8XC25-0AP0
3RE10 20-8XC25-0AV0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.830
0.810
25
11
230 AC
400 AC
50
50
B
B
3RE10 20-8XC26-0AP0
3RE10 20-8XC26-0AV0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.830
0.810
6
3RE10 10
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/131
© Siemens AG 2008
3RE Encapsulated Starters
3RE13 reversing starters
■ Selection and ordering data
Size
Rated data
Utilization category
AC-2/AC-3
Tu: up to + 35 °C
Operational
current Ie
at 400 V
Output of
induction
motors
at 400 V/50 Hz
A
kW
Rated control
supply voltage Us
DT Screw terminals
Order No.
V
Hz
230 AC
400 AC
50 / 60 B
50 / 60 B
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Reversing starters including contactor assembly
S00
12
5.5
3RE13 10-8XC17-0AP0
3RE13 10-8XC17-0AV0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
1.000
2.460
6
3RE13 10
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
6/132
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2008
3RE Encapsulated Starters
Accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
For
contactor
overload
relay
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Size
kg
Enclosures for direct-on-line starters
Molded-plastic enclosures for surface mounting
Degree of protection IP65,
with actuators,
with metric cable gland
• With PE terminal
S00
B
3RE19 13-1CB1
1
1 unit
101
0.320
• With N- and PE-terminals
S0
B
3RE19 23-1CB2
1
1 unit
101
0.450
• With N- and PE-terminals
S2
B
3RE19 33-1CB3
1
1 unit
101
1.000
3RE19 13-2CB3
1
1 unit
101
1.020
3RE19 23-1CB2
Enclosures for reversing starters
Molded-plastic enclosures for surface mounting
Degree of protection IP65,
with actuators,
with metric cable gland
• With N- and PE-terminals
S00/S0
B
6
3RE19 23-2CB3
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6/133
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement